GENUINE PARTS CO
10-K, 1995-03-22
MOTOR VEHICLE SUPPLIES & NEW PARTS
Previous: GENERAL PUBLIC UTILITIES CORP /PA/, U-1/A, 1995-03-22
Next: GRACO INC, 10-K, 1995-03-22



<PAGE>   1

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                       ----------------------------------
                            Washington, D.C.  20549

                                   FORM 10-K

                [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OF THE
                 SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (Fee Required)

                                    ---------

For the Fiscal Year Ended:                          Commission File No. 1-5690 
    December 31, 1994

                            GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
                            ---------------------
            (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

                  GEORGIA                                58-0254510
                  -------                                ----------
         (State of Incorporation)            (IRS Employer Identification No.)

          2999 Circle 75 Parkway                           30339 
             Atlanta, Georgia                           (Zip Code)
  (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (404) 953-1700.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act and the Exchange on
which such securities are registered:

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE, $1 PER SHARE                   NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
- -------------------------------------                   -----------------------

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                YES   X  .        NO      .
                    -----            -----

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to
this Form 10-K. [   ]

The aggregate market value of the Registrant's Common Stock (based upon the
closing sales price reported by the New York Stock Exchange and published in
The Wall Street Journal on February 10, 1995) held by non-affiliates as of
February 10, 1995 was approximately $ 4,317,450,279.00.

The number of shares outstanding of Registrant's Common Stock, as of February
10, 1995: 122,635,533.

Documents Incorporated by Reference:
        -Portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended
         December 31, 1994, are incorporated by reference into Parts I and II.  
        -Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of
         Shareholders to be held on April 17, 1995 are incorporated by
         reference into Part III.
<PAGE>   2


PART I.  ITEM I.  BUSINESS.

         Genuine Parts Company, a Georgia corporation incorporated on May 7,
1928, is a service organization engaged in the distribution of automotive
replacement parts, industrial replacement parts and office products.  In 1994,
business was conducted throughout most of the United States and in western
Canada from more than 1200 operations.  As used in this report, the "Company"
refers to Genuine Parts Company and its subsidiaries, except as otherwise
indicated by the context; and the terms "automotive parts" and "industrial
parts" refer to replacement parts in each respective category.

Recent Developments.  Effective January 1, 1995, the Company combined its Des
Moines and DeWitt, Iowa, automotive operations, with the surviving operation
being the NAPA Des Moines Distribution Center.


Industry Segment Data.  The following table sets forth the net sales, operating
profit and identifiable assets for the fiscal years 1994, 1993 and 1992
attributable to each of the Company's groups of products which the Company
believes indicate segments of its business.  Sales to unaffiliated customers
are the same as net sales.  The figures have been restated to give effect to
the acquisition of Berry Bearing Company and affiliates on January 29, 1993,
which was accounted for as a pooling of interests.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1994            1993                 1992
                                                   ----            ----                 ----
         NET SALES                                             (in thousands)
         ---------                                                           
         <S>                                   <C>              <C>                 <C>
         Automotive Parts                      $ 2,693,961      $ 2,485,267         $ 2,318,761
         Industrial Parts                        1,317,495        1,153,371           1,082,428
         Office Products                           846,959          745,656             615,562
                                                 ---------        ---------           ---------
           TOTAL NET SALES                     $ 4,858,415      $ 4,384,294         $ 4,016,751
                                                 =========        =========           =========

         OPERATING PROFIT
         ----------------
         
         Automotive Parts                      $   304,164      $   282,791         $   262,422
         Industrial Parts                          111,822           96,727              87,493
         Office Products                            78,206           65,938              50,967
                                                 ---------        ---------           ---------
          TOTAL OPERATING PROFIT                   494,192          445,456             400,882
            Interest Expense                        (1,321)          (1,584)             (1,871)
            Corporate Expense                      (22,854)         (20,405)            (17,577)
            Equity in Income                         7,224            4,452               2,513
         Minority Interests                         (2,373)          (2,090)             (1,537)
                                                 ---------        ---------           --------- 
          INCOME BEFORE                         
          INCOME TAXES                         $   474,868      $   425,829         $   382,410
                                                 =========        =========           =========
                                                                                     
         IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS                                                         
         -------------------                                                         
                                                                                     
         Automotive Parts                      $ 1,223,416      $ 1,152,148         $ 1,040,191
         Industrial Parts                          404,647          370,633             354,547
         Office Products                           308,817          283,479             228,802
                                                 ---------        ---------           ---------
          TOTAL IDENTIFIABLE ASSETS              1,936,880        1,806,260           1,623,540
          Corporate Assets                           5,950            6,731              27,333
          Equity Investments                        86,641           57,765              56,430
                                                 ---------        ---------           ---------
             TOTAL ASSETS                      $ 2,029,471      $ 1,870,756         $ 1,707,303
                                                 =========        =========           =========
</TABLE>

         For additional information regarding industry data, see Page 27 of
Annual Report to Shareholders for 1994.

         The majority of the Company's revenue, profitability and identifiable
assets are attributable to the Company's operations in the United States.
Revenue, profitability and identifiable assets in Canada and Mexico are not
material.  For additional information regarding foreign operations, see "Note 1
of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" on Page 23 of Annual Report to

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3

Shareholders for 1994.

Competition - General.  The distribution business, which includes all segments
of the Company's business, is highly competitive with the principal methods of
competition being product quality, sufficiency of inventory, price and the
ability to give the customer prompt and dependable service.  The Company
anticipates no decline in competition in any of its business segments in the
foreseeable future.

Employees.  As of December 31, 1994, the Company employed approximately 21,285
persons.

AUTOMOTIVE PARTS GROUP.

         The Automotive Parts Group, the largest division of the Company,
distributes automotive replacement parts and accessory items.  The Company is
the largest member of the National Automotive Parts Association ("NAPA"), a
voluntary trade association formed in 1925 to provide nationwide distribution
of automotive parts.  In addition to the more than 150,000 part numbers that
are available, the Company, in conjunction with NAPA, offers complete
inventory, accounting, cataloging, marketing, training and other programs in
the automotive aftermarket.
         During 1994, the Company's Automotive Parts Group included NAPA
automotive parts distribution centers and automotive parts stores ("auto parts
stores" or "NAPA Auto Parts stores") owned in the United States by Genuine
Parts Company and Davis & Wilmar, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary; automotive
parts distribution centers and auto parts stores in western Canada owned and
operated by UAP/NAPA Automotive Western Partnership ("UAP/NAPA"), a general
partnership in which a wholly owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company owns a
49% interest; auto parts stores in Alaska owned and operated by Parts,
Incorporated, a wholly owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company; auto parts
stores in the United States operated by corporations in which Genuine Parts
Company owned a 51% interest; distribution centers owned by Balkamp, Inc., a
majority-owned subsidiary; rebuilding plants owned by the Company and operated
by its Rayloc division; and since October 1, 1994, automotive parts
distribution centers in Mexico, owned and operated by Grupo Auto Todo, S.A. de
C.V. ("Auto Todo"), a joint venture company in which a wholly owned subsidiary
of Genuine Parts Company owns a 49% interest.
         On December 31, 1994, Davis & Wilmar, Inc. and Parts, Incorporated
were merged into Genuine Parts Company and their existence as separate wholly
owned subsidiaries ceased.
         The Company's NAPA automotive parts distribution centers distribute
replacement parts (other than body parts) for substantially all motor vehicle
makes and models in service in the United States, including imported vehicles,
trucks, buses, motorcycles, recreational vehicles and farm vehicles.  In
addition, the Company distributes small engines and replacement parts for farm
equipment and heavy duty equipment.  The Company's inventories also include
accessory items for such vehicles and equipment, and supply items used by a
wide variety of customers in the automotive aftermarket, such as repair shops,
service stations, fleet operators, automobile and truck dealers, leasing
companies, bus and truck lines, mass merchandisers, farms, industrial concerns
and individuals who perform their own maintenance and parts installation.
Although the Company's domestic automotive operations purchase from more than
150 different suppliers, approximately 81% of 1994 automotive inventories were
purchased from 25 major suppliers.  Since 1931, the Company has had return
privileges with most of its suppliers which has protected the Company from
inventory obsolescence.

Distribution System.  In 1994, Genuine Parts Company and its Davis & Wilmar,
Inc. subsidiary, operated 65 domestic NAPA automotive parts distribution
centers located in 37 states and 722 domestic company-owned NAPA Auto Parts
stores located in 41  states.  In addition, at December 31, 1994, Genuine Parts
Company owned a 51% interest in 49 corporations which operated 65 auto parts
stores in 28 states.
         In Canada, Genuine Parts Company Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary, owns
a 49% interest in UAP/NAPA which operated 9 automotive parts distribution
centers





                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4

and 125 auto parts stores located in the provinces of Alberta, British
Columbia, Manitoba and Saskatchewan and in the Yukon Territories.  In addition,
the Company has an approximate 23% interest in UAP Inc., a publicly traded
Canadian corporation, that owns the other 51% interest in UAP/NAPA and further
engages in the distribution of automotive parts primarily in eastern Canada.
In Mexico, Auto Todo owns and operates 8 distribution centers.  Auto Todo is
not licensed to and does not use the NAPA(R) name in Mexico.  The Company's
investments in UAP/NAPA, UAP Inc. and Auto Todo are accounted for by the equity
method of accounting.
         The Company's distribution centers serve approximately 5,100
independently owned NAPA Auto Parts stores located throughout the market areas
served.  NAPA Auto Parts stores, in turn, sell to a wide variety of customers
in the automotive aftermarket.  Collectively, these auto parts stores account
for approximately 37% of the Company's total sales with no auto parts store or
group of auto parts stores with individual or common ownership accounting for
more than .37% of the Company's total sales.

Products.  Distribution centers carry approximately 150,000 different parts and
related supply items.  Each item is cataloged and numbered for identification
and accessibility.  Significant inventories are carried to provide for fast and
frequent deliveries to customers.  Most orders are filled and shipped the same
day as received.  The majority of sales are on terms which require payment
within 30 days of the statement date.  The Company does not manufacture any of
the products it distributes.  The majority of products are distributed under
the NAPA(R) name, a mark licensed to the Company by the National Automotive
Parts Association.

Related Operations.  A majority-owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company,
Balkamp, Inc.("Balkamp"), distributes a wide variety of replacement parts and
accessory items for passenger cars, heavy duty vehicles, motorcycles and farm
equipment.  In addition, Balkamp distributes service items such as testing
equipment, lubricating equipment, gauges, cleaning supplies, chemicals and
supply items used by repair shops, fleets, farms and institutions.  Balkamp
packages many of the approximately 20,000 part numbers which constitute the
"Balkamp" line of products which are distributed to the members of the National
Automotive Parts Association ("NAPA").  These products are categorized in 150
different product groups purchased from more than 600 suppliers.  All Balkamp
items are cataloged separately to provide single source convenience for NAPA
customers.  BALKAMP(R), a federally registered trademark owned by the National
Automotive Parts Association and licensed to Balkamp, is important to the sales
and marketing promotions of the Balkamp organization.  Balkamp has three
distribution centers located in Indianapolis, Indiana, Greenwood, Mississippi,
and West Jordan, Utah.
         The Company, through its Rayloc division, also operates six plants
where certain small automotive parts are rebuilt.  These products are
distributed to the members of NAPA under the name Rayloc(R).  Rayloc(R) is a
mark licensed to the Company by the National Automotive Parts Association.

Segment Data.  In the year ended December 31, 1994, sales from the Automotive
Parts Group approximated 56% of the Company's net sales as compared to 57% in
1993 and 58% in 1992.

Service to NAPA Auto Parts Stores.  The Company believes that the quality and
the range of services provided to its auto parts customers constitute a
significant part of its automotive parts distribution system.  Such services
include fast and frequent delivery, obsolescence protection, parts cataloging
(including the use of computerized NAPA Auto Parts catalogues) and stock
adjustment through a continuing parts classification system which allows auto
parts customers to return certain merchandise on a scheduled basis.  The
Company offers its NAPA Auto Parts store customers various management aids,
marketing aids and service on topics such as inventory control, cost analysis,
accounting procedures, group insurance and retirement benefit plans, marketing
conferences and seminars, sales and advertising manuals and training programs.
Point of sale/inventory management is available through TAMS(R) (Total
Automotive Management Systems), a computer system designed and developed by the
Company for the NAPA Auto Parts





                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5

store.
         In association with NAPA, the Company has developed and refined an
inventory classification system to determine optimum distribution center and
auto parts store inventory levels for automotive parts stocking based on
automotive registrations, usage rates, production figures, technological
advances and other similar factors.  This system, which undergoes continuous
analytical review, is an integral part of the Company's inventory control
procedures and comprises an important feature of the inventory management
services which the Company makes available to its NAPA Auto Parts store
customers.  Over the last 10 years, losses to the Company from obsolescence
have been insignificant, and the Company attributes this to the successful
operation of its classification system.

Competition.  In the distribution of automotive parts, the Company competes
with automobile manufacturers (some of which sell replacement parts for
vehicles built by other manufacturers as well as those which they build
themselves), automobile dealers, warehouse clubs and large automotive parts
retail chains.  In addition, the Company competes with the distributing outlets
of parts manufacturers, oil companies, mass merchandisers, including the
national retail chains, and with other parts distributors and jobbers.

NAPA.  The Company is a member of the National Automotive Parts Association, a
voluntary association formed in 1925 to provide nationwide distribution of
automotive replacement parts.  NAPA, which neither buys nor sells automotive
parts, functions as a trade association whose members currently operate 73
distribution centers located throughout the United States, 64 of which are
owned and operated by the Company.  NAPA develops marketing concepts and
programs which may be used by its members.  It is not involved in the chain of
distribution.
         Among the automotive lines which each NAPA member purchases and
distributes are certain lines designated, cataloged, advertised and promoted as
"NAPA" lines.  The members are not required to purchase any specific quantity
of parts so designated and may, and do, purchase competitive lines from other
supply sources.  
         The Company and the other NAPA members use the federally registered 
trademark NAPA(R) as part of the trade name of their distribution centers and
jobbing stores.  The Company contributes to the Association's national
advertising which is designed to increase public recognition of the "NAPA" name
and to promote "NAPA" product lines.
         The Company is a party, together with other members of NAPA and NAPA
itself, to a consent decree entered by the Federal District Court in Detroit,
Michigan, on May 4, 1954.  The consent decree enjoins certain practices under
the federal antitrust laws, including the use of exclusive agreements with
manufacturers of automotive parts, allocation or division of territories among
several NAPA members, fixing of prices or terms of sale for such parts among
such members, and agreements to adhere to any uniform policy in selecting parts
customers or determining the number and location of, or arrangements with, auto
parts customers.

INDUSTRIAL PARTS GROUP

         The Industrial Parts Group distributes industrial replacement parts
and related supplies.  This Group distributes industrial bearings and fluid
transmission equipment, including hydraulic and pneumatic products, material
handling components, agricultural and irrigation equipment and their related
supplies.
         In 1994, the Company distributed industrial parts in the United States
through Motion Industries, Inc. ("Motion"), headquartered in Birmingham,
Alabama, and Berry Bearing Company ("Berry Bearing") and its affiliates (the
"Berry Companies"), headquartered in Chicago, Illinois.  At December 31, 1994,
the Berry Companies were merged into Berry Bearing.  Motion and Berry Bearing
are wholly owned subsidiaries of the Genuine Parts Company.  In Canada,
industrial parts are distributed by Oliver Industrial Supply Ltd., a wholly
owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Holdings Ltd., headquartered in Lethbridge,
Alberta.  Genuine Parts Holdings Ltd. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company.
        As of December 31, 1994, the Group served more than 150,000 customers in





                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6

all types of industries located throughout the United States, and in Canada,
principally in the Provinces of Alberta, Manitoba and Saskatchewan.

Distribution System.  In the United States, the Industrial Parts Group operates
5 distribution centers, two re-distribution centers, 10 service centers for
fluid power and special hose applications and over 310 branches.  Distribution
centers stock and distribute more than 200,000 different items purchased from
over 250 different suppliers.  The Group's re-distribution centers serve as
collection points for excess inventory collected from its branches for
re-distribution to those branches which need the inventory.  Approximately 50%
of 1994 total industrial purchases were made from 15 major suppliers.  Sales
are generated from the Group's branches located in 38 states, each of which has
warehouse facilities, which stock significant amounts of inventory
representative of the lines of products used by customers in the respective
market area served.
         In Canada, Oliver Industrial Supply Ltd. ("Oliver") operates an
industrial parts and agricultural supply distribution center for its seven
branches serving the industrial and agricultural markets of Alberta, British
Columbia, Manitoba and Saskatchewan in western Canada.  In addition to
industrial parts and agricultural supplies, Oliver distributes irrigation
systems and related supplies.

Products.  The Industrial Parts Group distributes a wide variety of products to
its customers, primarily industrial concerns, to maintain and operate plants,
machinery and equipment.  Products include such items as hoses, belts,
bearings, pulleys, pumps, valves, chains, gears, sprockets, speed reducers and
electric motors.  The nature of this Group's business demands the maintenance
of large inventories and the ability to provide prompt and demanding delivery
requirements.  Virtually all of the products distributed are installed by the
customer.  Most orders are filled immediately from existing stock and
deliveries are normally made within 24 hours of receipt of order.  The majority
of all sales are on open account.

Related Information.  Non-exclusive distributor agreements are in effect with
most of the Group's suppliers.  The terms of these agreements vary; however, it
has been the experience of the Group that the custom of the trade is to treat
such agreements as continuing until breached by one party, or until terminated
by mutual consent.

Segment Data.  In the year ended December 31, 1994, sales from the Company's
Industrial Parts Group approximated 27% of the Company's net sales as compared
to 26% in 1993 and 27% in 1992.

Competition.  The Industrial Parts Group competes with other distributors
specializing in the distribution of such items, as well as with general line
distributors.  To a lesser extent, the Group competes with manufacturers that
sell directly to the customer.


OFFICE PRODUCTS GROUP

         The Office Products Group, through S. P. Richards Company ("S.P.
Richards"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company headquartered in
Atlanta, Georgia, is engaged in the wholesale distribution of a broad line of
office products which are used in the daily operation of businesses, schools,
offices and institutions.  Office products fall into the general categories of
computer supplies, office machines, general office supplies, and office
furniture sold primarily under the Lesker Furniture name.
         Computer supplies include diskettes, printer supplies, printout paper
and printout binders.  Office furniture includes desks, credenzas, chairs,
chair mats, partitions, files and computer furniture.  Office machines include
telephones, answering machines, calculators, typewriters, shredders and
copiers.  General office supplies include copier supplies, desk accessories,
business forms, accounting supplies, binders, report covers, writing
instruments, note





                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7

pads, envelopes, secretarial supplies, mailroom supplies, filing supplies,
art/drafting supplies and audio visual supplies.  
         S. P. Richards distributes more than 18,000 items to over 7,000 
office supply dealers from 41 distribution centers located in 28 states.  The
newest distribution center opened in Middletown, New York in March, 1994. 
Approximately 62% of 1994 total office products purchases were made from 14
major suppliers.  
         S. P. Richards sells to qualified resellers of office products.  
Customers are offered comprehensive marketing programs which include flyers,
other promotional material and personalized product catalogs.  The marketing
programs are supported by all S. P. Richards' distribution centers which
stock all cataloged products and have the capability to provide overnight
delivery. 
         While many recognized brand-name items are carried in inventory, S.P.
Richards also markets items produced for it under its own SPARCO(R) brand name,
as well as its NATURE SAVER(R) brand of recycled products.

Segment Data.  In the year ended December 31, 1994, sales from the Company's
Office Products Group approximated 17% of the Company's net sales as compared
to 17% in 1993 and 15% in 1992.

Competition.  In the distribution of office supplies to retail dealers, S. P.
Richards competes with many other wholesale distributors as well as with
manufacturers of office products and large national retail chains.

                                * * * * * * * *


Executive Officers of the Company.  The table below sets forth the name and age
of each person deemed to be an executive officer of the Company as of February
20, 1995, the position or office held by each and the period during which each
has served as such.  Each executive officer is elected by the Board of
Directors and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors until his
successor has been elected and has qualified, or until his earlier death,
resignation, removal, retirement or disqualification.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Year First
                                                                        Assumed
Name                   Age    Position of Office                       Position  
- ----                   ---    ------------------                       ----------
<S>                      <C>   <C>                                     <C>
Larry L. Prince          56    Chairman of the Board of Directors
                               and Chief Executive Officer             1990/1989
Thomas C. Gallagher      47    President and Chief Operating Officer      1990
George W. Kalafut        61    Executive Vice President-Finance and
                               Administration *                           1991
John J. Scalley          64    Executive Vice President                   1986
Keith M. Bealmear        48    Group Vice President                       1994
Robert J. Breci          59    Group Vice President                       1987
Albert T. Donnon, Jr     47    Group Vice President                       1993
Louis W. Rice, Jr        68    Senior Vice President-Personnel            1981
</TABLE>

          * Also serves as the Company's Principal Financial Officer.

       All executive officers have been employed by and have served as officers
of the Company for at least the last five years.


ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES.

       The Company's headquarters are located in one of two adjacent office
buildings owned by Genuine Parts Company in Atlanta, Georgia.

       The Company's Automotive Parts Group currently operates 64 NAPA
Distribution Centers in the United States distributed among nine geographic
divisions.  More than 90% of the distribution center properties are owned by
the Company.  At December 31, 1994, the Company owned 722 NAPA Auto Parts
stores located in 41





                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8

states, and Genuine Parts Company owned a 51% interest in 65 auto parts store
stores located in 28 states.  Other than NAPA Auto Parts stores located within
Company owned distribution centers, most of the auto parts stores were operated
in leased facilities.  In addition, UAP/NAPA, in which Genuine Parts Company
owns a minority interest, operated 125 auto parts stores in Western Canada.
The Company's Automotive Parts Group also operates three Balkamp distribution
centers, six Rayloc rebuilding plants, two transfer and shipping facilities and
a Rayloc warehouse.

       The Company's Industrial Parts Group, operating through Motion and
Berry Bearing, operates 5 distribution centers, 2 re-distribution centers, 10
service centers and over 310 branches.  Approximately 80% of these branches are
operated in leased facilities.  In addition, the Industrial Parts Group
operates an industrial parts and agricultural supply distribution center in
Western Canada for its 7 branches of which approximately 85% are operated in
leased facilities.

       The Company's Office Products Group operates 41 distribution centers in
the United States distributed among the Group's six geographic divisions.
Approximately 75% of these distribution centers are operated in leased
facilities.

       For additional information regarding rental expense on leased
properties, see "Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" on Page
24 of Annual Report to Shareholders for 1994.

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

                Not Applicable.

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

                Not Applicable.

PART II.

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCK-
         HOLDER MATTERS.

                Information required by this item is set forth under the
heading "Market and Dividend Information" on Page 18 of Annual Report to
Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1994, and is incorporated herein
by reference.

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

                Information required by this item is set forth under the
heading "Selected Financial Data" on Page 18 of Annual Report to Shareholders
for the year ended December 31, 1994, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS.

                Information required by this item is set forth under the
heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis" on Page 26 of Annual Report to
Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1994, and is incorporated herein
by reference.

                                     -8-
<PAGE>   9

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

                Information required by this item is set forth in the
consolidated financial statements on Pages 20 through 25 and Page 27, in
"Report of Independent Auditors" on Page 19, and under the heading "Quarterly
Results of Operations" on Page 27, of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the
year ended December 31, 1994, and is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

                Not Applicable.


PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

                Information required by this item is set forth on Pages 1
through 4, and Page 17 of the definitive proxy statement for the Company's
Annual Meeting to be held on April 17, 1995, and is incorporated herein by
reference.  Certain information about Executive Officers of the Company is
included in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

                Information required by this item is set forth on Pages 4 and
5, and on Pages 7 through 17 of the definitive proxy statement for the
Company's Annual Meeting to be held on April 17, 1995, and is incorporated
herein by reference.  In no event shall the information contained in the
definitive proxy statement for the Company's 1995 Annual Meeting on Pages 9
through 11 under the heading "Compensation and Stock Option Committee Report on
Executive Compensation" or on Pages 16 and 17 under the heading "Performance
Graph" be incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

                Information required by this item is set forth on Pages 5 and 6
of the definitive proxy statement for the Company's Annual Meeting to be held
on April 17, 1995, and is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

                Information required by this item is set forth on Page 17 of
the definitive proxy statement for the Company's Annual Meeting to be held on
April 17, 1995, and is incorporated herein by reference.


PART IV.

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 10-K.

                (a)   (1) and (2)  The response to this portion of Item 14 is
                      submitted as a separate section of this report.

                      (3)  The following Exhibits are filed as part of this
                      report in Item 14(c):

                      Exhibit 3.1      Restated Articles of Incorporation of the





                                     -9-
<PAGE>   10
                                       Company, dated as of April 18, 1988, and
                                       as amended April 17, 1989 and amendments
                                       to the Restated Articles of 
                                       Incorporation of the Company, dated as 
                                       of November 20, 1989 and April 18, 1994.

                       Exhibit 3.2     By-laws of the Company, as amended.  
                                       (Incorporated herein by reference from 
                                       the Company's Annual Report on Form 
                                       10-K, dated March 5, 1993).

                       Exhibit 4.1     Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement,
                                       dated as of November 20, 1989, between 
                                       the Company and Trust Company Bank, as 
                                       Rights Agent.  (Incorporated herein by 
                                       reference from the Company's Report on 
                                       Form 8-K, dated November 20, 1989).

                       Exhibit 10.1 *  Incentive Stock Option Plan.  
                                       (Incorporated herein by reference from 
                                       the Company's Annual Meeting Proxy
                                       Statement, dated March 12, 1982).

                       Exhibit 10.2 *  1988 Stock Option Plan.  (Incorporated 
                                       herein by reference from the Company's 
                                       Annual Meeting Proxy Statement,
                                       dated March 9, 1988).

                       Exhibit 10.3 *  Form of Amendment to Deferred 
                                       Compensation Agreement, adopted 
                                       February 13, 1989, between the Company 
                                       and certain executive officers of the 
                                       Company.  (Incorporated herein by 
                                       reference from the Company's Annual
                                       Report on Form 10-K, dated March 15, 
                                       1989).

                       Exhibit 10.4 *  Form of Agreement adopted February 13, 
                                       1989, between the Company and certain 
                                       executive officers of the Company 
                                       providing for a supplemental employee 
                                       benefit upon a change in control of the 
                                       Company.  (Incorporated herein by 
                                       reference from the Company's Annual 
                                       Report on Form 10-K, dated March 15, 
                                       1989).

                       Exhibit 10.5 *  Genuine Parts Company Supplemental 
                                       Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 
                                       1991. (Incorporated herein by reference 
                                       from the Company's Annual Report on 
                                       Form 10-K, dated March 8, 1991).

                       Exhibit 10.6 *  1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, 
                                       effective April 20, 1992.  
                                       (Incorporated herein by reference from 
                                       the Company's Annual Meeting Proxy 
                                       Statement, dated March 6, 1992).





                                     -10-
<PAGE>   11
                      Exhibit 10.7 *   The Genuine Parts Company Restated 
                                       Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, effective 
                                       January 1, 1993.
                    
                      Exhibit 10.8 *   Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 
                                       31, 1994, between the Company and Larry 
                                       L. Prince.  (Incorporated herein by 
                                       reference from the Company's Form 10-Q,
                                       dated May 6, 1994).
                    
                      Exhibit 10.9 *   Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 
                                       31, 1994, between the Company and 
                                       Thomas C. Gallagher.  (Incorporated
                                       herein by reference from the Company's 
                                       Form 10-Q, dated May 6, 1994).
                    
                      Exhibit 10.10 *  Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts 
                                       Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, 
                                       effective January 1, 1995.
                    
                      Exhibit 10.11 *  Genuine Partnership Plan, as amended and
                                       restated January 1, 1994.
                    
                      Exhibit 10.12 *  Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as 
                                       amended and restated effective January 
                                       1, 1989.
       
                  *   Indicates executive compensation plans and arrangements

                      Exhibit 13       The following sections and pages of the 
                                       1994 Annual Report to Shareholders:
                                       -  Selected Financial Data on Page 18
                                       -  Market and Dividend Information on 
                                          Page 18
                                       -  Report of Independent Auditors on 
                                          Page 19
                                       -  Consolidated Financial Statements and
                                          Notes to Consolidated Financial
                                          Statements on Pages 20 - 25
                                       -  Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                          on Page 26
                                       -  Industry Data Information on Page 27
                                       -  Quarterly Results of Operations on 
                                          Page 27

                      Exhibit 21       Subsidiaries of the Company

                      Exhibit 23       Consent of Independent Auditors

                      Exhibit 27       Financial Data Schedule (for SEC 
                                       purposes only)

(b)  Reports on Form 8-K.  No reports on Form 8-K were filed by the Registrant
     during the last quarter of the fiscal year.

(c)  Exhibits.  The response to this portion of Item 14 is submitted as a
     separate section of this report.

(d)  Financial Statement Schedules.  The response to this portion of Item



                                     -11-
<PAGE>   12

                14 is submitted as a separate section of this report.

SIGNATURES.

                Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


GENUINE PARTS COMPANY




                       
/s/ Larry L. Prince            3/3/95   /s/ George W. Kalafut         3/3/95
- -------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
Larry L. Prince                (Date)   George W. Kalafut             (Date)
Chairman of the Board                   Executive Vice President -
and Chief Executive Officer             Finance and Administration and
                                        Principal Financial and Accounting
                                        Officer






                                     -12-
<PAGE>   13

            Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of
1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of
the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>                         
                                                                           
- -------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
James R. Courim               (Date)   William A. Parker           (Date)
Director                               Director

/s/Bradley Currey, Jr.        2/20/95  /s/Larry L. Prince           2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
Bradley Currey, Jr            (Date)   Larry L. Prince             (Date)
Director                               Director
                                       Chairman of the Board and
                                       Chief Executive Officer

/s/Jean Douville              2/20/95  /s/John J. Scalley          2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
Jean Douville                 (Date)   John J. Scalley             (Date)
Director                               Director
Chairman of the Board and              Executive Vice President
Chief Executive Officer UAP INC.

/s/John B. Ellis              2/20/95  /s/Alana S. Shepherd        2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
John B. Ellis                 (Date)   Alana S. Shepherd           (Date)
Director                               Director

/s/Thomas C. Gallagher        2/20/95  /s/Lawrence G. Steiner      2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
Thomas C. Gallagher           (Date)   Lawrence G. Steiner         (Date)
Director                               Director
President and Chief Operating Officer

/s/E. Reginald Hancock        2/20/95  /s/James B. Williams        2/20/95
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
E. Reginald Hancock           (Date)   James B. Williams           (Date)
Director                               Director

/s/Gardner E. Larned          2/20/95
- -------------------------------------
Gardner E. Larned             (Date)
Director
</TABLE>





                                     -13-
<PAGE>   14





                           Annual Report on Form 10-K

                       Item 14(a)(1) and (2), (c) and (d)

                          List of Financial Statements

                               Certain Exhibits

                          Year ended December 31, 1994

                             Genuine Parts Company

                                Atlanta, Georgia
<PAGE>   15


Form 10-K - Item 14(a)(1) and (2)

Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

Index of Financial Statements


The following consolidated financial statements of Genuine Parts Company and
subsidiaries, included in the annual report of the registrant to its
shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1994, are incorporated by
reference in Item 8:

         Consolidated balance sheets - December 31, 1994 and 1993

         Consolidated statements of income - Years ended December 31, 1994,
         1993 and 1992

         Consolidated statements of shareholders' equity - Years ended December
         31, 1994, 1993 and 1992

         Consolidated statements of cash flows - Years ended December 31, 1994,
         1993 and 1992

         Notes to consolidated financial statements - December 31, 1994

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the
related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.
<PAGE>   16



                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K


                                 ITEM 14(a)(3)

                                LIST OF EXHIBITS




The following Exhibits are filed as a part of this Report:

 3.1     Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated as of April
         18, 1988, and as amended April 17, 1989 and amendments to the Restated
         Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated as of November 20,
         1989 and April 18, 1994.

10.9*    The Genuine Parts Company Restated Tax-Deferred Savings Plan,
         effective January 1, 1993

10.10*   Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement
         Plan, effective January 1, 1995.

10.11*   Genuine Partnership Plan, as amended and restated January 1, 1994.

10.12*   Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective
         January 1, 1989.

13       The following Sections and Pages of Annual Report to Shareholders for
         1994:

                 - Selected Financial Data on Page 18
                 - Common Stock Market and Dividend Information
                   on Page 18
                 - Report of Independent Auditors on Page 19
                 - Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to
                   Consolidated Financial Statements on Pages 20-25
                 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                   Condition and Results of Operations on Page 26
                 - Industry Data Information on Page 27
                 - Quarterly Results of Operations on Page 27

21       Subsidiaries of the Company

23       Consent of Independent Auditors

27       Financial Data Schedule (for SEC use only)

The following Exhibits are incorporated by reference as set forth in Item 
14 on pages 9 through 11 of this Form 10-K:

         - 3.2    By-laws of the Company, as amended.
         - 4.1    Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as
                  of November 20, 1989, between the Company and Trust
                  Company Bank, as Rights Agent.
         - 10.1*  Incentive Stock Option Plan.
         - 10.2*  1988 Stock Option Plan.
         - 10.3*  Form of Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement adopted
                  February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain executive
                  officers of the Company.
         - 10.4*  Form of Agreement adopted February 13, 1989, between
                  the Company and certain executive officers of the
                  Company providing for a supplemental employee benefit
                  upon a change in control of the Company.
         - 10.5*  Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan,
                  effective January 1, 1991.
         - 10.6*  1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, effective
                  April 20, 1992.
         - 10.7*  Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the
                  Company and Larry L. Prince.
         - 10.8*  Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the
                  Company and Thomas C. Gallagher.

               *  Indicates executive compensation plans and arrangements

<PAGE>   1





                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.1

                             ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF
                             GENUINE PARTS COMPANY


                                       1.

         The name of the corporation is Genuine Parts Company (the
"Corporation").

                                       2.

         The Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as
previously amended, are hereby further amended by deleting Paragraph A of
Article Four in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

         "A.     The total number of shares of capital stock which the
         corporation shall have authority to issue is Four Hundred Sixty Million
         (460,000,000), of which Four Hundred Fifty Million (450,000,000)
         shares shall be common stock of the par value of $1 per share
         (hereinafter called the "common stock") and Ten Million (10,000,000)
         shares shall be preferred stock of the par value of $1 per share
         (hereinafter called the "preferred stock")."

                                       3.

         The foregoing Amendment was adopted by the shareholders of the
Corporation on April 18, 1994 in accordance with the provisions of Code Section
14-2-1003.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these Articles
of Amendment to be executed this 18th day of April, 1994.


                                       GENUINE PARTS COMPANY



                                       By: /s/ Larry L. Prince
                                          -------------------------------------
                                           Larry L. Prince, Chairman of the
                                           Board and Chief Executive Officer

ATTEST:



/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
- ---------------------------------
Brainard T. Webb, Jr., Secretary

[Corporate Seal]
<PAGE>   2
                           ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT OF
                            GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
                    IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 14-2-602(d)
                   OF THE GEORGIA BUSINESS CORPORATION CODE

     Pursuant to Section 14-2-602(d) of the Georgia Business Corporation Code,
Genuine Parts Company, a Georgia corporation (the "Corporation") delivers these
Articles of Amendment relating to the establishment, as authorized by its
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, of the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock of the Corporation to the Secretary of State of
Georgia for filing.

                                      I.

            The name of the Corporation is Genuine Parts Company.

                                     II.

     A copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation
establishing and designating the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
of the Corporation, and fixing and determining the relative rights and
preferences thereof, is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

                                     III.

     The resolution attached hereto as Exhibit A was adopted on November 20,
1989.

                                     IV.

     The resolution attached hereto as Exhibit A was duly adopted by the Board
of Directors of the Corporation.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Genuine Parts Company has caused these Articles of
Amendment to be executed and its corporate seal to be affixed and has caused
its seal and the execution hereof to be attested, all by its duly authorized
officers, this 20th day of November, 1989.

                                   GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
(CORPORATE SEAL)


Attest:                            By: /s/ Edward M. Jones
                                       ------------------------
                                       Edward M. Jones
                                       Vice Chairman of the Board
By:  /s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
     -----------------------------
     Brainard T. Webb, Jr.                     (SEAL)                 
     Secretary                               CERTIFICATE              
                                                                      
                                           THIS DOCUMENT RECEIVED     
                                           AND FILED IN THE OFFICE    
                                          OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE   
                                                                      
                                          BY: /s/ T. McAlister        
                                              ----------------------- 
                                          DATE: 11-20-89              
                                                --------------------- 
                                          TRANSACTION# 89324633,637   
                                                       -------------- 
                                          CHARTER# 8505042            
                                                   ------------------ 
                                                                      
                                          
<PAGE>   3

                                                                       EXHIBIT A


                        RESOLUTION ADOPTED AT A MEETING
                            OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
                             GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
                           HELD ON NOVEMBER 20, 1989        

         RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of
Directors of the Corporation by Article Four of its Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation, and in accordance with the provisions of Section
14-2-602 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code, the Board of Directors does
hereby create, authorize and provide for the issuance of a series of preferred
stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation, having the following
voting powers, designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional
and other special rights, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions in
addition to those set forth in such Article Four:

        Section 1.  Designation and Amount.  The shares of such series shall be
designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" and the number of
shares constituting such series shall be 2,000,000.  Such number of shares may
be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided,
that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock to a number less than the sum of (i) the quotient
obtained by dividing (1) the number of shares of common stock, par value $1.00
per share, of the Corporation (the "Common Stock") then outstanding plus the
number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of
outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any
outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into shares of
Common Stock, by (2) 100, and (ii) the number of shares of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock then outstanding plus the number of shares of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock reserved for issuance upon the
exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of
any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into shares of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.

        Section 2.  Dividend and Distributions.  (A) Subject to the prior and
superior rights of the holders of any shares of any other series of Preferred
Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, each holder
of one one-hundredth (1/100) of a share (a "Unit") of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock of
the Corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive,
when as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available for that purpose (i) quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first
day of January, April, July and October in each year (each such date being a
"Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date after the first issuance of such Unit of


                                      A-1 
<PAGE>   4

Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in an amount per Unit (rounded
to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $0.01 or (b) subject to the
provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, the aggregate per share amount
of all cash dividends declared on shares of Common Stock since the immediately
preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of a Unit of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock, and (ii) subject to the provision for
adjustment hereinafter set forth, quarterly distributions (payable in kind) on
each Quarterly Dividend Payment Date in an amount per Unit equal to the
aggregate per share amount of all non-cash dividends or other distributions
(other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of
the outstanding shares of Common Stock, by reclassification or otherwise)
declared on shares of Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, or with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date, since the first issuance of a Unit of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock.  In the event that the Corporation shall at any time after
November 30, 1989 (the "Rights Declaration Date") (i) declare any dividend on
outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock (ii)
subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) combine outstanding
shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case
the amount to which the holder of a Unit of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock was entitled immediately prior to such event pursuant to the
preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction
the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that are
outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall be
the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to
such event.

                 (B)  The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution
of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in
paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on
the shares of Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common
Stock); provided, however, that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall
have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date,
a dividend of $0.01 per Unit on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date.

                 (C)  Dividends shall begin to accrue and shall be cumulative
on each outstanding Unit of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock from
the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issuance of such
Unit of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of
issuance of such Unit is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, in which case, dividends on such unit shall begin to
accrue from the date of issuance of such Unit, or unless the date of issuance
is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the
determination of holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating

                                     A-2
<PAGE>   5

Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall
begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.  Dividends paid on Units
of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the
aggregate amount of all such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such
Units shall be allocated pro rata on a unit-by-unit basis among all Units of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at the time outstanding.  The
Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of
Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive
payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall
be no more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

                 Section 3.  Voting Rights.  The holders of Units of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

                      (A)  Subject to the provision for adjustment
hereinafter set forth, each Unit of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters submitted to
a vote of the shareholders of the Corporation.  In the event the Corporation
shall at any time after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on
outstanding shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii)
subdivide outstanding shares of Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding
shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case
the number of votes per Unit to which holders of Units of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event
shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction the numerator of
which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately
after such event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of
Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

                      (B)  Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the 
holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the
holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all
matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Corporation.

                      (C)  (i)  If at any time dividends on any Units of Series 
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be in arrears in an amount equal
to six quarterly dividends thereon, then during the period (a "default period")
from the occurrence of such event until such time as all accrued and unpaid
dividends for all previous quarterly dividend periods and for the current
quarterly dividend period on all Units of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been declared and paid or set apart
for payment, all holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock, voting separately as a class, shall have the right to elect two
Directors.

                                      A-3
<PAGE>   6
     (ii)  During any default period, such voting rights of the holders of
Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be exercised
initially at a special meeting called pursuant to subparagraph (iii) of this
Section 3(C) or at any annual meeting of shareholders, and thereafter at annual
meetings of shareholders, provided that neither such voting rights nor any
right of the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
to increase, in certain cases, the authorized number of Directors may be
exercised at any meeting unless one-third of the outstanding Units of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be present at such meeting in person
or by proxy.  The absence of a quorum of the holders of the Common Stock shall
not affect the exercise by the holders of Units of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock of such rights.  At any meeting at which the
holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall
exercise such voting right initially during an existing default period, they
shall have the right, voting separately as a class, to elect Directors to fill
up to two vacancies in the Board of Directors, if any such vacancies may then
exist, or, if such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two
directors.  If the number which may be so elected at any special meeting does
not amount to the required number, the holders of the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock shall have the right to make such increase in the
number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the election by them of the
required number.  After the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect Directors during any
default period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased
except as approved by a vote of the holders of Units of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock as herein provided or pursuant to the rights of
any equity securities ranking senior to the Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock.

         (iii)  Unless the holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock shall, during any existing default period, have previously exercised
their right to elect Directors, the Board of Directors may order, or any
shareholder or shareholders owning in the aggregate not less than 25% of the
total number of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
outstanding may request in writing, the calling of a special meeting of the
holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, which
meeting shall thereupon be called by the Secretary of the Corporation.  Notice
of such meeting and of any annual meeting at which holders of Units of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to this
paragraph (C)(iii) shall be given to each holder of record of this notice to
him at his last address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. 
Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than ten days and not later
than 60 days after such order or request or in default of the calling of such
meeting within 60 days after such order or request, such meeting may be called
on similar notice by any shareholder or shareholders owning in the aggregate
not less than 25% of the total number of outstanding Units of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock.


                                      A-4
<PAGE>   7

         (iv) During any default period, the holders of shares of Common Stock
and Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, and other classes
or series of stock of the Corporation, if applicable, shall continue to be
entitled to elect all the Directors until the holders of Units of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect
two Directors voting as a separate class, after the exercise of which right (x)
the Directors so elected by the holders of Units of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock continue in office until their successors shall
have been elected by such holders or until the expiration of the default
period, and (y) any vacancy in the Board of Directors may (except as provided
in paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3) be filled by vote of a majority of the
remaining Directors theretofore elected by the holders of the class of capital
stock which elected the Director whose office shall have become vacant.
References in this paragraph (C) to Directors elected by the holders of a
particular class of capital stock shall include Directors elected by such
Directors to fill vacancies as provided in clause (y) of the foregoing
sentence.

         (v) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (x) the right
of the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as a
separate class to elect Directors shall cease, (y) the term of any Directors
elected by the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock as a separate class shall terminate, and (z) the number of Directors
shall be such number as may be provided for in the Articles of Incorporation or
bylaws irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of
paragraph (C)(ii) of this Section 3 (such number being subject, however, to
change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in the Articles of
Incorporation or bylaws). Any vacancies in the Board of Directors effected by
the provisions of clauses (y) and (z) in the preceding sentence may be filled
by a majority of the remaining Directors.

         (vi) The provisions of this paragraph (C) shall govern the election of
Directors by holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
during any default period notwithstanding any provisions of the Articles of
Incorporation to the contrary.

                 (D) Except as set forth herein, holders of Units of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and
their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to
vote with holders of Shares of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any
corporate action.

         Section 4. Certain Restrictions. (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or
other dividends or distributions payable on Units of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears,
thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions,
whether or not declared, on outstanding Units of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:





                                      A-5
<PAGE>   8

                 (i) declare or pay dividends on, or make any other
         distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
         consideration any shares of junior stock;

                 (ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other
         distributions on any shares of parity stock, except dividends paid
         ratably on Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and
         shares of all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in
         arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of
         such Units and all such shares are then entitled;

                 (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
         consideration shares of any parity stock, provided, however, that the
         Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire
         shares of any such parity stock in exchange for shares of any junior
         stock; or

                 (iv) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Units
         of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance
         with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined
         by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such Units.

                 (B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the
Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of
stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of
this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in
such manner.

                 Section 5. Reacquired Shares. Any Units of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the
Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled
automatically upon the acquisition thereof. All such Units shall, upon their
cancellation, become authorized but unissued shares (with each Unit being equal
to one-hundredth of a share) of preferred stock and may be reissued as part of
a new series of preferred stock to be created by resolution or resolutions of
the Board of Directors, subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance
set forth herein.

                 Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. (A) Upon any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the 
Corporation, no distribution shall be made (i) to the holders of shares of
junior stock unless the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall have received, subject to adjustment as hereinafter
provided in paragraph (B), the greater of either (a) $.01 per Unit plus an
amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether
or not earned or declared, to the date of such payment, or (b) the amount per
Unit equal to the aggregate per share amount to be distributed to holders of
shares of parity stock, unless simultaneously therewith





                                      A-6
<PAGE>   9

distributions are made ratably on Units of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock and all other shares of such parity stock in proportion to the
total amounts to which the holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock are entitled under clause (i)(a) of this sentence and to which
the holders of shares of such parity stock are entitled, in each case upon such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

                 (B) In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the
Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on the outstanding shares of
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or (ii) subdivide outstanding
shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock
into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the aggregate amount to
which holders of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock were
entitled immediately prior to such event pursuant to clause (i)(b) of paragraph
(A) of this Section 6 shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a
fraction the number of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that
are outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which shall
be the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior
to such event.

         Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall
enter into any consolidation, merger, combination, statutory share exchange or
other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or
converted into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then
in any such case Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall
at the same time be similarly exchanged for or converted into an amount per Unit
(subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth) equal to the
aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable
in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common
Stock is converted or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time
after the Rights Declaration Date (i) declare any dividend on outstanding
shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide
outstanding shares of Common Stock, or (iii) combine outstanding Common Stock
into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the amount set forth in
the immediately preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or conversion
of Units of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by
multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the
number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding immediately after such
event and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common
Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

         Section 8. Redemption. The Units of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

         Section 9. Ranking. The Units of Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock shall rank junior, as to the payment of dividends and the
distribution of assets, to all series of the Corporation's preferred stock that
hereafter may be issued, unless the terms of any such series shall provide
otherwise.





                                      A-7
<PAGE>   10

         Section 10. Amendment. The Articles of Incorporation, including,
without limitation, this resolution, shall not hereafter be amended, either
directly or indirectly, or through merger, statutory share exchange or
consolidation with another corporation, in any manner that would alter or
change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more the outstanding Units of
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

         Section 11. Fractional Shares. The Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock may be issued in Units or other fractions of a share, which
Units or fractions shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's
fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in
distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.





                                      A-8
<PAGE>   11
        (SEAL)
      CERTIFICATE                  
 THIS DOCUMENT RECEIVED       
 AND FILED IN THE OFFICE      
OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

BY: /s/ Sandra Show
    ----------------------
DATE: 4/18/89
      --------------------
TRANSACTION# 89110087
             ------------
CHARTER# 8505042
         ----------------


                             ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                       OF         
                             GENUINE PARTS COMPANY



                                      ONE
   
The name of the Corporation is Genuine Parts Company.

                                      TWO

A new Article Nine to the Articles of Incorporation is hereby added as follows:

                                  ARTICLE NINE

                    Classification of the Board of Directors

        9.1      Number of Directors.  The number of directors of the
corporation shall be not less than nine or more than fifteen.  The exact number
of directors shall be determined within such minimum and maximum by resolution
of the shareholders from time to time adopted by the affirmative vote of the
majority of the shares represented at a meeting of shareholders and entitled to
vote on the subject matter; provided, however, if the Georgia Business
Corporation Code hereafter is amended to provide that the exact number within
such minimum and maximum may be fixed or changed from time to time by the Board
of Directors of the corporation, then thereafter the exact number within such
minimum and maximum shall be fixed or changed from time to time solely by a
resolution adopted by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
total number of directors then in office.  It is anticipated that the Georgia
Business Corporation Code will be amended effective July 1, 1989 to so provide
that the exact number of such directors within such minimum and maximum may be
fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors; therefore, effective
immediately upon the effective date of such anticipated amendment, this Article
9.1 shall be deemed amended to provide that the exact number of directors
within the minimum and maximum shall be fixed or changed from time to time
solely by a resolution adopted by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds
(2/3) of the total number of directors then in office.
<PAGE>   12

        9.2      Classification, Terms and Election of Directors.  The
directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and
Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of
one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of
Directors.  At the 1989 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, Class I directors shall
be elected for a one-year term, Class II directors for a two-year term and
Class III directors for a three-year term.  At each succeeding annual meeting
of shareholders, commencing in 1990, successors to the class of directors
whose term expires at the annual meeting shall be elected or reelected for a
three-year term.  Except as provided in Article 9.4, a director shall be
elected by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of the class of
stock represented at the annual meeting of shareholders for which the director
stands for election and entitled to elect such director.

        If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall
be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in
each class as nearly equal as possible.  In no case shall a decrease in the
number of directors have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent
director.  If the number of directors is increased, and any newly created
directorships are filled by the Board, there shall be no classification of
additional directors elected by the Board until the next meeting of the
shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors.

        Each director shall serve until his successor is elected and qualified
or until his earlier resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from
office or death.

        9.3      Removal.  The entire Board of Directors or any individual
director may be removed from office with or without cause by the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of
Voting Stock (as defined in Article Six), excluding from the number of shares
deemed to be outstanding at the time of such vote and from such vote on the
removal action, all outstanding shares of Voting Stock held by a Related Person
(as defined in Article Six) on the record date for the meeting at which such
action is submitted to the shareholders for their approval.

        If the Georgia Business Corporation Code hereafter is amended to
provide that these amended and Restated Articles


                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   13

of Incorporation may be further amended to provide that a director may be
removed only for cause, then thereafter the reference above to removal from
office "with or without cause" shall be amended to refer to removal from office
"only for cause".  It is anticipated that the Georgia Business Corporation Code
will be amended effective July 1, 1989 to provide that, unless the shareholders
have so specified in a corporation's articles of incorporation or bylaws, if
the directors have staggered terms, they may be removed only for cause;
therefore, effective immediately upon the effective date of such anticipated
amendment, this Article 9.3 shall be deemed amended to provide that a director
may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Voting
Stock, excluding shares of Voting Stock held by a Related Person.

        Removal action may be taken at any shareholders' meeting with respect
to which notice of such purpose has been given, and a removed director's
successor may be elected at the same meeting to serve the unexpired term.

        9.4      Vacancies.  A vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors,
however occurring, whether by increase in the number of directors, death,
resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or otherwise,
may be filled, until the next election of directors by the shareholders, by the
affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of directors
then remaining in office, though they constitute less than a quorum of the
Board of Directors.

        9.5      Election of Directors by Holders of Preferred Stock.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions in this Article Nine, whenever
the holders of any one or more classes of preferred stock or series thereof
issued by the corporation shall have the right, voting separately by class or
series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, the
number of such directors, and the election, term of office, filling of
vacancies and other features of each such directorship, shall be governed by
the terms of these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and any
Preferred Stock Designation (as defined in Article Six) applicable thereto, and
such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this
Article Nine.



                                     - 3 - 
<PAGE>   14

          9.6  Amendment or Repeal.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of
     these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the
     corporation or any provision of any law which might otherwise permit a
     lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the 
     holders of any particular class or series or Voting Stock required by law, 
     these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock
     Designation, the provisions set forth in this Article Nine may not be 
     repealed or amended in any respect unless such action is approved by the 
     affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the 
     outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of the corporation, excluding 
     shares held by a Related Person on the record date for the meeting at 
     which such action is submitted to the shareholders for their consideration.

                                    THREE

      The foregoing Amendment was adopted by the shareholders of the
Corporation on April 17, 1989.

                                     FOUR

     The affirmative vote of the holders of 38,697,249 shares of the
outstanding common stock was required to adopt the foregoing Amendment.  On
April 17, 1989, the date of submission of the foregoing Amendment to the
shareholders, 77,394,497 shares of common stock were outstanding and entitled
to vote thereon.  The foregoing Amendment was adopted by the affirmative vote
of the holders of 40,324,501 shares of the common stock of Genuine Parts
Company.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these

                                    - 4 -

  
<PAGE>   15
Articles of Amendment to be duly executed this 17th day of April, 1989.





                                       By:  /s/ Wilton D. Looney
                                          -------------------------
                                                Wilton D. Looney
                                                Chairman of the Board

Attest:

/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
- ------------------------------
Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
Secretary

(CORPORATE SEAL)


                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   16



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                              --------------------

                           ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                           -------------------------

                                       OF
                                       --

                             GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
                             ---------------------



                                  ARTICLE ONE
                                  -----------

                                      Name
                                      ----

         The name of the corporation is "Genuine Parts Company."


                                  ARTICLE TWO
                                  -----------

                                 Governing Law
                                 -------------

         The corporation is organized pursuant to the provisions of the
Georgia Business Corporation Code.


                                 ARTICLE THREE
                                 -------------

                                    Purpose
                                    -------

         The corporation is organized as a corporation for profit for any
lawful purpose not specifically prohibited to corporations under the
applicable laws of the State of Georgia, including but not limited to the
buying, selling, importing or exporting, manufacturing, machining, assembling,
rebuilding and repairing gears, transmissions, pistons, rings, axles, brakes,
and other parts and accessories, contrivances, devices, machinery and
equipment for automobiles, trucks, motorcycles, motor boats, aircraft, ships,
engines, and other vehicles, and machinery, devices and equipment for the
repair of same, and all goods, materials, wares and merchandise which may in
anyways appertain thereto or which may be used in connection with the
foregoing articles, and generally to conduct a parts, accessory, machine shop
and automotive business in all its branches as manufacturer, wholesaler,
warehouseman, distributor, jobber, broker, importer, agent, retailer, or
otherwise and shall be authorized in connection therewith to engage in any
lawful business, act or activity.

<PAGE>   17

                                  ARTICLE FOUR
                                  ------------

                               Authorized Shares
                               -----------------

         A. The total number of shares of capital stock which the corporation
shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Sixty Million (160,000,000), of
which One Hundred Fifty Million (150,000,000) shall be common stock of the par
value of $1 per share (hereinafter called the "common stock") and Ten Million
(10,000,000) shall be preferred stock of the par value of $1 per share
(hereinafter called the "preferred stock").

         B. The preferred stock may be issued from time to time by the
corporation in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited,
or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the
resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such stock adopted by the
board of directors of the corporation pursuant to authority to do so which is
hereby vested in the board of directors. Each such series of preferred stock
shall be distinctly designated. Except in respect of the particulars fixed by
the board of directors for each series as permitted hereby, all shares of
preferred stock so designated by the board of directors shall be alike in
every particular, except that shares of any one series issued at different
times may differ as to the dates from which dividends thereon shall be
cumulative. The voting rights, if any, of each such series and the
preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of
each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof,
if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time
outstanding; and the board of directors of the corporation is hereby expressly
granted authority to fix, by resolutions duly adopted prior to the issuance of
any shares of a particular series of preferred stock so designated by the
board of directors, the voting powers of stock of such series, if any, and the
designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other
special rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof,
if any, for such series, including without limitation the following:

                 (1) The distinctive designation of and the number of shares of
         preferred stock which shall constitute such series; provided that such
         number may be increased (except where otherwise provided by the board
         of directors) or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof
         then outstanding) from time to time by like action of the board of
         directors;

                 (2) The rate and time at which, and the terms and conditions
         upon which, dividends, if any, on preferred stock of such series shall
         be paid, the extent of the preference or relation, if any, of such
         dividends to the dividends payable on any other series of preferred
         stock or any other class of stock of the corporation and whether such
         dividends shall be cumulative or non-cumulative.





                                    - 2 -
<PAGE>   18

                 (3) The right, if any, of the holders of preferred stock of
         such series to convert the same into, or exchange the same for, shares
         of any other class of stock or any series of any class of stock of the
         corporation and the terms and conditions of such conversion or
         exchange;

                 (4) Whether or not preferred stock of such series shall be
         subject to redemption, and the redemption price or prices and the time
         or times at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, preferred
         stock of such series may be redeemed;

                 (5) The rights, if any, of the holders of preferred stock of
         such series upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation of the
         corporation;

                 (6) The terms of the sinking fund or redemption or purchase 
         account, if any, to be provided for the preferred stock of such 
         series; and                                           
                                                                    
                 (7) The voting powers, if any, of the holders of such series
         of preferred stock which may, without limiting the generality of
         the foregoing, include the right, voting as a series by itself or
         together with any other series of the preferred stock as a class,
         (i) to vote more or less than one vote per share on any or all matters
         voted upon by the shareholders and (ii) to elect one or more directors
         of the corporation if there has been a default in the payment of
         dividends on any one or more series of the preferred stock or under
         other circumstances and upon such other conditions as the board of
         directors may fix.

         C. Except as otherwise provided in these Amended and Restated Articles
of Incorporation, the board of directors shall have authority to authorize the
issuance, from time to time, without any vote or other action by the
shareholders, of any or all shares of stock of the corporation of any class or
series at any time authorized, and any securities convertible into or
exchangeable for any such shares, and any options, rights or warrants to
purchase or acquire any such shares, in each case to such persons and on such
terms (including as a dividend or distribution on or with respect to, or in
connection with a split or combination of, the outstanding shares of stock of
the same or any other class or series) as the board of directors from time to
time in its discretion lawfully may determine; provided, that the consideration
for the issuance of shares of stock of the corporation (unless issued as such a
dividend or distribution or in connection with such a split or combination)
shall not be less than the par value of such shares. Shares so issued shall be
fully paid stock, and the holders of such stock shall not be liable to any
further call or assessments thereon.





                                    - 3 -
<PAGE>   19

                                  ARTICLE FIVE
                                  ------------

                               Preemptive Rights
                               -----------------

         None of the holders of shares of any class of stock of the corporation
shall be entitled as a matter of right to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise
acquire any new or additional shares of stock of the corporation of any class
now or hereafter authorized, or any options or warrants to purchase, subscribe
for or otherwise acquire any new or additional shares of stock of the
corporation of any class now or hereafter authorized, or any shares, evidences
of indebtedness, or any other securities convertible into or carrying options
or warrants to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire any new or
additional shares.

                                  ARTICLE SIX
                                  -----------

                             Business Combinations
                             ---------------------


         The shareholders vote required to approve Business Combinations (as
hereinafter defined) shall be as set forth in this Article Six.

         (A) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit
a lesser vote or no vote and in addition to any affirmative vote required of
the holders of any particular class or series of "Voting Stock" (as hereinafter
defined) by law, these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or any
Preferred Stock Designation (as hereinafter defined), the affirmative vote of
the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of
Voting Stock of the corporation, which shall include the affirmative vote of at
least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock held by
shareholders other than the "Related Person" (as hereinafter defined), shall be
required for the approval or authorization of any Business Combination;
provided, however, that the two-thirds (2/3) and fifty percent (50%) voting
requirements shall not be required, and such Business Combination shall require
only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provision of
these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation if:

                 (1)  The Business Combination was approved by the Board of
         Directors of the corporation either

                          (a) prior to the date that such Related Person became
                 the Beneficial Owner (as hereinafter defined) of ten percent
                 (10%) or more of the outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of
                 the corporation; or





                                    - 4 -
<PAGE>   20


                          (b) after such date, but only so long as such Related
                 Person has sought and obtained the approval of the Board of
                 Directors; provided, however, that such approval shall only be
                 effective if at least two thirds (2/3) of the directors are
                 Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined); or

                 (2) All of the following conditions are satisfied:

                          (a) the Business Combination involves a merger or
                 consolidation of the corporation and the consideration to be
                 received per share by holders of Voting Stock in such Business
                 Combination shall be either cash, or if the Related Person
                 shall have acquired the majority of its holdings of the
                 corporation's Voting Stock for a form of consideration other
                 than cash, in the same form of consideration as the Related
                 Person acquired such majority; and

                          (b) the cash or Fair Market Value (as hereinafter
                 defined) of the property, securities or Other Consideration to
                 be Received (as hereinafter defined) per share by holders of
                 common stock of the corporation shall have a Fair Market Value
                 (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends,
                 reclassifications of shares into a lesser number of shares and
                 similar events) which is not less than the greater of (i) the
                 highest per share price (including brokerage commissions,
                 soliciting dealers' fees and transfer taxes) paid by such
                 Related Person in acquiring any of its holdings of the
                 corporation's common stock or (ii) an amount which bears the
                 same or greater percentage relationship to the Fair Market
                 Value of the corporation's common stock on the date of the
                 first public announcement of such Business Combination as the
                 highest per share price determined in (b)(i) above bears to
                 the Fair Market Value of the corporation's common stock on the
                 date on which the Related Person first became a Related
                 Person; or (iii) the earnings per share of common stock of the
                 corporation for the four consecutive quarters immediately
                 preceding the Announcement Date, multiplied by the higher of
                 the then price earnings multiple (if any) of such Related
                 Shareholder or the highest price earnings multiple of the
                 corporation during the two years immediately preceding the
                 Announcement Date; and





                                    - 5 -
<PAGE>   21

                          (c) if applicable, the cash or Fair Market Value of
                 the property, securities or Other Consideration to be Received
                 per share by holders of shares of any class of outstanding
                 Voting Stock, other than common stock, shall have a Fair
                 Market Value (as adjusted for stock splits,stock dividends,
                 reclassifications of shares into a lesser number of shares and
                 similar events) which is not less than the greatest of (i) the
                 highest per share price (including brokerage commissions,
                 soliciting dealers' fees and transfer taxes) paid by such
                 Related Person in acquiring any of its holdings of such class
                 of Voting Stock during the two year period immediately prior
                 to the date of the first public announcement of such Business
                 Combination; or (ii) if applicable, an amount which bears the
                 same or greater percentage relationship to the Fair Market
                 Value of such class of Voting Stock on the date of the first
                 public announcement of such Business Combination as the
                 highest per share price determined in (c)(i) above bears to
                 the Fair Market Value of such Voting Stock on the date on
                 which the Related Person first became a Related Person;
                 or (iii) if applicable, the highest preferential amount per
                 share to which holders of such class of Voting Stock would be
                 entitled in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation
                 of the corporation; and

                          (d) after such Related Person has become a Related
                 Person and prior to the consummation of such Business
                 Combination, (i) there shall have been (aa) no failure
                 to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any quarterly
                 dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding
                 preferred stock, and (bb) no reduction in the annual rate of
                 dividends paid on common stock (after giving effect to any
                 reclassification, including any reverse stock split, 
                 recapitalization, reorganization or similar transaction
                 which has the effect of enlarging or reducing the number of
                 outstanding shares of common stock) unless such reduction has
                 been approved by the Board of Directors, at least two-thirds
                 (2/3) of the members of which are Continuing Directors, (ii)
                 such Related Person shall not have become the "Beneficial
                 Owner" of any additional shares of Voting Stock of the
                 corporation, except as part of the transaction which resulted
                 in such Related Person becoming a Related Person or upon
                 conversion of convertible securities acquired by it prior to
                 becoming a Related Person or as a result of a pro rata stock
                 dividend or stock split, and (iii) such Related Person shall
                 not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except
                 proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances,
                 guarantees, pledges





                                    - 6 -
<PAGE>   22

                 or other financial assistance or tax credits or other tax
                 advantages provided by the corporation or any Subsidiary (as
                 hereinafter defined); and

                          (e) a proxy statement describing the proposed
                 Business Combination and complying with the requirements of
                 the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and
                 regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing
                 such Act, rules and regulations), whether or not the
                 corporation is then subject to such requirements, shall be
                 mailed at least thirty (30) days prior to the consummation of
                 such Business Combination to the public shareholders of the
                 corporation for the purpose of soliciting shareholders
                 approval of such Business Combination and shall contain at the
                 front thereof in a prominent place (i) any recommendations as
                 to the advisability (or inadvisability) of the Business
                 Combination which the Continuing Directors, if any, may choose
                 to state, and (ii) the opinion of a reputable national
                 investment banking firm as to the fairness (or not) of such
                 Business Combination from the financial point of view of the
                 remaining public shareholders of the corporation (such
                 investment banking firm to be engaged solely on behalf of the
                 remaining public shareholders, to be paid a reasonable fee for
                 their services by the corporation upon receipt of such
                 opinion, to be one of the so-called major bracket investment
                 banking firms which has not previously been associated with
                 such Related Person, and, if there are at the time any such
                 directors, to be selected by a majority of the Continuing
                 Directors).

                 (B) For Purposes of this Article Six:

                     (1)  the term "Business Combination" shall mean

                          (a) any merger or consolidation of the corporation or
                     any Subsidiary with or into a Related Person or any merger
                     or consolidation of a Related Person with or into the
                     corporation or any Subsidiary,

                          (b) any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other
                     disposition (in either one transaction or in a series of
                     related transactions) including, without limitation, the
                     mortgage of or the use of any other security device
                     relating to all or any Substantial Part (as hereinafter
                     defined) of the assets of the corporation (including,
                     without limitation, any voting securities of any
                     Subsidiary) or of any Subsidiary to a Related Person,





                                    - 7 -
<PAGE>   23


                          (c) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage,
                     pledge,transfer or other disposition (in either one
                     transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or
                     any Substantial Part of the assets of a Related Person to
                     the corporation or any Subsidiary,

                          (d) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the
                     liquidation or dissolution of the corporation if, as of
                     the record date for the determination of shareholders
                     entitled to vote with respect thereto, any person is a
                     Related Person,

                          (e) the issuance of or transfer by the corporation or
                     any Subsidiary (in one transaction or in a series of
                     related transactions) of any securities of the corporation
                     or any Subsidiary to a Related Person,

                          (f) the acquisition by the corporation or any 
                     Subsidiary of any securities of a Related Person,

                          (g) any reclassification of securities (including any
                     reverse stock split), recapitalization or reorganization
                     of the corporation or any merger or consolidation of the
                     corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any similar
                     transaction (whether or not into or otherwise involving a
                     Related Person) which has the effect, directly or
                     indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the
                     outstanding shares of any class of equity securities of
                     the corporation or any Subsidiary which is, directly or
                     indirectly, owned by any Related Person,

                          (h) any loan or other extension of credit by the
                     corporation or any Subsidiary to a Related Person or any
                     guarantees by the corporation or any Subsidiary of any
                     loan or other extension of credit by any person to a
                     Related Person; or

                          (i) any transaction or related series of transactions
                     having, directly or indirectly, the same effect as any of
                     the foregoing.

                     (2) The term "person" shall mean any individual, firm,
         group, corporation or other entity (as such terms are used on March
         21, 1986 in Rule 13d of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended).





                                    - 8 -
<PAGE>   24


                     (3)  The term "Related Person" shall mean

                           (a) any person (other than the corporation, any
                     Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan of the corporation
                     or any Subsidiary) who or which, as of the record date for
                     the determination of shareholders entitled to notice and
                     to vote on such Business Combination or, if there is no
                     record date,immediately prior to the consummation of any
                     such transaction, together with its "Affiliates"
                     and "Associates" (as such terms are defined on March
                     21, 1986 in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of
                     1934, as amended) is the "Beneficial Owner" (as defined on
                     March 21, 1986, as amended) of ten percent (10%) or more of
                     the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the corporation.

                           (b) any Affiliate or Associate of such person
                     described in the foregoing subparagraph 3(a) of this
                     Section (B),

                           (c) any Affiliate of the corporation which at any
                     time within the two year period immediately prior to the
                     date in question was the Beneficial Owner, directly or
                     indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more of the
                     outstanding Voting Stock of the corporation or

                           (d) any person who is an assignee of or has
                     otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which
                     were at any time within the two-year period immediately
                     prior to the date in question, beneficially owned by any
                     Related Person, if such assignment or succession shall
                     have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of
                     transactions not involving a public offering within the
                     meaning of the Securities Act of 1933. Without limitation,
                     any person that has the right to acquire any shares of
                     Voting Stock of the corporation pursuant to any agreement,
                     or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants, or
                     options, or otherwise, shall be deemed a Beneficial Owner
                     of such shares for purposes of determining whether such
                     person or group, individually or together with its
                     Affiliates and Associates, is a Related Person, but the
                     number of shares deemed to be outstanding pursuant to this
                     paragraph (3) of Section (B) shall not include any other
                     shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to
                     any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon
                     exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or
                     otherwise




                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   25

                     (4) The term "Substantial Part" shall mean more than ten
         percent (10%) of the total consolidated assets of the corporation in
         question as of the end of the most recent fiscal year ending prior to
         the time the determination is being made.

                     (5) The term "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation of
         which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or
         indirectly, by the corporation; provided, however, that for the
         purposes of the definition of a Related Person set forth in Paragraph
         (3) of this Section (B), the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a
         corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is
         owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation.

                     (6) For the purposes of subparagraphs 2(b) and 2(c) of
         Section (A), the term "Other Consideration to be Received" shall
         include, without limitation, common stock and, if applicable, shares
         of any other class of outstanding Voting Stock, retained by its
         existing public shareholders in the event of a Business Combination
         with such Related Person in which the corporation is the surviving 
         corporation.

                     (7) The term "Continuing Director" shall mean any person 
         who

                          (a) is not affiliated with a Related Person and who
                     was a member of the corporation's Board of Directors prior
                     to the time the Related Person became a Related Person, or

                          (b) any successor to a Continuing Director who is not
                     affiliated with a Related Person and who was recommended
                     for election (before such person's initial election as a
                     Director) as a Continuing Director by a majority of the
                     Board of Directors if at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
                     directors were Continuing Directors.

                     (8) The term "Fair Market Value" shall mean:

                          (a) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale
                     price during the thirty (30) day period immediately
                     preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on
                     the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange Listed
                     Stocks, or, if such stock is not




                                    - 10 -
<PAGE>   26

                     listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States
                     securities exchange registered under the Securities
                     Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed or, if
                     such stock is not listed on any such exchange the highest
                     closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such
                     stock during the thirty (30) day period preceding the date
                     in question on the National Association of Securities
                     Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system
                     then in use or, if no such quotations are available, the
                     fair market value on the date in question of a share of
                     such stock as determined by the Board of Directors if at
                     least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors are Continuing
                     Directors; and

                          (b) in the case of property other than cash or stock,
                     the fair market value of such property on the date in
                     question as determined by the Board of Directors if at
                     least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors are Continuing
                     Directors.

                     (9) The term "Voting Stock" shall mean all outstanding
         shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally
         in the election of directors of the corporation considered for the
         purposes of this Article Six as one class (it being understood that,
         for purposes of this Article Six, each share of the Voting Stock shall
         have the number of votes granted to it pursuant to Article Four of
         these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or any
         designation of the rights, powers and preferences of any class or
         series of preferred stock made pursuant to said Article Four [a
         "Preferred Stock Designation"]). Each reference in this Article Six to
         a percentage of shares of Voting Stock shall refer to the percentage
         of the votes entitled to be cast by such shares.

                     (10) In the event any paragraph (or portions thereof) this
         Article Six shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable
         for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this
         Article Six shall be deemed to remain in full force and effect and
         shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable
         provisions had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered
         inapplicable, it being the intent of the corporation and its
         shareholders that each remaining provision (or portion thereof) of
         this Article Six remain to the fullest extent permitted by law,
         applicable and enforceable as to all shareholders, including Related
         Persons, notwithstanding any such finding.





                                    - 11 -
<PAGE>   27


                     (C) Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Amended
         and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the
         corporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a
         lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the
         holders of any particular class or series or Voting Stock required by
         law, these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or any
         Preferred Stock Designation, the provisions set forth in this Article
         Six may not be repealed or amended in any respect unless such action
         is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than
         two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of the
         corporation; provided, however, that if there is a Related Person on
         the record date for the meeting at which such action is submitted to
         the shareholders for their consideration, such two-thirds (2/3) vote
         must include the affirmative vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of
         the outstanding shares of Voting Stock held by shareholders other than
         the Related Person.

                     (D) A majority of the Board of Directors, if at least
         two-thirds (2/3) are Continuing Directors, shall have the power and
         duty to determine, on the basis of information known to them after
         reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to determine compliance with
         this Article Six, including, without limitation.

                         (1) whether a person is a Related Person,            
                                                                              
                         (2) the number of shares of Voting Stock beneficially
                             owned by any person,                             
                                                                              
                         (3) whether a person is an Affiliate or Associate of 
                             another, and                                     
                                                                              
                         (4) whether the applicable conditions set forth in   
                             Paragraph (2) of Section (B) have been met with  
                             respect to any Business Combination.             
                     
                     (E) Nothing contained in this Article Six shall be
         construed to relieve any Related Person from any fiduciary obligation
         imposed by law.

                                 ARTICLE SEVEN
                                 -------------

                               Period of Duration
                               ------------------

                     The corporation shall have perpetual duration.





                                    - 12 -
<PAGE>   28


                                 ARTICLE EIGHT
                                 -------------

                 Limitation of Personal Liability of Directors
                 ---------------------------------------------

         8.1 A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to
the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of duty of
care or other duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any
appropriation, in violation of his duties, of any business opportunity of the
Corporation; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) of the types set
forth in Section 14-2-154 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code; or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
The provisions of this article shall not apply with respect to acts or
omissions occurring prior to the effective date of this article.

         8.2 Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this article by
the shareholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not
adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the
Corporation with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to the
effective date of such repeal or modification.

         8.3 If the Georgia Business Corporation Code hereafter is amended to
authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of
directors,then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to
the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the
fullest extent permitted by the amended Georgia Business Corporation
Code.  Specifically, and not in limitation of the foregoing sentence, it is
anticipated that the Georgia Business Corporation Code will be amended in 1989
so as, among other things, to permit elimination of the reference to a lack of
'good faith' in clause (ii) of Article 8.1 above; therefore, effective
immediately upon the effective date, if any, of such anticipated
amendment, clause (ii) of Article 8.1 above shall be deemed amended to read
exactly as the corresponding provision of the Georgia Business Corporation
Code, as so amended.

         8.4 In the event that any of the provisions of this article (including
any provision within a single sentence) is held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining
provisions are severable and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law.

             These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation purport 
merely to restate those provisions in the Restated Articles of Incorporation 
now in effect and not being amended hereby.





                                    - 13 -
<PAGE>   29


         This amendment and restatement was authorized by the holders of the
common stock of the corporation, the only class of stock then outstanding, at
its Annual Meeting held on April 19, 1988. Of the _________ shares of common
stock outstanding and entitled to vote, _________ shares were voted in favor of
the restatement. The vote of a majority of the shares of common stock was
required to adopt the restatement.

         These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation supersede the
Articles of Incorporation as adopted on May 7, 1928 and as amended and restated
on April 21, 1987 and as theretofore amended.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Genuine Parts Company has caused these Amended and
Restated Articles of Incorporation to be executed and its corporate seal
affixed and has caused the foregoing to be attested, all by its duly authorized
officers on this 18st day of April, 1988.


                                    GENUINE PARTS COMPANY



                                    By: /s/ Wilton Looney           
                                        ------------------------------
                                        Wilton Looney
                                        Chief Executive Officer
Attest:

/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.     
- ---------------------------------
Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
Secretary

     [CORPORATE SEAL]





                                    - 14 -

<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.9


                           THE GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
                           TAX-DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN


                                   ARTICLE 1
                             ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN

1.01     Background of Plan.  Genuine Parts Company hereby establishes,
         effective as of January 1, 1993, a deferred compensation plan known as
         The Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan.  The purpose of
         the Plan is to help the Company retain employees of outstanding
         ability.

1.02     Status of Plan.  The Plan is intended to be a nonqualified, unfunded
         plan of deferred compensation under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
         as amended.  Also, because the only persons who may participate in
         this Plan are members of a select group of management or highly
         compensated employees, this Plan of deferred compensation is not
         subject to Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of the Employee
         Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

1.03     Establishment of Trust.  The Company has established a trust to fund
         benefits provided under the terms of the Plan ("Trust").  It is
         intended that the transfer of assets into the Trust will not generate
         taxable income (for federal income tax purposes) to the Participants
         until such assets are actually distributed or otherwise made available
         to the Participants.


                                   ARTICLE 2
                                  DEFINITIONS

       Certain terms of this Plan have defined meanings which are set forth in
       this Article and which shall govern unless the context in which they are
       used clearly indicates that some other meaning is intended.

       Account.  The bookkeeping account to which Bonuses which are deferred by
       a Participant shall be recorded and in which income or loss shall be
       credited in accordance with the Plan.

       Beneficiary.  Any person or persons designated by a Participant, in
       accordance with procedures established by the Committee, to receive
       benefits hereunder in the event of the Participant's death.  If any
       Participant shall fail to designate a Beneficiary or shall designate a
       Beneficiary who shall fail to survive the Participant, the Beneficiary
       shall be the Participant's Beneficiary under the Genuine Partnership
       Plan or any successor plan to the Genuine Partnership Plan.
<PAGE>   2


       Bonus.  A Participant's bonus determined in the Company's discretion and
       paid as part of a Company bonus program for executives and other key
       employees.  The term bonus does not include extraordinary payments to a
       Participant and does not include a Participant's wages or salary unless
       the Executive Committee designates such payments as a Bonus for purposes
       of this Plan.  Any such designation must be made in advance of the
       Participant earning such payment.

       Committee.  The Executive Committee or its designee that will administer
       and interpret the terms of the Plan.

       Company.  Genuine Parts Company and its corporate successors.

       Effective Date.  January 1, 1993.

       Election Form.  A form substantially the same as the form attached to
       this Plan as Exhibit A.

       Executive Committee.  The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors
       of the Company.  

       Key Employee.  Any full-time employee of the Company designated as a Key
       Employee by the Executive Committee.

       Participant.  Any Key Employee who is participating in this Plan.

       Plan.  The Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan as set forth
       in this document together with any subsequent amendments hereto.

       Termination of Service.  A Key Employee who has ceased to serve as an
       employee of the Company for any reason.


                                   ARTICLE 3
                                 PARTICIPATION

3.01     Participation.

         (a)   In General.  The only persons who may  participate in this Plan
               are Key Employees of the Company who are designated as such by
               the Executive Committee.  Upon becoming eligible to participate,
               a Key Employee must complete an Election Form.  The Key
               Employee's participation shall commence on the date specified in
               this Article 3.  Even though a Key Employee may be a Participant
               in this Plan, the Participant shall not be entitled to any
               benefit hereunder unless such Participant has properly





                                     - 2 -
<PAGE>   3

               completed an Election Form and deferred the receipt of his or
               her Bonus pursuant to the Plan.

         (b)   Completion of Election Form.  A Key Employee may participate in
               the Plan after delivering a properly completed and signed
               Election Form to the Committee.  The Election Form shall be
               signed and delivered to the Committee prior to the first day of
               the calendar year with respect to which the Bonus will be
               earned.  The Key Employee's participation in the Plan will be
               effective as of the first day of the calendar year which
               commences after the Committee's receipt of the Key Employee's
               Election Form.

         (c)   Election After Plan is Approved.  Notwithstanding paragraph (b),
               any Election  Form which is delivered to the Committee within
               thirty days of the Company's approval of the Plan and prior to
               the end of the calendar year in which such approval is given
               shall be valid and shall apply to the Bonus which would
               ordinarily be paid to the Participant in the following calendar
               year.  However, such bonus deferral shall be limited to the
               amount or percentage set forth in Section 4.01.

         (d)   Voluntary Termination of Election Form.  A Participant may
               terminate his or her Election Form at any time.  If a
               Participant terminates his or her Election Form, however, the
               Participant may not execute a new Election Form to defer his or
               her Bonus for the remainder of the calendar year in which the
               Participant's Election Form is terminated.  However, effective
               as of the first day of the following calendar year or the first
               day of any subsequent calendar year, the Participant may execute
               a new Election Form and thereby defer the receipt of any future
               Bonus attributable to the Participant's employment.  Such
               Election Form shall be effective only for Bonus applicable to
               the Participant's employment after the first day of the calendar
               year following the Committee's receipt of the Participant's
               Election Form.

         (e)   Continuation of Election Form.  A Participant shall have the
               right to modify the dollar amount or percentage of his or her
               Bonus which is deferred under the Plan prior to the commencement
               of each calendar year.  If the Participant fails to execute a
               new Election Form prior to the commencement of the new calendar
               year, the Participant's Election Form in effect during the
               previous calendar year shall continue in effect during the new
               calendar year.

         (f)   Automatic Termination of Election Form.  The Participant's
               Election Form will automatically terminate at the earliest of
               (i) the Participant's Termination of Service, (ii) the date the
               Executive Committee determines that the Participant is no longer
               a Key Employee under the Plan, or (iii) the termination of the
               Plan.





                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   4


         (g)   Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Key
               Employee the right to be retained as an employee of the Company.


                                   ARTICLE 4
                                 PLAN BENEFITS

4.01     Deferred Bonus.  A Key Employee may elect to defer any dollar amount
         or percentage of his or her Bonus in accordance with the terms of the
         Plan and the Election Form.  However, for the Bonuses paid in 1994, a
         Key Employee may elect to defer a maximum of $10,000 or 25% of the Key
         Employee's Bonus, whichever is greater.  For bookkeeping purposes, the
         amount of the Bonus which the Key Employee elects to defer pursuant to
         this Plan shall be transferred to and held in individual Accounts.

4.02     Investment.  The Committee shall direct the instrument of all
         Accounts.  As of the last day of each calendar year and on such other
         dates selected by the Committee, the Committee shall credit each
         Participant's Account with earnings, losses and changes in fair market
         value experienced by the investment alternative selected by the
         Committee.

4.03     Form of Payment.

         (a)   Payment Election.  Payment of Plan benefits shall commence on
               the date the Participant selects on the Election Form.  Any date
               selected by the Participant must be at least two calendar years
               following the date the Bonus would ordinarily be paid.  In no
               event, however, shall a Participant's Account commence to be
               distributed later than the first regular business day of the
               fourth month following the Participant's Termination of Service.
               For example, if a Participant has a Termination of Service on
               January 12, payment of plan benefits would commence on May 1
               (the fourth month following January 12).

         (b)   Optional Forms of Payment.  The amount of the Participant's
               Account shall be paid to the Participant either in a lump sum or
               in a number of approximately equal annual installments
               designated by the Participant on the Election Form.  Such annual
               installments may be for 5 years, 10 years or 15 years.  If a
               Participant elects to receive a distribution of his or her
               Account in installments, the Committee may purchase an annuity
               from an insurance company which annuity will pay the Participant
               the desired annual installments.  If the Committee purchases an
               annuity contract, the Key Employee will have no further rights
               to receive payments from the Company or the Plan with respect to
               the amounts subject to the annuity.  If the Committee does not
               purchase an annuity contract, the amount of the Account
               remaining unpaid shall continue to receive allocations of income
               as





                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   5

               provided in Section 4.02.  If the Participant fails to designate
               a payment method in the Election Form, the Participant's Account
               shall be distributed in a lump sum.

         (c)   Multiple Elections.  A Participant may elect a different payment
               commencement date for each Bonus deferred under this Plan.  In
               addition, a Participant may elect a different payment form for
               each Bonus deferred under this Plan.  The Committee shall
               establish sub-accounts within a Participant's Account (to the
               extent necessary) to identify the portion of a Participant's
               Account that will be distributed as of the dates and in the form
               the Participant designates in the Election Form.  A Participant
               may not modify or otherwise revoke the benefit commencement date
               and payment form designated on an Election Form after the
               Participant delivers such Election Form to the Committee.

         (d)   Acceleration of Payment.  If a Participant elects an installment
               distribution and the annual installment payment elected by the
               Participant would result in an annual payment of less than
               $3,000, the Committee shall accelerate payment of the
               Participant's benefits over a lesser number of whole years (but
               in increments of 5 or 10 years) so that the annual amount paid
               is at least $3,000.  If payment of the Participant's benefits
               over a 5 year period will not provide annual payments of at
               least $3,000, the Participant's Account shall be paid in a lump
               sum.

         (e)   Payment to Beneficiary.  Upon the Participant's death, all
               unpaid amounts held in the Participant's Account shall be paid
               to the Participant's beneficiary in the same benefit payment
               form the Participant elected on the Election Form and in
               accordance with the payment distribution rules set forth in this
               Plan.  Such payment will be commence to be paid on the first
               business day of the fourth month following the Participant's
               death.

4.04     Financial Hardship.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion,
         accelerate the making of payment to a Participant of an amount
         reasonably necessary to handle a severe financial hardship of a sudden
         and unexpected nature due to causes not within the control of the
         Participant.  Such payment may be made even if the Participant has not
         incurred a Termination of Service.  All financial hardship
         distributions shall be made in a lump sum.  Such payments will be made
         on a first-in, first-out basis so that the oldest Bonus deferred under
         the Plan shall be deemed distributed first in a financial hardship.

4.05     Payment to Minors and Incapacitated Persons.  In the event that any
         amount is payable to a minor or to any person who, in the judgment of
         the Committee, is incapable of making proper disposition thereof, such
         payment shall be made for the benefit of such minor or such person in
         any of the following ways as the Committee, in its sole discretion,
         shall determine:





                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   6


         (a)   By payment to the legal representative of such minor or such
               person;

         (b)   By payment directly to such minor or such person;

         (c)   By payment in discharge of bills incurred by or for the benefit
               of such minor or such person.  The Committee shall make such
               payments without the necessary intervention of any guardian or
               like fiduciary, and without any obligation to require bond or to
               see to the further application of such payment.  Any payment so
               made shall be in complete discharge of the Plan's obligation to
               the Participant and his or her Beneficiaries.

4.06     Application for Benefits.  The Committee may require a Participant or
         Beneficiary to complete and file certain forms as a condition
         precedent to receiving the payment of benefits.  The Committee may
         rely upon all such information given to it, including the
         Participant's current mailing address.  It is the responsibility of
         all persons interested in receiving a distribution pursuant to the
         Plan to keep the Committee informed of their current mailing
         addresses.

4.07     Designation of Beneficiary.  Each Participant from time to time may
         designate any person or persons (who may be designated contingently or
         successively and who may be an entity other than a natural person) as
         his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to whom the Participant's
         Account is to be paid if the Participant dies before receipt of all
         such benefits.  Each Beneficiary designation shall be on the form
         prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed with
         the Committee during the Participant's lifetime.  Each Beneficiary
         designation filed with the Committee will cancel all Beneficiary
         designations previously filed with the Committee.  The revocation of a
         Beneficiary designation, no matter how effected, shall not require the
         consent of any designated Beneficiary.


                                   ARTICLE 5
                                FUNDING OF PLAN

5.01     The benefits provided by this Plan shall be paid from the general
         assets of the Company or as otherwise directed by the Company.  To the
         extent that any Participant acquires the right to receive payments
         under the Plan (from whatever source), such right shall be no greater
         than that of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.
         Participants and their Beneficiaries shall not have any preference or
         security interest in the assets of the Company other than as a general
         unsecured creditor.





                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   7


                                   ARTICLE 6
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

6.01     The Committee shall have complete control of the administration of the
         Plan with all powers necessary to enable it to properly carry out the
         provisions of the Plan.  In addition to all implied powers and
         responsibilities necessary to carry out the objectives of the Plan,
         the Committee shall have the following specific powers and
         responsibilities:

               (1)      To construe the Plan and to determine all questions
         arising in the administration, interpretation and operation of the
         Plan;

               (2)      To determine the benefits of the Plan to which any
         Participant, Beneficiary or other person may be entitled;

               (3)      To keep records of all acts and determinations of the
         Committee, and to keep all such records, books of accounts, data and
         other documents as may be necessary for the proper administration of
         the Plan;

               (4)      To prepare and distribute to all Participants and
         Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and their rights under
         the Plan;

               (5)      To do all things necessary to operate and administer
         the Plan in accordance with its provisions.


                                   ARTICLE 7
                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

7.01     The Executive Committee reserves the right to modify, alter, amend, or
         terminate the Plan, at any time and from time to time, without notice,
         to any extent deemed advisable; provided, however, that no such
         amendment or termination shall (without the written consent of the
         Participant, if living, and if not, the Participant's Beneficiary)
         adversely affect any benefit under the Plan which has accrued with
         respect to the Participant or Beneficiary as of the date of such
         amendment or termination regardless of whether such benefit is in pay
         status.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification,
         alteration, or termination of this Plan may be given effect with
         respect to any Participant without the consent of such Participant if
         such amendment, modification, alteration, or termination is adopted
         during the six-month period prior to a Change of Control or during the
         two-year period following a Change of Control.





                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>   8


                                   ARTICLE 8
                               CHANGE IN CONTROL

8.01     Change of Control.

         (a)     Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, in the
                 event there is a Change of Control of the Company as defined
                 in subsection (c) of this Section 8.01, any Participant whose
                 employment is terminated on account of such Change of Control,
                 shall receive an immediate lump sum payment of  the
                 Participant's Account balance.  For purposes of this Section
                 8.01(a), a Participant's employment shall be considered to
                 have "terminated on account of such Change of Control" only if
                 the Participant's employment with the Employer is terminated
                 without cause during the 24 month period following the Change
                 of Control.

         (b)     Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, in the
                 event there is a change of control of the Company as defined
                 in subsection (c) of this Section 8.01, any Participant who
                 has commenced receiving installment distributions from the
                 Company (other than from an annuity contract purchased from an
                 insurance company) shall immediately receive a lump sum
                 payment in an amount equal to the unpaid balance of the
                 Participant's Account.

         (c)     A Change of Control of the Company shall mean a change of
                 control of a nature that would require to be reported in
                 response to item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A
                 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
                 "Exchange Act").  In addition, whether or not required to be
                 reported thereunder, a Change of Control shall be deemed to
                 have occurred at such time as (i) any "person" (as that term
                 is used in Section 13(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes
                 the beneficial owner (as defined in rule 13(d)-3 of the
                 Exchange Act) directly or indirectly of securities
                 representing 20% or more of the combined voting power for
                 election of directors of the then outstanding securities of
                 the Company or any successor of the Company (ii) during any
                 period of two consecutive years or less individuals who at the
                 beginning of such period constituted the board of directors of
                 the Company cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a
                 majority of the board of directors, unless the election or
                 nomination for election of each new director was approved by a
                 vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in
                 office who were directors at the beginning of the period;
                 (iii) the shareholders of the Company approve any merger or
                 consolidation as a result of which the capital stock of the
                 Company shall be changed, converted or exchanged (other than a
                 merger with a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company) or any
                 liquidation of the Company or any sales or other disposition
                 of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company;
                 or (iv) the shareholders of the Company





                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   9

                 approve any merger or consolidation to which the Company is a
                 party as a result of which the persons who were shareholders
                 of the Company immediately prior to the effective date of the
                 merger or consolidation shall have beneficial ownership of
                 less than 50% of the combined voting power for election of
                 directors of the surviving corporation following the effective
                 date of such merger or consolidation.  Notwithstanding any
                 provisions in this subparagraph (c), in the event the Company
                 and a Participant agree prior to any event which would
                 otherwise constitute a Change of control, that such event
                 shall not constitute a Change of Control, then for purposes of
                 this Plan there shall be no such Change of Control upon that
                 event.


                                   ARTICLE 9
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

9.01     Headings.  The headings and sub-headings in this Plan have been
         inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in
         any construction of the provisions hereof.

9.02     Spendthrift Clause.  None of the benefits, payments, proceeds or
         distribution under this Plan shall be subject to the claim of any
         creditor of any Participant or Beneficiary, or to any legal process by
         any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary, and none of them
         shall have any right to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign any of
         the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan
         except to the extent expressly provided herein to the contrary.

9.03     Merger.  The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by the
         Company's acquisition by, merger into, or sale of substantially all of
         its assets to any other organization, but the Plan shall be continued
         thereafter by such successor organization.  All rights to amend,
         modify, suspend or terminate the Plan shall be transferred to the
         successor organization, effective as of the date of the combination or
         sale.

9.04     Release.  Any payment to Participant or Beneficiary, or to their legal
         representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall
         to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder
         against the Committee and the Company, any of whom may require such
         Participant, Beneficiary, or legal representative, as a condition
         precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release therefor
         in such form as shall be determined by the Committee, or the Company,
         as the case may be.

9.05     Governing Law.  The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of
         Georgia.

9.06     Costs of Collection; Interest.  In the event the Participant collects
         any part or all of the payments due under this Plan by or through a
         lawyer or lawyers, the Company





                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   10

         will pay all costs of collection, including reasonable legal fees
         incurred by the Participant.  In addition, the Company shall pay to
         the Participant interest on all or any part of the payments that are
         not paid when due at a rate equal to the Prime Rate as announced by
         Trust Company Bank or its successors from time to time.

9.07     Successors and Assigns.  This Plan shall be binding upon the
         successors and assigns of the parties hereto.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be duly
executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but
effective as of January 1, 1993.

                                          GENUINE PARTS COMPANY


                                          By: /s/ Frank M. Howard
                                              -------------------

                                          Title: Treasurer
                                                 ----------------

                                          Date: December 1, 1994
                                                -----------------
[CORPORATE SEAL]

Attest:

/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
- -----------------------------




                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.10



                               AMENDMENT NO. 2
                         TO THE GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
                         SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN



         WHEREAS, the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of Genuine
Parts Company desires to amend the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental
Retirement Plan (the "Plan") as follows:

         NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the following Amendments be
adopted:

                                      1.

         Article Two is hereby deleted and a new Article Two is substituted
therefor as follows:

                         "ARTICLE TWO - PARTICIPATION

2.01     Eligibility.

         Except as provided in Section 2.02, any employee of the Employer ("Key
         Employee") whose annual, regular Earnings are expected to be equal to
         or greater than the compensation limits of Code Section 401(a)(17)
         ($150,000 in 1994) shall participate in this Plan..  Upon becoming
         eligible to participate, a Key Employee must complete and execute a
         Joinder Agreement in a form satisfactory to the Compensation and Stock
         Option Committee of the Board of Directors of Genuine Parts Company
         (the "Committee").  Even though a Key Employee may be a Participant in
         this Plan, he shall not be entitled to any benefit hereunder unless
         and until his benefits under the Pension Plan are reduced due to the
         application of either Section 401(a)(17) or Section 415 of the Code.

2.02     Additional Rules on Eligibility.

          (a)     The Committee may increase the Earnings limitation (see
                  Section 2.01) that a Key Employee must receive to become
                  eligible to continue or commence his or her participation in
                  the Plan.

          (b)     A Key Employee shall not accrue a benefit for any year in
                  which the Key Employee's annual, regular Earnings is expected
                  to be less than the compensation limits of Code Section
                  401(a)(17) or, if greater, the Earnings limit established by
                  the Committee pursuant to paragraph (a) above.  Nevertheless,
                  the Key Employee shall continue to participate in the Plan
                  and shall again accrue a benefit under this Plan during the
<PAGE>   2
                  calendar year in which the Key Employee's Earnings exceed the
                  Earnings limit established in Section 2.01 or 2.02(a),
                  whichever is greater.

          (c)     The Committee may prohibit any Key Employee from
                  participating in the Plan during a calendar year and
                  subsequent calendar years by notifying such Key Employee
                  during the first calendar year that his or her participation
                  shall cease under the Plan.

2.03     Definition of Earnings.

         For purposes of this Plan, the term "Earnings" shall (except as
         modified below) have the same meaning given such term in the Pension
         Plan.  Unlike the Pension Plan, however, Earnings shall include
         salary, bonus or other compensation that the Company would otherwise
         have been paid to a Key Employee but for the Key Employee's election
         to defer the receipt of such salary, bonus or other compensation
         pursuant to a Company sponsored deferred compensation program
         ("Deferred Compensation").  A Key Employee's Deferred Compensation
         shall not be included in Earnings in the year such Deferred
         Compensation is paid to the Key Employee."

                                      2.

         Section 3.01 is hereby deleted and a new Section 3.01 is substituted
therefor as follows:

"3.01    Calculation of Supplement.

         (a)     Each Participant who terminates active employment with the
                 Employer on or after his Normal or Delayed Retirement Date by
                 reason of retirement or voluntary or involuntary termination
                 shall, except as provided in Section 6.05, be entitled to a
                 monthly supplemental retirement income ("Supplemental
                 Retirement Income") equal to (1) minus (2), where

                 (1)      equals the monthly Normal or Delayed Retirement
                          Income which Participant would be entitled to receive
                          under the Pension Plan beginning on the Benefit
                          Commencement Date (as defined in Section 3.02) if the
                          benefit limitations of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and
                          415 as reflected in the Pension Plan were not in
                          effect (measured in the form of a single life annuity
                          payable in monthly installments for the Participant's
                          life) and if the definition of Earnings under this
                          Plan were used to compute the Participant's Normal or
                          Delayed Retirement Income under the Pension Plan;

                 (2)      equals the monthly Normal or Delayed Retirement
                          Income which Participant is actually entitled to
                          receive under the Pension Plan 


                                     -2-
<PAGE>   3

                          Beginning on the Benefit Commencement Date measured
                          in the form of a single life annuity payable in
                          monthly installments for the Participant's life.


         (b)     Except as provided in Sections 3.01(c), 4.01 and 5.01, no
                 payment of any kind shall be made under this Plan to any
                 Participant who terminates active employment with the Employer
                 prior to his Normal Retirement Date.  For example, in the
                 absence of a change in control and assuming Section 3.01(c) is
                 not applicable, no payment shall be made to a Participant who
                 resigns his employment prior to his Normal Retirement Date
                 even though such Participant is eligible for Early Retirement
                 under the Pension Plan.

         (c)     The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine that a
                 Participant who terminates his or her employment on or after
                 attaining age 55 and completing fifteen years of Credited
                 Service ("Early Retirement Date") but prior to his or her
                 Normal Retirement Date shall be eligible for benefits under
                 this Plan.  Such benefit shall be determined using the formula
                 set forth in Section 3.01(a) above but by calculating the
                 Participant's Supplemental Retirement Income as of his or her
                 termination of employment and by applying the reduction set
                 forth in the Pension Plan to reflect the early payment of
                 benefits prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

         (d)     In computing a Key Employee's benefit under this Plan, the
                 Committee shall assume the Participant did not accrue a
                 benefit under the Pension Plan (and did not receive any
                 Earnings) during any calendar year in which the Key Employee
                 did not accrue a benefit under this Plan (see Section 2.02)."

                                      3.

         Section 3.02 is hereby amended by deleting the phrase "Section 3.01"
where it appears in such Section and replacing it with the phrase "Section
3.01(a)."

                                      4.

         Section 4.01 is hereby deleted and a new Section 4.01 is substituted
therefor as follows:

"4.01    Death of Participant Before Supplemental Income Payments Commence.

         (a)     Participants Prior to January 1 1995.

                 (1)      This Section 4.01(a) shall apply only to Key
                          Employees who became Participants in this Plan prior
                          to January 1, 1995.

                                     

                                     -3-
<PAGE>   4

                 (2)      If a Participant (married or unmarried at the time of
                          his death) dies before Supplemental Retirement Income
                          commences hereunder and while he remains employed by
                          the Employer, then the Participant's Beneficiary
                          shall be entitled to receive a survivor benefit which
                          is the Actuarial Equivalent of the Participant's
                          Supplemental Retirement Income accrued to the date of
                          his death under Section 3.01.  For such purpose, the
                          Participant's Beneficiary shall be the same as his or
                          her Beneficiary designated under the Pension Plan.

         (b)     Participants On or After January 1, 1995.

                 (1)      This Section 4.01(b) shall apply only to Key
                          Employees who became Participants in this Plan on or
                          after January 1, 1995.

                 (2)      If a Participant (married or unmarried at the time of
                          his death) dies before Supplemental Retirement Income
                          commences hereunder and while he remains employed by
                          the Employer, then the Committee may, in its sole
                          discretion, determine that a Participant's
                          Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a survivor
                          benefit which is the Actuarial Equivalent of the
                          Participant's Supplemental Retirement Income accrued
                          to the date of his death under Section 3.01.  For
                          such purpose, the Participant's Beneficiary shall be
                          the same as his or her Beneficiary designated under
                          the Pension Plan.

         (c)     Form of Survivor Benefit.  For purposes of paragraphs (a) and
                 (b) above, the survivor benefit shall be a benefit payable for
                 the life of the Beneficiary which commences on the first day
                 of the month following the Participant's death, and ending on
                 the first day of the month coinciding with or immediately
                 following the Beneficiary's death."

                                      5.

         Section 4.02 is hereby amended by adding the following sentence to the
end thereof as follows:

                 "No death benefits shall be paid to the Participant's
Beneficiary."

                                      6.

         Section 5.01(a) is hereby deleted and a new Section 5.01(a) is
substituted therefor as follows:

         "(a)    Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, in the
                 event there is a Change of Control of Genuine Parts as defined
                 in subsection (c) of this Section 5.01, any Participant whose
                 employment is terminated on account 


                                     -4-
<PAGE>   5

                 of such Change of Control, and who has seven (7) or more years
                 of Credited Service for vesting purposes (and without regard
                 to such Participant's service for benefit accrual purposes)
                 under the Pension Plan, shall be entitled to receive an
                 immediate lump sum payment in an amount which is the Actuarial
                 Equivalent single sum value of the monthly Supplemental
                 Retirement Income accrued by the Participant as of the date of
                 his termination calculated pursuant to the formula set forth
                 in Section 3.01(a) and assuming payments began on the
                 Participant's Normal Retirement Date; provided, however, that
                 for this purpose, Actuarial Equivalence shall be determined
                 using an interest assumption of 6%.  For purposes of this
                 Section 5.01(a), a Participant's employment shall be
                 considered to have "terminated on account of such Change of
                 Control" only if the Participant's employment with the
                 Employer is terminated without cause during the 24 month
                 period following the Change of Control." 


                                      6.

         Section 6.05 is amended by deleting the phrase "Spouse or Beneficiary"
wherever it appears in such Section and replacing it with the phrase
"Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant."

                                       7.
                                      
         Section 6.08 is hereby deleted and a new Section 6.08 is substituted
therefor as follows:

"6.08    Right to Amend and Terminate.

         The Committee reserves the right to modify, alter, amend, or terminate
         the Plan, at any time and from time to time, without notice, to any
         extent deemed advisable; provided, however, that no such amendment or
         termination shall (without the written consent of the Participant, if
         living, and if not, the individual to whom survivor benefits are paid
         (i.e., either the Beneficiary or the Contingent Annuitant as the case
         may be)) adversely affect any benefit under the Plan which has accrued
         with respect to the Participant as of the date of such amendment or
         termination regardless of whether such benefit is vested or in pay
         status.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification,
         alteration, or termination of this Plan may be given effect with
         respect to any Participant, Beneficiary or Contingent Annuitant
         without the consent of such Participant (if living, and if not, the
         individual to whom survivor benefits are paid) if such amendment,
         modification, alteration, or termination is adopted during the
         six-month period prior to a Change of Control or during the two-year
         period following a Change of Control."


                                     -5-
<PAGE>   6

                                      8.

         This Amendment shall be effective as of January 1, 1995.

                                      9.

         Except as amended herein, the Plan shall continue in full force and
effect.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Genuine Parts Company has caused this Amendment to
be executed by its duly authorized officer.


                                        GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

                                        By:     /s/ Frank M. Howard
                                                -----------------------------

                                        Title:  Treasurer
                                                -----------------------------

                                        Date:   December 1, 1994
                                                -----------------------------




                                     -6-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHBIT 10.11




                            GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN



              (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1994)
<PAGE>   2

                            GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN
              (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1994)


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                  <C>                
ARTICLE 1 -- INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1

         1.01 Establishment of Plan; Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1                   
         1.02 Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1                   
         1.03 Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1                   
         1.04 Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          1
                   
ARTICLE 2 -- DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2                  

         Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2                   
         Act or ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2                   
         Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2                   
         Affiliate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2                   
         Affiliated Sponsor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2                   
         Authorized Absence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2                   
         Beneficiary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          2                   
         Board  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3                   
         Break in Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3                   
         Code   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3                   
         Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3                   
         Company  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3                   
         Company Stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          3                   
         Company Stock Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          4                   
         Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          4                   
         Credited Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          4                   
         Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5                   
         Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5                   
         Eligible Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5                   
         Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5                   
         Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5                   
         Employer Contribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          5                   
         Employer Matching Contribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6                   
         Employer Matching Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6                   
         Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6                   
         Entry Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6                   
         Family Member  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6                   
         Fiduciary  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6                   
         Fund                                                                                        6                   
</TABLE>                                                                       





                                     - i -
<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
         Highly Compensated Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6                   
         Hour of Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          6                   
         Investment Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8                   
         Non-highly Compensated Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8                   
         Participant  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8                   
         Permanent Disability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8                   
         Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8                   
         Plan Administrator or Administrator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8                   
         Plan Year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8                   
         Pre-Tax Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8                   
         Pre-Tax Contribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          8                   
         Prior Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Prior Employer Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Qualified  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Qualified Nonelective Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Qualifying Employer Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Rollover Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Rollover Contribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Spouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Termination Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          9                   
         Treasury Regulation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         10                   
         Trust or Trust Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         10                   
         Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         10                   
         Valuation Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         10                   
         Other Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         11                   

ARTICLE 3 -- PARTICIPATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         12                 

         3.01 Participation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         12                   
         3.02 Year of Eligibility Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         12                   
         3.03 Participation and Rehire  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         13                   
         3.04 Acquisitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         13                   
         3.05 Not Contract for Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         14                   

ARTICLE 4 -- PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         15                 

         4.01 Pre-Tax Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         15                   
         4.02 Elections Regarding Pre-Tax Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         15                   
         4.03 Change in Employee Contribution Percentage or Suspension of Contributions . .         15                   
         4.04 Deadline for Contributions and Allocation of Pre-Tax Contributions  . . . . .         16                   
         4.05 Rollover Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         17                   
</TABLE>                                                                      





                                     - ii -
<PAGE>   4


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                 <C>                
ARTICLE 5 -- EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         18

         5.01 Employer Matching Contribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         18                   
         5.02 Qualified Nonelective Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         18                   
         5.03 Form and Timing of Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         19                   
         5.04 Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         19                   

ARTICLE 6 -- ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         20                 

         6.01 Participant Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         20                   
         6.02 Allocation of Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         21                   
         6.03 Allocation of Dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         21                   
         6.04 Adjustment Attributable to Plan Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         22                   
         6.05 Plan Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         22                   
         6.06 Investment Funds and Elections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         22                   
         6.07 Errors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         23                   

ARTICLE 7 -- VESTING  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         24                 

         7.01 Termination Date On or After Age 65  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          24                   
         7.02 Permanent Disability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         24                   
         7.03 Death . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         24                   
         7.04 Other Termination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         24                   
         7.05 Forfeitures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         25                   

ARTICLE 8 -- DISTRIBUTIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         27                 

         8.01 Commencement of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         27                   
         8.02 Method of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         28                   
         8.03 Payment to Minors and Incapacitated Persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         28                   
         8.04 Application for Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         29                   
         8.05 Special Distribution Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         29                   
         8.06 Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders . . . . . . . .         30                   
         8.07 Direct Rollovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          30                   
         8.08 Participant Withdrawals After Age 59-1/2  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         31                   

ARTICLE 9 -- HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; LOANS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         33                 

         9.01 Hardship Withdrawal of Account  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         33                   
         9.02 Definition of Hardship  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         33                   
         9.03 Maximum Hardship Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         33                   
         9.04 Procedure to Request Hardship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35                   
         9.05 Authority to Establish Loan Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35                   
         9.06 Eligibility for Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35                   
         9.07 Loan Amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35                   
         9.08 Maximum Number of Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         35                   
         9.09 Assignment of Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         36                   
         9.10 Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         36                   
         9.11 Term of Loan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         36                   
</TABLE>                                                                       





                                    - iii -
<PAGE>   5


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>
         9.12 Level Amortization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        36                    
         9.13 Directed Investment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        36                    
         9.14 Other Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        37                    
         9.15 Distribution of Loan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        37                    

ARTICLE 10 -- ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        38                 

         10.01 Named Fiduciaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        38                     
         10.02 Board of Directors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        38                     
         10.03 Trustee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        39                     
         10.04 Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        39                     
         10.05 Standard of Fiduciary Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        41                     
         10.06 Claims Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        41                     
         10.07 Indemnification of Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        43                     

ARTICLE 11 -- AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        44                 

         11.01 Right to Amend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        44                    
         11.02 Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        44                    
         11.03 IRS Approval of Termination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        45                    

ARTICLE 12 -- SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        46                 

         12.01 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        46                    
         12.02 $7,000 Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        49                    
         12.03 Average Actual Deferral Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        51                    
         12.04 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Deferral Percentage . . . . . .        52                    
         12.05 Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        52                    
         12.06 Average Actual Contribution Percentage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        54                    
         12.07 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Contribution Percentages  . . .        55                    
         12.08 Distribution of Employer Matching Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        55                    
         12.09 Combined ACP and ADP Test  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        56                    
         12.10 Order of Applying Certain Sections of Article  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        58                    
         12.11 Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        58                    

ARTICLE 13 -- HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        59                 

         13.01 In General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        59                     
         13.02 Highly Compensated Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        59                     
         13.03 Former Highly Compensated Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        59                     
         13.04 Family Aggregation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        60                     
         13.05 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        61                     
         13.06 Other Methods Permissible  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        62                     

ARTICLE 14 -- MAXIMUM BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        63                 

         14.01 General Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        63
</TABLE>





                                     - iv -
<PAGE>   6


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
         14.02 Combined Plan Limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         64                   
         14.03 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         64                   
         14.04 Effective Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         66                   

ARTICLE 15 -- TOP HEAVY RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         67                 

         15.01 General  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         67                   
         15.02 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         67                   
         15.03 Minimum Benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         68                   
         15.04 Combined Plan Limitation For Top Heavy Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         69                   

ARTICLE 16 -- MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70                 

         16.01 Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70                    
         16.02 Action by Employer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70                    
         16.03 Spendthrift Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70                    
         16.04 Distributions Upon Special Occurrences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         70                    
         16.05 Discrimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         71                    
         16.06 Release  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         71                    
         16.07 Compliance with Applicable Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         71                    
         16.08 Agent for Service of Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         71                    
         16.09 Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         72                    
         16.10 Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         72                    
         16.11 Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliated Sponsor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         72                    
         16.12 Protected Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         74                    
         16.13 Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         74                    
</TABLE>                                                                       





                                     - v -
<PAGE>   7



                            GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN
                (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 1994)


                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  INTRODUCTION

1.01      Establishment of Plan; Background.

          (a)      Effective July 1, 1988, Genuine Parts Company adopted and
                   established the Genuine Partnership Plan ("Prior Plan").
                   The Prior Plan was at all times maintained as a plan meeting
                   the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the
                   Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and of the
                   Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

          (b)      Effective January 1, 1994, the Prior Plan is continued in an
                   amended and restated form as set forth in its entirety in
                   this document (the "Plan").

1.02      Effective Date

          This Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 1994.  Notwithstanding
          this general effective date, certain provisions of this Plan (as set
          forth in this document) shall have effective dates earlier than
          January 1, 1994.

1.03      Purpose.

          This Plan is intended to provide a cash or deferred arrangement under
          Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k).  Under the Plan, Participants can
          direct that a specified percentage of the amount that otherwise would
          have been paid to them as Compensation be contributed by the Employer
          to the Plan.  The benefits described in the Plan are provided for the
          exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

1.04      Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits

          The distribution of benefits for all Participants (whether employed
          by the Employer before or after the Effective Date) shall be governed
          by the provisions of this Plan.  Nevertheless, early retirement
          benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional forms of benefit
          protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) ("Protected Benefits") shall
          not be reduced or eliminated with respect to benefits accrued under
          such Protected Benefits unless such reduction or elimination is
          permitted under the Code, Treasury Regulations, authority issued by
          the Internal Revenue Service or judicial authority.
<PAGE>   8

                                   ARTICLE 2

                                  DEFINITIONS

Certain terms of this Plan have defined meanings which are set forth in this
Article and which shall govern unless the context in which they are used
clearly indicates that some other meaning is intended.

Account shall mean the Account established and maintained by the Committee or
Trustee for each Participant or their Beneficiaries to which shall be allocated
each Participant's interest in the Fund.  Each Account shall be comprised of
the sub-accounts described in Section 6.01.

Act or ERISA shall mean Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Adjustment shall mean, for any Valuation Date, the aggregate earnings, realized
or unrealized appreciation, losses, expenses, and realized or unrealized
depreciation of the Fund since the immediately preceding Valuation Date.  The
determination of the adjustment shall be made by the Trustee and shall be final
and binding.

Affiliate shall mean the Company and any corporation which is a member of a
controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which
includes the Company; any trade or business which is under common control (as
defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Company; any organization which is a
member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which
includes the Company; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the
Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).

Affiliated Sponsor shall mean any corporation and any other entity that is
designated by the Committee as an Affiliated Sponsor under the Plan.  See
Section 16.11 for provisions relating to an Affiliated Sponsor's adoption of
the Plan.  All Affiliated Sponsors, groups of employees designated as
participating in the Plan by such Affiliated Sponsors (if not all employees),
and the effective date of each company's designation as an Affiliated Sponsor
shall be specified in Schedule A.

Authorized Absence shall mean any temporary layoff or any absence authorized by
the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel practices provided that
all persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in the granting
of such Authorized Leaves of Absence and provided further that the Participant
returns within the period of authorized absence.  An absence due to service in
the Armed Forces of the United States shall be considered an Authorized Absence
to the extent required by federal law.

Beneficiary.  For unmarried Participants, any individual(s), trust(s),
estate(s), partnership(s), corporation(s) or other entity or entities
designated by the Participant in

                                     -2-
<PAGE>   9


accordance with procedures established by the Committee to receive any
distribution to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan in the event
of the Participant's death.  The Committee may require certification by a
Participant in any form it deems appropriate of the Participant's marital
status prior to accepting or honoring any Beneficiary designation.  Any
Beneficiary designation shall be void if the Participant revokes the
designation or marries.  Any Beneficiary designation shall be void to the
extent it conflicts with the terms of a qualified domestic relations order.

If an unmarried Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary or if the
designated Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant and the Participant has
not designated a contingent Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the surviving
descendants of the Participant (who shall take per stirpes) and if there are no
surviving descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate.  For
the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the term "descendants" shall include
any persons adopted by a Participant or by any of his descendants.

A married Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse unless the Participant
has designated a non-Spouse Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) with the written
consent of his Spouse given in the presence of a notary public on a form
provided by the Committee, or unless the terms of a qualified domestic
relations order require payment to a non-Spouse Beneficiary.  A married
Participant's designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary in accordance with the
preceding sentence shall remain valid until revoked by the Participant or until
the Participant marries a Spouse who has not consented to a designation in
accordance with the preceding sentence.

For the purposes of this Section, revocation of prior Beneficiary designations
will occur when a Participant (i) files a valid designation with the Committee;
or (ii) files a signed statement with the Committee evidencing his intent to
revoke any prior designations.

Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Break in Service shall occur if the Employee ceases to be employed by the
Employer and does not resume Employment for seven or more consecutive years.

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of l986, as amended.  A reference to
a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision and any
applicable Treasury Regulation pertaining thereto.

Committee shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board under Article 10 to
administer the Plan.  This term is interchangeable with "Plan Administrator."

Company shall mean Genuine Parts Company and its successors and assigns which
adopt this Plan.

Company Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company.





                                    - 3 -
<PAGE>   10


Company Stock Fund shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account and each
subaccount which is invested in Company Stock.

Compensation shall mean, effective January 1, 1989, the gross annual earnings
reported on a Participant's Form W-2 (box 10 or its comparable location as
provided on Form W-2 in future years) as required by Code Section Section
6041(d) and 6051(a)(3).  In addition, Compensation shall include Pre-Tax
Contributions under this Plan and salary reduction pre-tax contributions to a
Section 125 Plan maintained by the Employer.  Compensation shall be determined
by ignoring any income exclusions under Code Section 3401(a) based on the
nature or location of employment.  In addition, Compensation shall be
determined by ignoring reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe
benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation (and for
this purpose benefits under a stock option plan is "deferred compensation") and
welfare benefits (and for this purpose, worker's compensation payments of any
type and severance pay of any type shall be considered "welfare benefits," but
sick pay, short term disability and vacation pay are not considered "welfare
benefits").  Compensation shall not include amounts in excess of the
limitations set forth in Code Section 401(a)(17) ($150,000 in 1994).  See also
Section 13.04 for additional rules regarding aggregation of Compensation for
certain Family Members.

Credited Service shall mean the number of years of service as an Employee of
the Employer (with proportionate allowance for fractional years) both before
and after the Effective Date, measured in accordance with the following rules:

          (a)      Credited Service for Employment Prior to January 1, 1988.
                   An Employee who was employed on the day preceding the
                   effective date of the Prior Plan (July 1, 1988) shall
                   receive Credited Service under this Plan for all years of
                   Credited Service earned under and pursuant to the Genuine
                   Parts Company Pension Plan prior to January 1, 1988.
                   Credited Service so determined shall be the Participant's
                   Credited Service under this Plan for all service prior to
                   January 1, 1988.  If an Employee was not employed by the
                   Employer on June 30, 1988, such Employee shall not receive
                   Credited Service under this Plan for his Employment prior to
                   January 1, 1988.

          (b)      Credited Service for Employment On or After January 1, 1988.
                   On or after January 1, 1988, an Employee shall receive
                   Credited Service for the elapsed time of his Employment
                   beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of
                   Service on or after January 1, 1988 and ending on his
                   Termination Date.  If an Employee has a Termination Date and
                   is subsequently rehired, such Employee  shall again receive
                   Credited Service (subject to the Break in Service rules set
                   forth below) beginning on the date of the Employee's first
                   Hour of Service on or after his reemployment and ending on
                   his subsequent Termination Date.





                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   11


          (c)      Break in Service.  Credited Service shall not include any
                   period of Employment which precedes a Break in Service if as
                   of the first day of the Break in Service, the Employee is
                   not vested in any portion of his Account.

          (d)      Employment with Affiliated Sponsors; Predecessor Businesses.
                   Credited Service shall not include any period of employment
                   with any Affiliated Sponsor prior to its designation as an
                   Affiliated Sponsor or any period of employment with a
                   predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer
                   except to the extent provided in Schedules A or B.

          (f)      Military Service.  Credited Service shall not include any
                   period of service in the military; except to the extent such
                   service is required to be credited under applicable federal
                   law.

          (g)      Employment with Affiliates.  An Employee's service with an
                   Affiliate shall be considered Employment with the Employer.

Distribution shall mean payment by the Trustee to or for the benefit of a
Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary or other person entitled to benefits as
provided in this Plan.

Effective Date shall mean January 1, 1994.

Eligible Employee  shall mean, except for those Employees identified in the
following sentence, all Employees employed by the Employer.  The following
Employees shall not be considered Eligible Employees:  (i) any employee
included in a collective bargaining unit for which a labor organization is
recognized as collective bargaining agent unless such employee has been
designated by the Committee as an "Eligible Employee" for the purposes of this
Plan, (ii) any Employee who is a nonresident alien and who does not receive
earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within
the United States, or (iii) any "leased employee," within the meaning of Code
Section  414(n)(2), with respect to the Employer.

Employee  shall mean any person employed by or on Authorized Absence from the
Employer, and any person who is a "leased employee" within the meaning of Code
Section  414(n)(2) with respect to the Employer.  However, if such "leased
employees" constitute less than 20 percent of the Employer's combined
non-highly compensated work force, within the meaning of Code Section
414(n)(1)(C)(ii), the term "Employee" shall not include "leased employees"
covered by a plan described in Code Section  414(n)(5).

Employer shall mean the Company and any Affiliated Sponsor.  All Affiliated
Sponsors are listed on Schedule A.

Employer Contribution shall mean Employer Matching Contributions and Qualified
Nonelective Contributions.  Employer Contributions may be made without regard
to





                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   12


current or accumulated earnings and profits for the taxable year or years
ending with or within the Plan Year.

Employer Matching Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a
Participant's total Account attributable to Employer Matching Contributions,
and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a
Participant's Account with respect to Employer Matching Contributions.

Employer Matching Contribution shall have that meaning as defined in Section
5.01.

Employment  shall mean the active service of an Employee with the Employer.
Employment with an Affiliated Sponsor prior to its designation as an Affiliated
Sponsor and employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by
Employer shall be counted as employment with the Employer only to the extent
provided in Schedules A or B.

Entry Date shall mean the first business day of any calendar month.

Family Member shall have that meaning as defined in Section 13.04(b).

Fiduciary shall mean any party named as a Fiduciary in Section 10.01.  Any
party shall be considered a Fiduciary of the Plan only to the extent of the
powers and duties specifically allocated to such party under the Plan.

Fund shall mean the money and other properties held and administered by the
Trustee in accordance with the Plan and Trust Agreement.  If the Committee so
directs, multiple trust funds may be established under this Plan, which
together shall comprise the Fund hereunder.

Highly Compensated Employee shall have that meaning as defined in Article 13.

Hour of Service shall mean:

          (a)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                   payment, for performance of duties for an Employer or
                   Employers.

          (b)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                   payment, by an Employer or Employers, on account of a period
                   of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective
                   of whether the employment relationship is terminated) due to
                   vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
                   disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or Authorized
                   Absence; provided that in no event, shall an Employee
                   receive credit for more than 501 Hours of Service for any
                   single continuous period of non-working time.  However, no
                   Hours of Service shall be granted for any direct or indirect
                   payment or for any entitlement to payment if (i) such
                   payment is





                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   13


                   made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose
                   of complying with applicable worker's compensation laws,
                   unemployment laws or disability insurance laws or (ii) such
                   payment is intended to reimburse an employee for his or her
                   medical or medically related expenses.

            (c)    Each hour for which an Employee is on an Authorized Leave   
                   of Absence by reason of:  (i) the pregnancy of the          
                   Employee, (ii) birth of a child of the Employee, (iii)      
                   placement of a child with the Employee in connection with   
                   the adoption of the child by the Employee, or (iv) caring   
                   for a child referred to in paragraphs (i) through (iii)     
                   immediately following birth or placement.  Hours credited   
                   under this paragraph shall be credited at the rate of 10    
                   hours per day, 45 hours per week but shall not, in the      
                   aggregate, exceed the number of hours required to prevent   
                   the Employee from incurring a Break in Service under Code   
                   Section 410(a)(5) (a maximum of 501 hours) during the first 
                   computation period in which a Break in Service would        
                   otherwise occur.                                            
                    
          (d)      Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
                   damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or
                   Employers.  These hours shall be credited to the Employee
                   for the computation period or period to which the award or
                   agreement pertains, rather than the computation period in
                   which the award, agreement, or payment is made.

          (e)      In lieu of the foregoing, an Employee who is not compensated
                   on an hourly basis (such as salary, commission or piecework
                   employees) shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for
                   each week (or 10 Hours of Service for each day) in which
                   such Employee would be credited with Hours of Service in
                   hourly pay.  However, this method of computing Hours of
                   Service may not be used for any Employee whose Hours  of
                   Service is required to be counted and recorded by any
                   Federal law, such as the Fair Labor Standards Act.  Any such
                   method must yield an equivalency of at least 1,000 hours per
                   computation period.

The following rules shall apply in determining whether an Employee completes an
"Hour of Service":

          1.       The same hours shall not be credited under subparagraphs
                   (a), (b) or (c) above, as the case may be, and subparagraph
                   (d) above; nor shall the same hours credited under
                   subparagraphs (a) through (d) above be credited under
                   subparagraph (e) above;.

          2.       The rules relating to determining hours of service for
                   reasons other than the performance of duties and for
                   crediting Hours of Service to particular periods of
                   employment shall be those rules stated in Department of
                   Labor





                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>   14


                   regulations Title 29, Chapter XXV, subchapter C, part 2530,
                   Sections 200b2(b) and 200b2(c), respectively.

Investment Fund shall mean the separate funds under the Trust Fund which are
distinguished by their investment objectives.  The term "Investment Fund" does
not include a Participant's Common Stock Fund.

Non-highly Compensated Employee shall mean an Employee of the Employer who is
neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member of a Highly
Compensated Employee.

Participant shall mean an Employee who becomes eligible to participate in the
Plan as provided in Article 3.

Permanent Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition of a Participant
resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which (i) for a
Participant who is not in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993,
entitles the Participant to Social Security disability benefits or (ii) for a
Participant who is in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993, results in
the Participant receiving long term disability benefits under The Genuine Parts
Company Long Term Disability Plan.  A Participant's Permanent Disability will
end on the date the Participant is no longer receiving disability benefits (i)
under Social Security for a Participant who is not in active Employment on or
after January 1, 1993, or (ii) under The Genuine parts Company Long Term
Disability Plan for a Participant who is in active Employment on or after
January 1, 1993.

Plan shall mean the Genuine Partnership Plan as set forth in this document
together with any subsequent amendments hereto.

Plan Administrator or Administrator shall mean the Committee appointed by the
Board pursuant to Article 10 to administer the Plan.  All references in the
Plan to the Administrator shall be deemed to apply to the Committee and vice
versa.  The Committee so appointed is hereby designated as the "Administrator"
of the Plan within the meaning of Section 3(16) of the Act and as the agent for
service of legal process for purposes of Section 102(b) of the Act.

Plan Year shall be the calendar year.

Pre-Tax Contributions shall mean contributions made to the Plan during the Plan
Year by the Employer, at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash
compensation and that are made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.  Such
contributions are nonforfeitable when made and distributable only as specified
in Article 8 below.

Pre-Tax Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account
attributable to Pre-Tax Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which
have been





                                    - 8 -
<PAGE>   15


credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Pre-Tax
Contributions.

Prior Plan.  See  Section 1.01.

Prior Employer Account  shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account
attributable to assets transferred directly from the trustee of another
Qualified Plan to the Trustee of this Plan and which are not separately
allocated to an existing Account under this Plan.  Sub-accounts may be
established as necessary to separately account for pre-tax contributions,
after-tax contributions, etc.  Any restrictions or special rules applicable to
the Prior Employer Account (including optional forms of benefit that are
protected under Code Section 411(d)(6)) shall be set forth in Schedule C.

Qualified as used in "qualified plan" or "qualified trust" shall mean a plan
and trust which are entitled to the tax benefits provided respectively by
Sections 401 and 501 of the Code, and related provisions of the Code.

Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall have that meaning as defined in
Section 5.02.

Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a
Participant's Account attributable to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and
the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a
Participant's Account with respect to Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

Qualifying Employer Securities shall have that meaning as defined in Section
407(d)(5) of the Act.

Rollover Account.  The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to
Rollover Contributions or the total of the Adjustments attributable to such
Rollover Contributions.

Rollover Contribution  See Section 4.05.

Spouse  shall mean the person who was married to the Participant (in a civil or
religious ceremony recognized under the laws of the state where the marriage
was contracted) immediately prior to the date on which payments to the
Participant from the Plan begin.  If the Participant dies prior to the
commencement of benefits, Spouse shall mean a person who is married to a
Participant (as defined in the immediately preceding sentence) on the date of
the Participant's death.  A Participant shall not be considered married to
another person as a result of any common law marriage whether or not such
common law marriage is recognized by applicable state law.

Termination Date shall mean the first to occur of the following events:

         (a)     Voluntary resignation from service of the Employer; or





                                    - 9 -
<PAGE>   16


         (b)     Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer; or

         (c)     Termination on or after attaining age 65 (normal retirement 
                 date); or

         (d)     Death; or

         (e)     Permanent Disability; or

         (f)     The first anniversary of the date the Employee ceases
                 Employment for any reason not described above, e.g., vacation,
                 holiday, sickness, disability (but not a Permanent Disability
                 resulting in a Distribution from the Plan), leave of absence,
                 or layoff.

If, however, an Employee terminates his Employment on account of an event
described in paragraphs (a) - (c) above and the Employee performs an Hour of
Service within twelve months following such Termination Date (or such lesser
period as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.410(a)-7(d)(iii)(B)), the
Employee shall be considered as having been in active Employment during such
period of absence.  An Employee on Authorized Absence will not have a
Termination Date earlier than the end of such Authorized Absence.

Treasury Regulation means regulations pertaining to certain Sections of the
Code as issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

Trust or Trust Agreement shall refer to the Fund established pursuant to one or
more agreements of trust entered into between the Employer and one or more
trustees (sometimes referred to as sub-trusts), which governs the creation and
maintenance of the Fund, and all amendments thereto which may hereafter be
made.  It is expressly intended that (if the Committee so directs) multiple
sub-trusts may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise
the Trust Fund hereunder and that all of the sub-trusts shall be considered to
be a single trust fund for purposes of Section 1.414(1)- 1(b)(1) of the
Treasury Regulations.  The term Trust Fund shall also be deemed to include any
fund existing pursuant to any deposit administration or group annuity contract
between the Company and/or the Trustee and an Insurer.  Each trust agreement or
contract with an Insurer established pursuant to this Plan shall be listed on
Schedule D.

Trustee shall mean any institution or individual(s) who shall accept the
appointment of the Committee to serve as Trustee pursuant to the Plan.

Valuation Date.  It is intended that the assets of the Plan will be invested in
daily valued investment funds.  Accordingly, the term "Valuation Date" shall
mean each day of the calendar year during which the Trustee determines the fair
market value of the assets held in the Investment Funds.





                                    - 10 -
<PAGE>   17


Other Rules.  A defined term, such as "Termination," will normally govern the
definitions of derivatives therefrom, such as "Terminate," even though such
derivatives are not specifically defined and even if they are or are not
initially capitalized.  The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan,
shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, unless the context clearly
indicates to the contrary.  Singular and plural nouns and pronouns shall be
interchangeable as the factual context may allow or require.  The words
"hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and other similar compounds of the word "here"
shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular provision or
Section.





                                    - 11 -
<PAGE>   18

                                   ARTICLE 3

                                 PARTICIPATION

3.01      Participation

          (a)      Each Eligible Employee who is a Participant in the Prior
                   Plan on the day preceding the Effective Date of this Plan
                   shall be a Participant in this Plan on the Effective Date
                   (provided he is employed on the Effective Date).

          (b)      An Eligible Employee who is not described in subsection (a)
                   above shall become a Participant in the Plan on the Entry
                   Date next following the later of (i) the date on which the
                   Employee has both completed one Year of Eligibility Service
                   and attained age 21 or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a
                   member of the class of Eligible Employees.  See Section 3.04
                   below for special rules that apply to new Employees
                   following an acquisition.

          (c)      If an Eligible Employee either (i) is not employed or (ii)
                   is no longer an Eligible Employee on the earliest Entry Date
                   on or after which such Employee satisfied the requirements
                   described above, but returns to work or again becomes an
                   Eligible Employee before incurring a Break in Service, such
                   Eligible Employee shall commence participation on the date
                   such Employee returns to work or again becomes an Eligible
                   Employee.  If the Employee returns to work or again becomes
                   an Eligible Employee after a Break in Service, such Employee
                   must again satisfy the requirements of Section 3.01(b).

          (d)      An Eligible Employee who becomes eligible to participate in
                   this Plan will be asked to follow certain procedures to
                   enroll in the Plan, and pursuant to which he will designate
                   Beneficiaries and may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions.

3.02      Year of Eligibility Service

          (a)      1,000 Hour Rule.  A Year of Eligibility Service is
                   determined under the 1,000 Hours of Service method.
                   Accordingly, an Employee shall receive one Year of
                   Eligibility Service upon completing a twelve consecutive
                   month period of Employment during which the Employee earns
                   at least 1,000 Hours of Service.  The initial twelve month
                   period shall be the twelve consecutive month period
                   commencing on the Employee's date of hire or rehire.  If the
                   Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during





                                    - 12 -
<PAGE>   19


                   this 12 month period, the Employee shall receive a Year of
                   Eligibility Service upon completing at least 1,000 Hours of
                   Service during a Plan Year (commencing with the Plan Year
                   during which the Employee's first anniversary of his date of
                   hire occurs).

          (b)      Break in Service.  For purposes of this Article 3, an
                   Employee shall not receive credit for any Hours of Service
                   during any period of Employment which precedes a Break in
                   Service if, at the time of the Break in Service, the
                   Employee had never been a Participant in the Plan.

          (c)      Authorized Absence.  A period during which an Employee is on
                   Authorized Absence shall not count towards the Employee's
                   Break in Service if such Employee resumes Employment
                   immediately after the end of such Authorized Absence.

3.03      Participation and Rehire.

          (a)      Status as a Participant.  A Participant's  participation in
                   the Plan shall continue until the Participant's Termination
                   Date.  On or after his Termination Date, the Employee shall
                   be known as a Former Participant and his benefits shall
                   thereafter be governed by the provisions of Article 8.  The
                   individual's status as a Former Participant shall cease as
                   of the date the individual ceases to have any balance in his
                   Account.  If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee
                   but does not have a Termination Date, then such person shall
                   continue to be known as a "Participant," but shall not be
                   eligible to make Pre-Tax Contributions and shall not be
                   eligible to receive Employer Contributions.

          (b)      Rehire of Person who was a Participant in this Plan.  An
                   Eligible Employee who was a Participant in this Plan at the
                   time of his Termination Date and who is subsequently rehired
                   by an Employer, shall be eligible to immediately participate
                   in this Plan on the date of his rehire or, if later, on the
                   date he becomes an Eligible Employee.

3.04      Acquisitions.

          If a group of persons becomes employed by an Employer (or any of its
          subsidiaries or divisions) as a result of an acquisition of another
          employer, the Committee shall determine whether and to what extent
          employment with such prior employer shall be treated as Years of
          Eligibility Service, the applicable Entry Date (or special entry
          date) for such acquired employees, and any other terms and conditions
          which apply to eligibility to participate in this Plan.  Such terms
          and conditions shall be set forth in Schedule A or Schedule B to this
          Plan by action of the Committee.  Except to the extent required by
          law, employees of an acquired business which is not identified in
          Schedule A or Schedule B shall not receive credit under this Plan for
          their prior employment with the acquired business.





                                    - 13 -
<PAGE>   20


3.05      Not Contract for Employment.

          Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to be
          retained in the Employer's employ, nor shall any Employee, upon
          dismissal from or voluntary termination of his employment, have any
          right or interest in the Fund, except as herein provided.





                                    - 14 -
<PAGE>   21

                                   ARTICLE 4

                             PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS


4.01     Pre-Tax Contributions.

         Effective on the Participant's initial Entry Date, a Participant may
         elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan.  If a Participant
         fails to elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions at that time, a
         Participant may elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan
         effective as of the first day of any subsequent month (except during
         periods of suspension -- see Section 4.03).  A Participant's Pre-Tax
         Contributions to the Plan shall be made by means of payroll deduction.
         A Participant may contribute as a Pre-Tax Contribution any whole
         percentage from 1% to 16% of his Compensation during any Plan Year.

4.02     Elections Regarding Pre-Tax Contributions.

         (a)     Procedure for Making Elections.  Elections by a Participant  
                 to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan shall be made in   
                 writing on a form prescribed by the Committee and by         
                 designating on such form the percentage of Compensation that 
                 will be contributed as a Pre-Tax Contribution during each    
                 pay period.  The election to make Pre-Tax Contributions      
                 shall be effective no earlier than the first day of the      
                 Participant's normal pay period beginning at least 30 days   
                 after the Employer receives such election form (or such      
                 smaller number of days as determined by the Committee on a   
                 nondiscriminatory basis).                                    
                                                                              
         (b)     Treatment as 401(k) Contributions.  It is expressly intended  
                 that, to the extent allowable by law, Pre-Tax Contributions   
                 shall not be included in the gross income of the Participant  
                 for income tax purposes and shall be deemed contributions     
                 under a cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Code         
                 Section 401(k).                                               
                                                                               
         (c)     Additional Limitations of Pre-Tax Contributions.  Pre-Tax
                 Contributions shall be subject to the limitations described in
                 Section 12.02 (maximum dollar contribution limit), Section
                 12.03 (ADP non-discrimination test) and Article 14 (Code
                 Section  415 limit).

4.03     Change in Employee Contribution Percentage or Suspension of
         Contributions.

         (a)     Change of Contribution Percentage.  A Participant may         
                 increase or decrease the percentage of his Compensation       
                 contributed as a Pre-Tax Contribution only on January 1 or    
                 July 1 of each Plan Year by delivery of written notice to     
                 the Committee.  In order to be effective, the Participant     
                   




                                    - 15 -
<PAGE>   22


                   must notify the Committee at least 30 days prior to the date
                   that the increase or decrease will become effective (or such
                   lesser number of days as determined by the Committee on a
                   nondiscriminatory basis).

         (b)       Suspension of Contributions.  A Participant may suspend his
                   Pre-Tax Contributions at any time by properly completing a
                   form prescribed by the Committee.  The suspension of Pre-Tax
                   Contributions will be effective on the first day of the
                   Participant's normal payroll period that begins 30 days
                   after the Participant delivers the completed form to the
                   Committee.  A Participant may resume making Pre-Tax
                   Contributions on the first day of any month which is at
                   least six months after the effective date of such suspension
                   of contributions and only after informing the Committee in
                   writing at least 30 days prior to the date on which the
                   Pre-Tax Contributions are to resume.  The Committee, on a
                   nondiscriminatory basis, may prescribe a lesser number of
                   days on which the suspension or resumption of Pre-Tax
                   Contributions is to be effective.  A Participant's Pre-Tax
                   Contributions shall automatically be suspended beginning on
                   the first payroll period that commences after the
                   Participant is not in receipt of Compensation, the
                   Participant's layoff or the Participant's Authorized Absence
                   without pay.

         (c)       Other Rules.

                  (1)     See Section 9.03 for circumstances under which a
                          Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions could be
                          suspended for a period of at least 12 months after
                          such Participant receives a hardship distribution.

                  (2)     In order to satisfy the provisions of Article 12 and
                          Article 14, the Committee may from time to time
                          either temporarily suspend the Pre-Tax Contributions
                          of Highly Compensated Employees or reduce the maximum
                          permissible Pre-Tax Contribution that may be made to
                          the Plan by Highly Compensated Employees.

                  (3)     Any reduction, increase, or suspension of Pre-Tax
                          Contributions described in this Article 4.03 shall be
                          made in such manner as the Committee may prescribe
                          from time to time consistent with the provisions of
                          this Article.

4.04     Deadline for Contributions and Allocation of Pre-Tax Contributions.
         Pre-Tax Contributions shall be deducted by the Employer from the
         Participant's Compensation and paid to the Trustee as promptly as
         possible after the end of each regular pay period but in no event
         later than 90 days after such Pre-Tax Contributions have been retained
         by the Employer.





                                    - 16 -
<PAGE>   23


4.05     Rollover Contribution

         (a)       Without regard to any limitation on contributions set forth
                   in this Article, a Participant shall be permitted, if the
                   Committee consents (based on non-discriminatory criteria),
                   to transfer to the Trustee during any Plan Year additional
                   property acceptable to the Trustee, provided such property:

                  (1)     was received by the Participant from a Qualified Plan
                          maintained by a previous employer of the Participant
                          and qualifies as a rollover contribution within the
                          meaning of Code Section  402(a)(5) or

                  (2)     was received by the Participant from an individual
                          retirement account or individual retirement annuity
                          and qualifies as a rollover contribution within the
                          meaning of Code Section  408(d)(3)(A)(ii).

                   Under either (1) or (2) above, a Participant may make a
                   Rollover Contribution only if the Employer acquired the
                   assets or stock of the Participant's previous employer and
                   the Rollover Contribution originated from the Qualified
                   retirement plan of such previous employer.

         (b)       Such property shall be held by the Trustee in the Employee's
                   Rollover Account.  All such amounts so held shall at all
                   times be fully vested and nonforfeitable.  Such amounts
                   shall be distributed to the Employee upon Termination Date
                   in the manner provided in Article 8.

         (c)       See Section 8.07 regarding the right of a Participant to
                   request a trustee to trustee transfer of the Participant's
                   Account in lieu of a distribution of such Account.





                                    - 17 -
<PAGE>   24

                                   ARTICLE 5

                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS


5.01     Employer Matching Contribution.

          (a)      Eligibility to Receive Matching Contribution.  The Employer
                   shall contribute to the Employer Matching Contribution
                   Account of each Participant who is employed on the last day
                   of a calendar month and who made a Pre- Tax Contribution
                   during such calendar month.

          (b)      Amount of Employer Matching Contribution.  The Employer
                   Matching Contribution shall equal the lesser of 20% of the
                   Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions made during the calendar
                   month or 20% of the Participant's first 6% of Compensation
                   for such month (1.2% of Compensation).

          (c)      Employment on Last Day of Month.  For purposes of allocating
                   an Employer Matching Contribution, any Participant who
                   either has a Termination Date on or after attaining age 65
                   or has a Termination Date on account of death or Permanent
                   Disability shall be deemed to be employed on the last day of
                   the month in which such Termination of Employment occurred.
                   In addition, certain Participants who have a Termination
                   Date during the Plan Year may be treated as being employed
                   for purposes of receiving an Employer Matching Contribution
                   if such treatment is necessary to enable the Plan to satisfy
                   the requirements of Code Sections 410(b), 401(a)(26) or
                   401(a)(4).

          (d)      Qualifying Employer Securities.  The Employer Matching
                   Contributions are intended to be comprised primarily of
                   Qualifying Employer Securities (i.e., Common Stock).  It is
                   hereby expressly provided that the Plan may acquire and hold
                   Qualifying Employer Securities.

5.02     Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

         In the sole discretion of the Employer, an additional Employer
         Contribution may be made to the Plan which shall be known as a
         "Qualified Nonelective Contribution."  Such contribution shall be made
         in order to satisfy the requirements of Article 12, and shall be
         allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those
         Non-highly Compensated Employees selected by the Committee at the time
         such Qualified Nonelective Contribution is made, or as soon thereafter
         as possible.





                                    - 18 -
<PAGE>   25


5.03     Form and Timing of Contributions.

          (a)      Employer Contributions shall be made in cash or in
                   Qualifying Employer Securities.  Employer Matching
                   Contributions shall be delivered to the Trustee on or before
                   the date prescribed by the Code for filing the Employer's
                   federal income tax return, including authorized extensions.
                   Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be delivered to
                   the Trustee on or before the last day of the twelfth month
                   following the close of the Plan Year to which the
                   contribution relates.

          (b)      Except as provided in this Section 5.03, all Employer
                   Contributions shall be irrevocable, shall never inure to the
                   benefit of any Employer, shall be held for the exclusive
                   purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their
                   Beneficiaries (and contingently for defraying reasonable
                   expenses of administering the Plan), and shall be held and
                   distributed by the Trustees only in accordance with this
                   Plan.

          (c)      Upon an Employer's request and to the extent permitted by
                   the Code and other applicable laws and regulations
                   thereunder, a contribution which was made by a mistake in
                   fact, or conditioned upon the initial qualification of the
                   Plan under Code Section 401(a) or upon the deductibility of
                   the contribution under Section 404 of the Code shall be
                   returned to the Employer within one year after the payment
                   of the contribution, the denial of the Plan's initial
                   qualification, or the disallowance of the deduction (to the
                   extent disallowed) whichever is applicable.  All
                   contributions to this Plan are expressly conditioned on the
                   deductibility of such contributions under Code Section 404.

5.04      Forfeitures.

          Forfeitures shall first be applied to restore amounts previously
          forfeited pursuant to Section 7.05(c).  Next, forfeitures shall be
          used to pay expenses of the Plan which may be paid by the Plan in
          accordance with the provisions of ERISA.  Thereafter any remaining
          forfeitures shall be allocated equally on a per capita basis among
          the Employer Matching Contribution Accounts of all Participants who
          are (i) actively employed on the last day of the calendar month in
          which the forfeiture occurred and (ii) who made an Elective Deferral
          during such calendar month or during any prior month of the Plan
          Year.  See Section 7.05 to determine when a forfeiture of a
          Participant's Account occurs.





                                    - 19 -
<PAGE>   26

                                   ARTICLE 6

                            ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS


6.01     Participant Accounts.

          (a)      Individual Account Plan.  This Plan is an "individual
                   account plan," as that term is used in ERISA.  A separate
                   Account shall be maintained for each Participant, former
                   Participant or Beneficiary, so long as he has an interest in
                   the Trust Fund.

          (b)      Sub-Accounts.  Each Account shall be divided (as
                   appropriate) into the following parts and sub-parts:

                   (1)     The Pre-Tax Contribution Account, which shall
                           reflect Pre-Tax Contributions contributed to this
                           Plan and any Adjustments thereto.

                   (2)     The Employer Matching Contribution Account, which
                           shall reflect Employer Matching Contributions
                           contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments
                           thereto.

                   (3)     The Prior Employer Account, which shall reflect
                           assets transferred to this Plan directly from a
                           trustee of another Qualified Plan to the Trustee of
                           this Plan (and Adjustments thereto).  The Prior
                           Employer Account shall be further divided into such
                           additional sub-portions as the Committee deems
                           necessary or appropriate to maintain, including
                           assets contributed to the Qualified Plan as pre-tax
                           contributions, after-tax contributions, employer
                           matching contributions, rollover contributions, etc.
                           To the extent deemed appropriate, portions or
                           sub-portions of this Account may be allocated to and
                           held in other Accounts.  For example, pre-tax
                           contributions transferred to this Plan from another
                           Qualified Plan, may be allocated to and held as part
                           of the Pre-Tax Contribution Account.

                   (4)     The Rollover Account, which shall reflect the value
                           of all investments derived from the Participant's
                           Rollover Contributions under this Plan and any
                           Adjustments thereto.

                   (5)     The Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account,
                           which shall reflect Qualified Nonelective
                           Contributions contributed to this Plan and any
                           Adjustments thereto.





                                    - 20 -
<PAGE>   27


                   In addition, the Committee may divide such sub-accounts into
                   such additional sub-portions as the Committee deems to be
                   necessary or advisable under the circumstances or to
                   establish other accounts or sub-accounts as needed.

          (c)      Value of Account as of Valuation Date.  As of each Valuation
                   Date, each Participant's Account shall equal:

                   (1)     his total Account as determined on the immediately
                           preceding Valuation Date, plus

                   (2)     his Pre-Tax Contributions added to his Account since
                           the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus

                   (3)     his Employer Contributions added to his Account
                           since the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus

                   (4)     his Rollover Contributions or amounts transferred to
                           this Plan from the trustee of another Qualified plan
                           and which were added to his Account since the
                           immediately preceding Valuation Date, minus

                   (5)     his Distributions, if any, since the immediately
                           preceding Valuation Date, plus or minus

                   (6)     his allocable share of Adjustments.

6.02     Allocation of Adjustments.

         The Adjustment for each Investment Fund shall be calculated as of each
         Valuation Date.  The Adjustment for a given Investment Fund shall be
         allocated to each Account invested in such Investment Fund in the
         proportion that each such Account bears to the total of all such
         Accounts.  Such Valuation shall occur prior to the allocation of
         Employer Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions
         and transfers to this Plan from the trustee of another Qualified plan
         but after taking into account all Distributions since the prior
         Valuation Date.

6.03     Allocation of Dividends

         Any cash or stock dividend received on shares of Company Stock
         allocated to a Participant's Common Stock Fund shall be allocated to
         such Participant's Common Stock Fund.





                                    - 21 -
<PAGE>   28


6.04     Adjustment Attributable to Plan Loans.

         The Adjustment that is allocable to the Participant's directed
         investment of his loan shall be the interest payments made by the
         Participant with respect to such loan since the immediately preceding
         Valuation Date.

6.05     Plan Expenses.

         The Committee may direct that expenses attributable to general Plan
         administration be allocated among the Accounts of all Participants
         (other than the Company Stock Fund) in proportion to their Account
         balances.

6.06     Investment Funds and Elections

          (a)      Election of Investment Funds.  Each Participant shall
                   direct, following such procedures as may be specified by the
                   Committee, to have his Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Prior
                   Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Account and
                   Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account allocated or
                   reallocated among the Investment Funds.

          (b)      Account Balance as of December 31, 1993.  Prior to the
                   Effective Date, a Participant's Account (other than his
                   Matching Employer Contribution Account) was invested in a
                   fixed income fund.  Each Plan Year, beginning on or after
                   the Effective Date, a Participant may direct the Committee
                   to transfer up to 25% of his pre-1994 Account that was
                   invested in the fixed income fund to any of the other
                   available Investment Funds.

          (b)      Initial Investment Direction.  A Participant's initial
                   investment election must allocate his entire Account in 50%
                   increments among the Investment Funds, as of the date of the
                   directive, and all subsequent contributions to each
                   sub-account for so long as the election remains in effect.
                   An Employee who fails to make a proper investment election
                   by the deadline established by the Committee for such
                   purpose, shall be deemed to have elected to allocate 100% of
                   his Account in the Investment Fund which, in the opinion of
                   the Committee, best preserves the principal amount of the
                   Participant's Account.

          (c)      Subsequent Elections.  Investment elections will remain in
                   effect until changed by a new election.  New elections may
                   be made in 50% increments by a Participant once each
                   calendar quarter.  New elections may change future
                   allocations to the Participant's Account, may reallocate
                   between the Investment Funds any amounts previously credited
                   to the Participant's Account, or may leave the allocation of
                   such prior amounts unchanged.





                                    - 22 -
<PAGE>   29


          (d)      Investment Options.  The Committee shall select such
                   Investment Funds as are deemed appropriate and shall notify
                   affected Participants of such Investment Funds.  The
                   Committee may modify, eliminate or select new Investment
                   Funds from time to time and shall notify affected
                   Participants of such changes and solicit new investment
                   elections, if appropriate.

          (e)      Company Stock Fund.  A Participant's Employer Matching
                   Contribution Account shall consist primarily of Company
                   Stock.  Company Stock shall be held in the Participant's
                   Common Stock Fund.  Participants may not direct the
                   investment of their Company Stock Fund and may not direct
                   the Trustee to transfer other contributions (e.g., Pre- Tax
                   Contributions, etc.) to the Common Stock Fund.

6.07     Errors.

         Where an error or omission is discovered in any Participant's Account,
         the Committee shall make appropriate corrective adjustments as of the
         end of the Plan Year in which the error or omission is discovered.  If
         it is not practical to correct the error retroactively, then the
         Committee shall take such action in its sole discretion as may be
         necessary to make such corrective adjustments, provided that any such
         actions shall treat similarly situated Participants alike and shall
         not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.





                                    - 23 -
<PAGE>   30

                                   ARTICLE 7.

                                    VESTING


7.01     Termination Date On or After Age 65.

         A Participant who has a Termination Date on or after attaining age 65
         shall be 100% vested in his Account.  Such Account will be distributed
         on the date and in the form specified in Article 8.

7.02     Permanent Disability.

         A Participant who has a Termination Date on account of Permanent
         Disability shall become 100% vested in his Account as of the date of
         such Permanent Disability and shall be entitled to a Distribution of
         his Account on the date and in the form specified in Article 8.

7.03     Death.

         A Participant who has a Termination Date on account of death shall
         become 100% vested in his Account.  The Participant's Beneficiary
         shall receive a Distribution of such Account on the date and in the
         form specified in Article 8.

7.04     Other Termination Date.

         (a)     In General.  For any reason other than a Termination Date on
                 or after age 65, Permanent Disability or death, the
                 Participant shall be entitled to the vested portion of his
                 Account, which shall be distributed on the date and in the
                 form specified in Article 8.

         (b)     100% Vesting in Certain Sub-Accounts.  A Participant shall
                 always be one hundred percent (100%) vested in his Pre- Tax
                 Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                 Account, and Rollover Account.

         (c)     Three Year Vesting For Certain Sub-Accounts.  Any Participant
                 who has three or more Years of Credited Service shall be 100%
                 vested in his Employer Matching Contribution Account.  If a
                 Participant has less than three Years of Credited Service at
                 the time he has a Termination Date, the Participant shall
                 forfeit all amounts held in his Employer Matching Contribution
                 Account.

         (d)     Prior Employer Account.  See Schedule C for the vesting
                 provisions applicable to a Participant's Prior Employer
                 Account.





                                    - 24 -
<PAGE>   31


         (e)     Forfeiture.  That portion of the Participant's Account which
                 is not vested upon the Participant's Termination Date shall be
                 forfeited in accordance with Section 7.05.

7.05     Forfeitures.

         (a)     No Distribution of Account Prior to Break in Service.  A
                 Participant who has a Termination Date but who does not
                 receive a Distribution of his vested Account prior to
                 incurring a Break in Service shall, upon incurring the Break
                 in Service, forfeit the non-vested portion of his Account.  If
                 the terminated Participant resumes Employment with the
                 Employer prior to incurring a Break in Service, then the
                 Participant's entire Account, unreduced by any forfeiture,
                 shall become his beginning Account on the date he resumes
                 participation in the Plan.

         (b)     Distribution of Vested Account Prior to Break in Service.  A
                 Participant who has a Termination Date and receives a
                 Distribution of his entire vested Account prior to incurring a
                 Break in Service, shall, upon such Distribution, forfeit the
                 non-vested portion of his Account.  A Participant who is not
                 vested in his Account shall be deemed to have received a
                 Distribution of his entire vested account upon his Termination
                 Date and the Participant's non- vested Account shall be
                 immediately forfeited.

         (c)     Repayment of Account; Restoration of Non-Vested Account.
                 Except as provided below, a Participant who is re-hired by the
                 Employer shall have the right to repay to the Plan the portion
                 of the Participant's Account which was previously distributed
                 to him.  In the event the Participant repays the entire
                 Distribution he received from the Plan, the Employer shall
                 restore the non-vested portion of the Participant's Account.
                 A Participant's Account shall first be restored, to the extent
                 possible, out of forfeitures under the Plan in the Plan Year
                 in which he was reemployed.  To the extent such forfeitures
                 are insufficient to restore the Participant's Account,
                 restoration shall be made from Employer Contributions.  A
                 Participant who was deemed to have received a Distribution of
                 his vested Account (see subsection (b) above) shall be deemed
                 to have repaid such vested Account if such Participant is
                 rehired before incurring a Break in Service.

         (d)     Restrictions of Repayment Account.  Notwithstanding anything
                 to the contrary in this Plan, a Participant shall not have the
                 right to repay to the Plan the portion of his Account which
                 was previously distributed to him after any of the following
                 events:  (i) the Participant incurs a Break in Service before
                 returning to Employment, (ii) the Participant fails to repay
                 the prior Distribution within five years after the Participant
                 is re-employed by the Employer, or (iii) the Participant
                 received a Distribution of his entire Account balance at the
                 time of such earlier Distribution.





                                    - 25 -
<PAGE>   32


         (e)     Allocation of Forfeitures.  See Section 5.04 for the
                 allocation of forfeitures.
 




                                    - 26 -
<PAGE>   33

                                   ARTICLE 8

                                 DISTRIBUTIONS


8.01     Commencement of Distribution.

         (a)     Termination of Employment.  If a Participant has a Termination
                 Date other than on account of death, the Participant's Account
                 will commence to be distributed no later than 60 days
                 following the end of the Plan Year in which such Participant
                 requests a Distribution of his Account.  Such request shall be
                 made on a form provided by the Committee.  See Section 8.01(c)
                 for circumstances where the Participant's consent to a
                 Distribution is not required.

         (b)     Death.  If a Participant has a Termination Date on account of
                 death, the Participant's Account shall be distributed within
                 90 days after the Participant's death unless the particular
                 facts and circumstances require a longer waiting period.
                 However, if the Spouse is the Participant's Beneficiary, the
                 Spouse may delay the distribution of the Participant's Account
                 until the latest date possible under Section 8.05 (relating to
                 mandatory distributions upon attaining age 70-1/2).

         (c)     Consent of Participant.  A Participant's consent to a
                 Distribution of his Account shall not be required in the
                 circumstances described below, and the Committee shall direct
                 the Trustee to distribute the Participant's Account as
                 provided below:

                 (i)      Account Less Than $3,500.  If the Participant's
                          vested Account balance is less than or equal to
                          $3,500 at the time of the Distribution, such Account
                          will be distributed in a lump sum no later than 60
                          days after the end of the Plan Year in which such
                          Termination Date occurred.

                 (ii)     Age 70-1/2.  If a distribution is required under
                          Section 8.05 (relating to mandatory distributions for
                          Participants age 70-1/2), the Participant's Account
                          will be distributed as provided in such Section.

                 (iii)    Termination Date On or  After Age 65.  If a
                          Participant has incurred a Termination Date and is
                          age 65 or older, the Plan shall begin distribution of
                          the Participant's Account no later than 60 days
                          following the end of the Plan Year in which the
                          Participant attains age 65 or, if later, within 60
                          days following the end of the Plan Year in which the
                          Participant has a Termination Date.





                                    - 27 -
<PAGE>   34


         (d)     Hardship Withdrawals.  Hardship withdrawals (see Article 9)
                 shall commence no later than ninety (90) days after such
                 request is approved by the Committee.

         (e)     Committee Direction to Trustee.  The Committee shall issue
                 directions to the Trustee concerning the recipient and the
                 distribution date of benefits which are to be paid from the
                 Trust pursuant to the Plan.

         (f)     Committee Guidelines.  The Committee may establish for
                 administrative purposes, uniform and nondiscriminatory
                 guidelines concerning the commencement of benefits.

8.02     Method of Distribution.

         (a)     Lump Sum Payment.  Distribution of the Participant's Account
                 will be made in a lump sum cash amount.  However, see Schedule
                 C for other optional distribution forms that may be applicable
                 to the Participant's Prior Employer Account.

         (b)     Form of Payment.  Distributions shall be in cash.  However, if
                 the value of the vested Qualifying Employer Securities that
                 are allocated to the Participant's Account equals or exceeds
                 $1,000, the Participant shall have the option of receiving
                 whole shares of such Qualifying Employer Securities in lieu of
                 cash.  Fractional shares, if any, shall be paid in cash.
                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any in-service withdrawals
                 shall be paid in cash.

8.03     Payment to Minors and Incapacitated Persons.

         In the event that any amount is payable to a minor or to any person
         who, in the judgment of the Committee, is incapable of making proper
         disposition thereof, such payment shall be made for the benefit of
         such minor or such person in any of the following ways as the
         Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine:

         (a)     By payment to the legal representative of such minor or such
                 person;

         (b)     By payment directly to such minor or such person;

         (c)     By payment in discharge of bills incurred by or for the
                 benefit of such minor or such person.  The Trustee shall make
                 such payments as directed by the Committee without the
                 necessary intervention of any guardian or like fiduciary, and
                 without any obligation to require bond or to see to the
                 further application of such payment.  Any payment so made
                 shall be in





                                    - 28 -
<PAGE>   35


                 complete discharge of the Plan's obligation to the Participant
                 and his Beneficiaries.
 
8.04     Application for Benefits.

         The Committee may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and
         file with the Committee certain forms as a condition precedent to the
         payment of benefits.  The Committee may rely upon all such information
         given to it, including the Participant's current mailing address.  It
         is the responsibility of all persons interested in distributions from
         the Trust Fund to keep the Committee informed of their current mailing
         addresses.

8.05     Special Distribution Rules.

         (a)     To the extent that the distribution rules described in this
                 Section provide a limitation upon distribution rules stated
                 elsewhere in this Plan, the distribution rules stated in this
                 Section shall take precedence over such conflicting rules.
                 However, under no circumstances shall the rules stated in this
                 Section be deemed to provide distribution rights to
                 Participants or their Beneficiaries which are more expansive
                 or greater than the distribution rights stated elsewhere in
                 this Plan.  For example, if the only distribution method
                 permitted under the Plan is a lump sum, then distributions
                 under this Section 8.05 may only be made in a lump sum.  In
                 addition, if the Plan requires distributions to commence at
                 age 65 for Participants who have terminated Employment,
                 distributions must commence at age 65 and may not be delayed
                 to age 70-1/2.

         (b)     In no event may the distribution of a Participant's Account
                 commence later than April 1 following the calendar year in
                 which the Participant attains age 70-1/2 (the "required
                 beginning date").  However, if a Participant attained age
                 70-1/2 prior to January 1, 1988 and is not a 5% owner of an
                 Employer (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
                 Treasury Regulations thereunder), such Participant's Account
                 shall commence to be distributed no later than April 1
                 following the calendar year in which incurs his Termination
                 Date.  Notwithstanding the preceding distribution
                 requirements, a distribution on behalf of any Participant may
                 be made in accordance with a benefit payment election executed
                 before January 1, 1984 in a manner that satisfies the
                 requirements of the transitional rule of Section 242(b)(2) of
                 the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982.

         (c)     The entire account balance of each Participant shall be
                 distributed, beginning not later than the required beginning
                 date, in a single lump sum.  The initial distribution shall be
                 based on the Participant's account balance as of the December
                 31 preceding the required beginning date.  During the calendar
                 year which begins after the required beginning date (and in
                 each





                                    - 29 -
<PAGE>   36


                 calendar year thereafter), the Participant's entire account
                 balance shall be distributed in a single lump sum based on the
                 value of such account balance as of the first day of such
                 calendar year.

         (d)     If a Participant dies before distribution of the Participant's
                 Account has begun in accordance with paragraph (c) above, the
                 Participant's entire vested Account must be distributed in a
                 lump sum within 90 days of the Participant's death unless the
                 Participant's Account is payable to or for the benefit of his
                 Spouse.  If the Beneficiary is the Participant's Spouse, the
                 Spouse may delay a lump sum distribution of the Participant's
                 Account until the date on which the Participant would have
                 attained age 70-1/2.

         (e)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, distributions
                 under the Plan will comply with Treasury Regulations issued
                 under Code Section 401(a)(9) and any other provisions
                 reflecting Code Section 401(a)(9) as prescribed by the
                 Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service.

8.06     Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a "qualified
         domestic relations order", as defined in Code Section 414(p), may
         provide that any amount to be distributed to an alternate payee may be
         distributed immediately even though the Participant is not yet
         entitled to a distribution under the Plan.  The intent of this Section
         is to provide for the distribution of benefits to an alternate payee
         as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)-13(g)(3).

8.07     Direct Rollovers.

         (a)     In General.  This Section applies to distributions made on or
                 after January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the
                 Plan to the contrary that would otherwise limit a
                 Distributee's election under this Section, a Distributee may
                 elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan
                 Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover
                 distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan
                 specified by the Distributee in a direct rollover.

         (b)     Definitions.

                 Eligible Rollover Distribution.  An Eligible Rollover
                 Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the
                 balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an
                 Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include (i) any
                 distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
                 periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                 the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint
                 lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the
                 Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a





                                    - 30 -
<PAGE>   37


                 specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution
                 to the extent such distribution is required under Section
                 401(a)(9) of the Code; and (iii) the portion of  any
                 distribution that is not includible in gross income
                 (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                 appreciation with respect to employer securities).

                 Eligible Retirement Plan.  An Eligible Retirement Plan is an
                 individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of
                 the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in
                 Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in
                 Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in
                 Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's
                 Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However, in the case of an
                 Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an
                 Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account
                 or individual retirement annuity.

                 Distributee.  A Distributee includes an Employee or former
                 Employee.  In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's
                 surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's
                 spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a
                 qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section
                 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the
                 interest of the spouse or former spouse.

                 Direct Rollover.  A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan
                 to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

         (c)     Waiver of 30-day Notice.  If a distribution is one to which
                 Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do
                 not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days
                 after the notice required under section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the
                 Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

                 (1)      the Plan Administrator clearly informs the
                          Participant that the Participant has a right to a
                          period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice
                          to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
                          distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
                          distribution option), and

                 (2)      the Participant, after receiving the notice,
                          affirmatively elects a distribution.

8.08      Participant Withdrawals After Age 59-1/2.

          At any time after a Participant attains age 59-1/2, the Participant
          may elect to withdraw a part or all of his vested





                                    - 31 -
<PAGE>   38


          Account (including any earnings thereon).  In no event shall a
          Participant be permitted to repay the amount of his or her in-service
          withdrawal.  If the Participant withdraws only a portion of his
          vested Account, the Committee shall determine (in a nondiscriminatory
          manner) the source of the Accounts and Investment Funds from which
          the withdrawal shall be made.





                                    - 32 -
<PAGE>   39

                                   ARTICLE 9

                          HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; LOANS


9.01     Hardship Withdrawal of Account.

         (a)     In General.  Any Participant may request the Committee to
                 distribute to him part or all of his vested Account (other
                 than amounts held in the Participant's Qualified Nonelective
                 Contribution Account, amounts used as collateral for a
                 Participant loan and certain earnings on the Participant's
                 Account as provided below).  The Committee shall determine (in
                 a nondiscriminatory manner) the source of the Accounts (other
                 than the Accounts and amounts identified above) and Investment
                 Funds from which the withdrawal shall be made.

         (b)     No Distribution of Earnings.  Income or gain that is allocated
                 to the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account may not be
                 distributed in a hardship withdrawal.

9.02     Definition of Hardship.

         Hardship shall mean an immediate and heavy financial need experienced
         by reason of:

         (a)     Expenses of any accident to or sickness of such Participant,
                 his Spouse or his dependents or expenses necessary to provide
                 medical care for such Participant, his Spouse or his
                 dependents;

         (b)     Purchase of a primary residence for such Participant;

         (c)     Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next
                 twelve months of post-secondary education for the Participant,
                 his Spouse, children or dependents;

         (d)     The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his
                 principal residence or foreclosure on the Participant's
                 principal residence; or

         (e)     Other financial hardships as permitted by Treasury Regulations
                 or other regulatory or judicial authority and approved by the
                 Committee.

9.03     Maximum Hardship Distribution.

         A hardship distribution cannot exceed the amount required to meet the
         immediate financial need created by the hardship (after taking into
         account applicable federal,





                                    - 33 -
<PAGE>   40


         state, or local income taxes and penalties) and not reasonably
         available from other resources of the Participant.  In order to ensure
         compliance with this requirement, the Committee may require the
         Participant to satisfy any or all of the provisions described below in
         (a), (b), or (c) below as a condition precedent to the Participant
         receiving a hardship distribution:

         (a)     No Other Sources Available.  Certification by the Participant
                 on a form provided by the Committee for such purpose that the
                 financial need cannot be relieved (1) through reimbursement or
                 payment by insurance; (2) by reasonable liquidation of the
                 Participant's assets; (3) by ceasing Pre-Tax Contributions
                 under the Plan; (4) by other in- service distributions
                 (including loans) under the Plan and under any other plan
                 maintained by the Employer; or (5) by borrowing from
                 commercial lenders on reasonable commercial terms.

         (b)     Receipt of all Distributions Available; Suspension of Future
                 Contributions.  Receipt by the Participant of all
                 distributions that he is eligible to receive (including loans)
                 under this Plan and under any other plan maintained by the
                 Employer.

                 In addition, the Participant must agree to the following
                 limitations and restrictions:

                 (1)      The Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions shall
                          automatically be suspended beginning on the first
                          payroll period that commences after such Participant
                          requests and receives a hardship distribution.  Such
                          Participant may resume making Pre-Tax Contributions
                          only on the first day of a calendar month which is at
                          least 12 months after the effective date of such
                          suspension and only after informing the Committee in
                          writing at least 30 days (or such lesser time as
                          specified by the Committee) prior to the date on
                          which the Pre-Tax Contributions are to resume.

                 (2)      The maximum Pre-Tax Contribution the Participant may
                          make for the calendar year following his hardship
                          distribution shall be reduced by the amount of
                          Pre-Tax Contributions made by the Participant during
                          the calendar year in which he received his hardship
                          distribution.

                 (3)      The Participant shall be prohibited under a legally
                          enforceable agreement from making an employee
                          contribution to any other plan maintained by the
                          Employer for at least 12 months after the receipt of
                          the hardship distribution.  For this purpose, the
                          phrase "any other plan" includes all qualified and
                          nonqualified plans of deferred compensation, stock
                          option plans and stock purchase plans.  It does





                                    - 34 -
<PAGE>   41


                          not include a health or welfare plan including one 
                          that is part of a section 125 cafeteria plan.

         (c)     Other.  Any other condition or method approved by the Internal
                 Revenue Service.

9.04     Procedure to Request Hardship.

         The request to receive a hardship distribution shall be made on such
         forms and following such procedures as the Committee may prescribe
         from time to time.  Under no circumstances shall the Committee permit
         a Participant to repay to the Plan the amount of any withdrawal by a
         Participant under this Section.

9.05     Authority to Establish Loan Program.

         The Committee is authorized and directed to administer the loan
         program.

9.06     Eligibility for Loans. 

         Loans shall be available to all Participants on a reasonably
         equivalent basis.  For the purposes of receiving a loan, the term
         "Participant" shall include any Former Participant who is a "party in
         interest" as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA.

9.07     Loan Amount. 

         (a)     Minimum Loan.  No loan of less than $1,000 will be made.

         (b)     Maximum Loan.  A loan to any Participant (determined
                 immediately after the origination of the loan) shall not
                 exceed the lesser of:

                 (1)   Fifty percent (50%) of the Participant's vested balance
                       in his Account as of the Valuation Date with respect to
                       which the loan is processed; or

                 (2)   $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of (A) the
                       highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan
                       during the one-year period ending on the day before the
                       date on which such loan was made, over (B) the
                       outstanding loan balance of loans from the Plan on the
                       date on which the loan was made.

9.08     Maximum Number of Loans. 

         No more than one loan may be made outstanding to any Participant at
         any time.





                                    - 35 -
<PAGE>   42


9.09     Assignment of Account. 

         Each loan shall be supported by the Participant's promissory note for
         the amount of the loan, including interest, payable to the order of
         the Trustee.  In addition, each loan shall be supported by an
         assignment of the Participant's right, title and interest in and to
         his Account equal to the amount of the loan and shall be supported by
         any other reasonable security required by the Trustee.

9.10     Interest.

         Interest shall be charged on any such loan at a rate established from
         time to time by the Trustee provided such rate is equivalent to a rate
         that would be charged by a commercial lender for a similar loan.

9.11     Term of Loan.

         The maximum repayment term of any loan is five years unless the loan
         is used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time
         after the loan is made is to be used as the principal residence of the
         Participant.  The maximum repayment term for a loan used to acquire a
         dwelling unit shall be a reasonable time, as determined by the
         Committee, that may exceed five years but shall not exceed fifteen
         years.  Except for Former Participants described in Section 9.06, the
         term of the loan may not extend beyond the Participant's Termination
         Date.  The Committee may, in its discretion, establish a shorter
         repayment term than the maximum repayment term otherwise permitted
         under the Plan.

9.12     Level Amortization. 

         Each loan shall provide for level amortization with payments to be
         made at such regular intervals as the Committee determines in its
         discretion, but not less frequently than once every three months over
         the term of the loan.  Loans to Participants in active Employment
         shall be repaid through payroll deductions and the Participant shall
         be required to authorize such payroll deduction as a condition to
         receiving the loan.

9.13     Directed Investment. 

         A Participant who requests a loan shall be deemed to have directed the
         Committee to invest assets held in his Account by the amount of the
         loan, and until such loan is repaid, such loan shall be considered a
         directed investment of the Participant's Account hereunder.  The Plan
         monies which are used to fund the Participant loan shall be withdrawn
         from the Participant's Account in the following order (and principal
         and interest loan repayments shall be added back to such Accounts in
         the same order):





                                    - 36 -
<PAGE>   43


         (a)     the Pre-Tax Contribution Account;

         (b)     the Rollover Account;

         (c)     the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account;

         (d)     the Prior Employer Account; and

         (e)     the Employer Matching Contribution Account.

         Within each such Account the monies which are used to fund the
         Participant loan shall be withdrawn on a pro rata basis according to
         the value of the Investment Funds in which such Account was invested.
         Principal and interest payments on the loan will be allocated to the
         Participant's Investment Funds according to the Participant's
         investment election at the time of the payment.  However, if the
         Participant does not have an investment election in place at the time
         of repayment, the principal and interest payments will be allocated to
         the Participant's Investment Funds on a pro rata basis based on the
         Participant's investment election in place at the time the loan was
         made.  If a loan is made out of the Participant's Employer Matching
         Contribution Account, repayment of principal and interest attributable
         to such Account shall be allocated to the Participant's Common Stock
         Fund.

9.14     Other Requirements.

         The Committee may establish such additional guidelines and rules as it
         deems necessary.  Such guidelines and rules shall be set forth in the
         loan application and the terms specified in such loan application are
         hereby incorporated by reference in the Plan.  The Committee may amend
         or modify the loan application as it deems necessary to carry out the
         provisions of this Article Nine.

9.15     Distribution of Loan.

         Loan proceeds will be distributed as soon as practicable after the
         loan is approved and after the Participant completes all documentation
         necessary to make such loan.





                                    - 37 -
<PAGE>   44

                                   ARTICLE 10

                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

10.01     Named Fiduciaries.

          The following parties are named as Fiduciaries of the Plan and shall
          have the authority to control and manage the operation and
          administration of the Plan:

                       (i)   The Company;

                       (ii)  The Board;

                      (iii)  The Trustee;

                       (iv)  The Committee.

          The Fiduciaries named above shall have only the powers and duties
          expressly allocated to them in the Plan and in the Trust Agreement
          and shall have no other powers and duties in respect of the Plan;
          provided, however, that if a power or responsibility is not expressly
          allocated to a specific named fiduciary, the power or responsibility
          shall be that of the Company.  No Fiduciary shall have any liability
          for, or responsibility to inquire into, the acts and omissions of any
          other Fiduciary in the exercise of powers or the discharge of
          responsibilities assigned to such other Fiduciary under this Plan or
          the Trust Agreement.

10.02     Board of Directors.

          (a)      The Board shall have the following powers and duties with
                   respect to the Plan:

                   (1)     to appoint and remove the members of the Committee
                           as provided herein; and

                   (2)     to terminate the Plan in whole or in part pursuant
                           to the procedures provided hereunder.

          (b)      The Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board
                   shall have the power to amend any or all of the provisions
                   of the Plan.  (However, see 10.04(c) for certain amendment
                   powers granted to the Committee).

          (c)      The Board shall have no other responsibilities with respect
                   to the Plan.





                                    - 38 -
<PAGE>   45


10.03     Trustee.

          The Trustee shall exercise all of the powers and duties assigned to
          the Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement.  The Trustee shall
          have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

10.04     Committee.

          (a)      A Committee of one or more individuals shall be appointed by
                   and serve at the pleasure of the Board to administer the
                   Plan.  Any Participant, officer, or director of the Employer
                   shall be eligible to be appointed a member of the Committee
                   and all members shall serve as such without compensation.
                   Upon termination of his employment with the Employer, or
                   upon ceasing to be an officer or director, if not an
                   employee, he shall cease to be a member of the Committee.
                   The Board shall have the right to remove any member of the
                   Committee at any time, with or without cause.  A member may
                   resign at any time by written notice to the Committee and
                   the Board.  If a vacancy in the Committee should occur, a
                   successor shall be appointed by the Board.  The Committee
                   shall by written notice keep the Trustee notified of current
                   membership of the Committee, its officers and agents.  The
                   Committee shall furnish the Trustee a certified signature
                   card for each member of the Committee and for all purposes
                   hereunder the Trustee shall be conclusively entitled to rely
                   upon such certified signatures.

          (b)      The Board shall appoint a Chairman and a Secretary from
                   among the members of the Committee.  All resolutions,
                   determinations and other actions shall be by a majority vote
                   of all members of the Committee.  The Committee may appoint
                   such agents, who need not be members of the Committee, as it
                   deems necessary for the effective performance of its duties,
                   and may delegate to such agents such powers and duties,
                   whether ministerial or discretionary, as the Committee deems
                   expedient or appropriate.  The compensation of such agents
                   shall be fixed by the Committee; provided, however, that in
                   no event shall compensation be paid if such payment violates
                   the provisions of Section 408 of the Act and is not exempted
                   from such prohibitions by Section 408 of the Act.

          (c)      The Committee shall have complete control of the
                   administration of the Plan with all powers necessary to
                   enable it to properly carry out the provisions of the Plan.
                   In addition to all implied powers and responsibilities
                   necessary to carry out the objectives of the Plan and to
                   comply with the requirements of the Act, the Committee shall
                   have the following specific powers and responsibilities:





                                    - 39 -
<PAGE>   46


                   (1)     To construe the Plan and Trust Agreement and to
                           determine all questions arising in the
                           administration, interpretation and operation of the
                           Plan;

                   (2)     To decide all questions relating to the eligibility
                           of Employees to participate in the benefits of the
                           Plan and Trust Agreement;

                   (3)     To determine the benefits of the Plan to which any
                           Participant, Beneficiary or other person may be
                           entitled;

                   (4)     To keep records of all acts and determinations of
                           the Committee, and to keep all such records, books
                           of accounts, data and other documents as may be
                           necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

                   (5)     To prepare and distribute to all Plan Participants
                           and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan
                           and their rights under the Plan, including, but not
                           limited to, all information which is required to be
                           distributed by the Act, the regulations thereunder,
                           or by any other applicable law;

                   (6)     To file with the Secretary of Labor such reports and
                           additional documents as may be required by the Act
                           and regulations issued thereunder, including, but
                           not limited to, summary plan description,
                           modifications and changes, annual reports, terminal
                           reports and supplementary reports;

                   (7)     To file with the Secretary of the Treasury all
                           reports and information required to be filed by the
                           Internal Revenue Code, the Act and regulations
                           issued under each;

                   (8)     To do all things necessary to operate and administer
                           the Plan in accordance with its provisions and in
                           compliance with applicable provisions of federal
                           law;

                   (9)     To amend certain portions of this Plan as
                           specifically delegated to the Committee in this Plan
                           (e.g., any Schedule authorizing Affiliated Sponsors
                           to participate in the Plan, etc.), to amend the Plan
                           to comply with changes in law recommended by legal
                           counsel that are necessary to maintain the tax
                           qualified status of the Plan and to make other
                           amendments to the Plan that do not materially
                           increase the costs associated with the plan.

                   (10)    to appoint and remove the Trustee(s); and





                                    - 40 -
<PAGE>   47


                   (11)    to adopt procedures for providing adequate notice in
                           writing to any Participant or Beneficiary whose
                           claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, which
                           notice shall set forth the specific reasons for such
                           denial (written in a manner calculated to be
                           understood by the Participant or Beneficiary); and
                           to provide a procedure for affording a reasonable
                           opportunity to any Participant or Beneficiary whose
                           claim for benefits has been denied, a full and fair
                           review by the Committee of the decision denying the
                           claim;

          (d)      To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the
                   Employer shall supply full and timely information of all
                   matters relating to the compensation and length of service
                   of all Participants, their retirement, death or other cause
                   of termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts
                   as the Committee may require.  The Committee shall advise
                   the Trustee of such facts and issue to the Trustee such
                   instructions as may be required by the Trustee in the
                   administration of the Plan.  The Committee and the Employer
                   shall be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports
                   made by a Certified Public Accountant selected or approved
                   by the Employer.  The Committee, the Employer and its
                   officers and the Trustee, shall be fully protected in
                   respect of any action suffered by them in good faith in
                   reliance upon the advice or opinion of any accountant or
                   attorney, and all action so taken or suffered shall be
                   conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons
                   interested in the Plan.

10.05     Standard of Fiduciary Duty.

          Any Fiduciary, or any person designated by a Fiduciary to carry out
          fiduciary responsibilities with respect to the Plan, shall discharge
          his duties solely in the interests of the Participants and
          Beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing them with
          benefits and defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the
          Plan.  Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties with the care, skill,
          prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
          prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matter
          would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and
          with like aims.  Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties in
          accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan
          insofar as such documents and instruments are consistent with the
          provisions of the Act.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the
          Plan, no Fiduciary shall be authorized to engage in any transaction
          which is prohibited by Sections 408 and 2003(a) of the Act or Section
          4975 of the Code in the performance of its duties hereunder.

10.06     Claims Procedure.

          Any Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary, or Spouse or
          authorized representative thereof (hereinafter referred to as
          "Claimant"), may file a claim for





                                    - 41 -
<PAGE>   48


          benefits under the Plan by submitting to the Committee a written
          statement describing the nature of the claim and requesting a
          determination of its validity under the terms of the Plan.  Within
          sixty (60) days after the date such claim is received by the
          Committee, it shall issue a ruling with respect to the claim.

          If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing,
          the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension
          prior to the termination of the 60-day period.  In no case, however,
          shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such
          appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt
          of the actual request.

          If the claim is wholly or partially denied, written notice shall be
          furnished to the Claimant, which notice shall set forth in a manner
          calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

          (1)      The specific reason or reasons for denial;

          (2)      Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the
                   denial is based;

          (3)      A description of any additional material or information
                   necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an
                   explanation of why such material or information is
                   necessary; and

          (4)      An explanation of the claims review procedures.

          Any Claimant whose claim for benefits has been denied, may appeal
          such denial by resubmitting to the Committee a written statement
          requesting a further review of the decision within sixty (60) days of
          the date the Claimant receives notice of such denial.  Such statement
          shall set forth the reasons supporting the claim, the reasons such
          claim should not have been denied, and any other issues or comments
          which the Claimant deems appropriate with respect to the claim.

          If the Claimant shall request in writing, the Committee shall make
          copies of the Plan documents pertinent to his claim available for
          examination of the Claimant.

          Within sixty (60) days after the request for further review is
          received, the Committee shall review its determination of benefits
          and the reasons therefor and notify the Claimant in writing of its
          final decision.

          If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing,
          the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension
          prior to the termination of the 60-day period.  In no case, however,
          shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such
          appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt
          of the actual request.





                                    - 42 -
<PAGE>   49


          Such written notice shall include specific reasons for the decision,
          written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, with
          specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the
          decision is based.

10.07     Indemnification of Committee.  To the extent permitted under the Act,
          the Plan shall indemnify the Board and the Committee against any cost
          or liability which they may incur in the course of administering the
          Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant to the Plan.  The
          Employer shall indemnify the Committee and the members of the Board
          against any personal liability or cost not provided for in the
          preceding sentence which they may incur as a result of any act or
          omission in relation to the Plan or its Participants.  The Employer
          may purchase fiduciary liability insurance to insure its obligation
          under this Section.





                                    - 43 -
<PAGE>   50

                                   ARTICLE 11

                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

11.01     Right to Amend

          The Company intends for the Plan to be permanent so long as the
          corporation exists; however, (through action of the Committee) it
          reserves the right to modify, alter, or amend this Plan or the Trust
          Agreement, from time to time, to any extent that it may deem
          advisable, including, but not limited to any amendment deemed
          necessary to insure the continued qualification of the Plan under
          Sections 40l(a) and 401(k) of the Code or to insure compliance with
          the Act; provided, however, that the Committee shall not have the
          authority to amend this Plan in any manner which will:

          (a)      Permit any part of the Fund (other than such part as is
                   required to pay taxes and administrative expenses) to be
                   used for or diverted to purposes other than for the
                   exclusive benefit of the Participants or their
                   Beneficiaries;

          (b)      Cause or permit any portion of the funds to revert to or
                   become the property of the Employer;

          (c)      Change the duties, liabilities, or responsibilities of the
                   Trustee without its prior written consent.

          See Section 16.11 regarding the power of an Affiliated Sponsor to
          amend or terminate the Plan.

11.02     Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions

          The Company shall have the right at any time to terminate this Plan
          (hereinafter referred to as "Plan Termination"). Upon Plan
          Termination, the Committee shall direct the Trustee with reference to
          the disposition of the Fund, after payment of any expenses properly
          chargeable against the Fund.  The Trustee shall distribute all
          amounts held in Trust to the Participants and others entitled to
          Distributions in proportion to the Accounts of such Participants and
          other Distributees as of the date of such Termination.  In the event
          that this Plan is partially terminated, then the provisions of this
          Section 11.02 shall apply, but solely with respect to the Employees
          affected by the partial termination.  The termination of sponsorship
          of the Plan by any Affiliated Sponsor shall not affect the
          sponsorship of the Plan by the Company or any other Affiliated
          Sponsor.





                                    - 44 -
<PAGE>   51


11.03     IRS Approval of Termination.

          Notwithstanding Section 11.02, the Trustee shall not be required to
          make any Distribution from this Plan in the event of complete or
          partial termination until the authorized officials of the Internal
          Revenue Service shall have determined that there will be no liability
          against the Trustee by reason of such Distribution.





                                    - 45 -
<PAGE>   52

                                   ARTICLE 12

                          SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES


12.01    Definitions.

         Actual Contribution Percentage or ACP shall mean the ratio (expressed
         as a percentage) of (i) the sum of the Employer Matching Contributions
         on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year and, to the extent
         permitted in Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the
         Participant's Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective
         Contributions to (ii) the Participant's Compensation for the Plan
         Year.  The Employer, on an annual basis, may elect to include or not
         to include Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective
         Contributions in computing the ACP for a Plan Year.  An Employer may
         elect on an annual basis to count a Participant's Employer Matching
         Contribution toward satisfying the required minimum contribution under
         Section 15.03 (minimum contribution for Non-Key Employees in a
         top-heavy plan) in lieu of including such contributions in the ACP.
         If a Participant (as defined below) does not receive an allocation of
         Employer Contributions for a Plan Year, such Participant's ACP for the
         Plan Year shall be zero.

         Actual Deferral Percentage or ADP shall mean the ratio (expressed as a
         percentage) of (i) the sum of Pre-Tax Contributions on behalf of a
         Participant for the Plan Year (excluding any Excess Deferrals by a
         Non-highly Compensated Employee) and, to the extent permitted in
         Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the Participant's
         Qualified Nonelective Contributions to (ii) the Participant's
         Compensation for the Plan Year.  The Employer, on an annual basis, may
         elect to include or not to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions
         in computing the ADP for a Plan Year.  In the case of a Participant
         (as defined below) who does not make a Pre-Tax Contribution for a Plan
         Year and is not allocated a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for
         such Plan Year, such Participant's ADP for the Plan Year shall be
         zero.

         Average Actual Contribution Percentage shall mean the average
         (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Contribution Percentages of
         the Participants in a group.  The percentage shall be rounded to the
         nearest one-hundredth of one percent (four decimal places).

         Average Actual Deferral Percentage shall mean the average (expressed
         as a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of the
         Participants in a group.  The percentage shall be rounded to the
         nearest one-hundredth of one percent (four decimal places).

         Combined ADP and ACP Test shall have the meaning as defined in Section
         12.09.





                                    - 46 -
<PAGE>   53


         Compensation for purposes of this Article 12 shall be that definition
         selected by the Committee that satisfies the requirements of Code
         Section Section  414(s) and 401(a)(17).  Such definition may change
         from year to year but must apply uniformly among all Eligible
         Employees being tested under the Plan for a given Plan Year and among
         all Employees being tested under any other plan that is aggregated
         with this Plan during the Plan Year.  If the Committee fails to select
         a definition of Compensation for purposes of this Article 12,
         Compensation (for purposes of Article 12) shall have the same meaning
         as defined in Article 2.

         Employer Matching Contributions.  For purposes of this Article 12, an
         Employer Matching Contribution for a particular Plan Year includes
         only those contributions that are (i) allocated to the Participant's
         Account under the Plan as of any date within such Plan Year, (ii)
         contributed to the Trust no later than the end of the 12-month period
         following the close of such Plan Year, and (iii) made on account of
         such Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year.

         Excess Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.02.

         Excess ACP Contributions shall have that meaning as defined in Section
         12.08.

         Excess ADP Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section
         12.05.

         Family Member.  See Article 13.

         Highly Compensated Employee.  See Article 13.

         Maximum Combined Percentage shall have the meaning as defined in 
         Section 12.09(c).

         Non-highly Compensated Employee.  See Article 13.

         Participant.  For purposes of this Article 12, a Participant shall mean
         any Eligible Employee who (i) is eligible to receive an allocation of
         an Employer Matching Contribution, even if no Employer Matching
         Contribution is allocated due to the Eligible Employee's failure to
         make a required Pre-Tax Contribution, (ii) is eligible to make a
         Pre-Tax Contribution, including an Eligible Employee whose right to
         make Pre-Tax Contribution has been suspended because of an election
         not to participate or a hardship distribution, and (iii) is unable to
         receive an Employer Matching Contribution or make a Pre-Tax
         Contribution because his Compensation is less than a stated amount.

         Pre-Tax Contributions.  For purposes of this Article 12, a Pre-Tax
         Contribution is taken into account only if the contribution (i) is
         allocated to the Participant's Account under the terms of the Plan as
         of any date within the Plan Year, and (ii)





                                    - 47 -
<PAGE>   54


         relates to Compensation that would have been received by the
         Participant during the Plan Year or within 2-1/2 months after the Plan
         Year but for the deferral election.  A Pre-Tax Contribution is
         considered to be allocated as of a date within a Plan Year only if the
         allocation is not contingent on participation in the Plan or
         performance of service after the Plan Year to which the Pre-Tax
         Contribution relates.

         Qualified Elective Deferral shall mean Pre-Tax Contributions
         designated by the Committee as Qualified Elective Deferrals in order
         to meet the ACP testing requirements of Section 12.06.  In addition,
         the following requirements must be satisfied:

         (1)     The aggregate of all Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year
                 (including the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the
                 ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a).

         (2)     The aggregate of all Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year
                 (excluding the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the
                 ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a).

         (3)     Qualified Elective Deferrals must satisfy all other provisions
                 of this Plan applicable to Pre-Tax Contributions and shall
                 remain part of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account.

         (4)     Except as provided by this definition, Qualified Elective
                 Deferrals shall be excluded in determining whether any other
                 contribution or benefit satisfies the nondiscrimination
                 requirements of Code Section Section  401(a)(4) and 401(k)(3).

         Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall mean an Employer contribution
         designated by the Committee as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution in
         order to meet the ADP testing requirements of Section 12.03 or the ACP
         testing requirements of Section 12.06.  In addition, the following
         requirements must be satisfied:

         (1)     The Qualified Nonelective Contribution, whether or not used to
                 satisfy the requirements of Sections 12.03 or 12.06, must meet
                 the requirements of Code Section  401(a)(4).

         (2)     Qualified Nonelective Contributions which are taken into
                 account in order to meet the requirements of Section 12.03 or
                 12.06 (as applicable) shall not be counted in determining
                 whether the testing requirements of any of such other Sections
                 are met.





                                    - 48 -
<PAGE>   55


         (3)     The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be subject to
                 all provisions of this Plan applicable to Pre-Tax
                 Contributions (except that Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                 cannot be distributed in a hardship distribution).

         (4)     Except as provided in this paragraph, the Qualified
                 Nonelective Contributions shall be excluded in determining
                 whether any other contribution or benefit satisfies the
                 nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section Section
                 401(a)(4) and 401(k)(3).

12.02    $7,000 Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions.

         (a)   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
               the aggregate of a Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions during a
               calendar year may not exceed $7,000 (or such greater amount as
               established by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code
               Section 402(g)(5)).  Any Pre-Tax Contributions in excess of the
               foregoing limit ("Excess Deferral"), plus any income and minus
               any loss allocable thereto, may be distributed to the applicable
               Participant no later than April 15 following the calendar year
               in which the Pre-Tax Contributions were made.


         (b)   Any Participant who has an Excess Deferral during a calendar
               year may receive a distribution of the Excess Deferral during
               such calendar year plus any income or minus any loss allocable
               thereto, provided (1) the Participant requests (or is deemed to
               request) the distribution of the Excess Deferral, (2) the
               distribution occurs after the date the Excess Deferral arose,
               and (3) the Committee designates the distribution as a   
               distribution of an Excess Deferral.

         (c)   If a Participant makes a Pre-Tax Contribution under this Plan
               and in the same calendar year makes a contribution to a Code
               Section 401(k) plan containing a cash or deferred arrangement
               (other than this Plan), a Code Section  408(k) plan (simplified
               employee pension plan) or a Code Section  403(b) plan (tax
               sheltered annuity) and, after the return of any Excess Deferral
               pursuant to Section 12.02(a) and (b) the aggregate of all such
               Pre-Tax Contributions and contributions exceed the limitations
               contained in Code Section  402(g), then such Participant may
               request that the Committee return all or a portion of the
               Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the calendar year plus
               any income and minus any loss allocable thereto.  The amount by
               which such Pre-Tax Contributions and contributions exceed the
               Code Section 402(g) limitations will also be known as an
               Excess Deferral.

         (d)   Any request for a return of Excess Deferrals arising out of
               contributions to a plan described in Section 12.02(c) above 
               which is maintained by an entity other than the Employer must:





                                    - 49 -
<PAGE>   56


                 (1)      be made in writing;

                 (2)      be submitted to the Committee not later than the
                          March 1 following the Plan Year in which the Excess
                          Deferral arose;

                 (3)      specify the amount of the Excess Deferral; and,

                 (4)      contain a statement that if the Excess Deferral is
                          not distributed, it will, when added to amounts
                          deferred under other plans or arrangements described
                          in Section Section  401(k), 408(k),or 403(b) of the
                          Code, exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by
                          Section  402(g) of the Code for the year in which the
                          Excess Deferral occurred.

                 In the event an Excess Deferral arises out of contributions to
                 a plan (including this Plan) described in Section 12.02(c) 
                 above which is maintained by the Employer, the Participant 
                 making the Excess Deferral shall be deemed to have requested 
                 a return of the Excess Deferral.

         (e)     Pre-Tax Contributions may only be returned to the extent
                 necessary to eliminate a Participant's Excess Deferral. 
                 Excess Deferrals shall be treated as annual additions under
                 the Plan.  In no event shall the returned Excess Deferrals for
                 a particular calendar year exceed the Participant's    
                 aggregate Pre-Tax Contributions for such calendar year.

         (f)     The income or loss allocable to a Pre-Tax Contribution that is
                 returned to a Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(a) or (c)
                 shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss
                 allocable to the Participant's Account for the calendar year
                 in which the Excess Deferral arose by a fraction.  The
                 numerator of the fraction is the Excess Deferral.  The
                 denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's
                 Account balance on the last day of the calendar year in which
                 the Excess Deferral arose reduced by any income allocated to
                 the Participant's Account for such calendar year and increased
                 by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for such
                 calendar year.

         (g)     The income or loss allocable to an Excess Deferral that is
                 returned to a Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(b) shall
                 be determined using any reasonable method adopted by the Plan
                 to measure income earned or loss incurred during the Plan Year
                 or any other method authorized by the Internal Revenue Service
                 to compute the income earned or loss incurred for the period
                 commencing on January 1 of the calendar year in which the
                 Pre-Tax Contribution was made and ending on the date the
                 Excess Deferral was distributed.

         (h)     Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess
                 Deferral that is returned to a Participant pursuant to this 
                 Section 12.02 shall be forfeited





                                    - 50 -
<PAGE>   57


                 notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7 (vesting).  For
                 this purpose, however, the Pre-Tax Contributions that are
                 returned to the Participant as an Excess Deferral shall be
                 deemed to be first those Pre-Tax Contributions for which no
                 Employer Matching Contribution was made and second those
                 Pre-Tax Contributions for which an Employer Matching
                 Contribution was made.  Accordingly, if the Pre-Tax
                 Contributions that are returned to the Participant as Excess
                 Deferrals were not matched, no Employer Matching Contribution
                 will be forfeited.

12.03    Average Actual Deferral Percentage.

         (a)     The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated
                 Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Deferral
                 Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees for the same
                 Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

                 (1)      The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for
                          Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                          the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual
                          Deferral Percentage for Participants who are
                          Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                          multiplied by 1.25; or

                 (2)      The excess of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage
                          for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
                          for the Plan Year over the Average Actual Deferral
                          Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly
                          Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more
                          than two percentage points, and the Average Actual
                          Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly
                          Compensated Employees is not more than the Average
                          Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are
                          Non-highly Compensated Employees multiplied by two.

         (b)     The permitted disparity between the Average Actual Deferral
                 Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees and the Average
                 Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated
                 Employees may be further reduced as required by Section 12.09.

         (c)     If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with
                 the provisions of Section 12.03(a), the Employer may do any or
                 all of the following, except as otherwise provided in the Code
                 or Treasury Regulations:

                 (1)      Distribute Pre-Tax Contributions to certain Highly
                          Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.05;
                          or





                                    - 51 -
<PAGE>   58


                 (2)      Make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf
                          of any or all of the Non-highly Compensated Employees
                          and aggregate such contributions with the Non-highly
                          Compensated Employees' Pre-Tax Contributions
                          Deferrals as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of
                          ADP).

12.04    Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Deferral Percentage.

         (a)     The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Highly Compensated
                 Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Pre- Tax
                 Contributions allocated to his Account under two or more
                 arrangements described in Section  401(k) of the Code that are
                 maintained by an Employer or its Affiliates shall be
                 determined as if such Pre-Tax Contributions were made under a
                 single arrangement.

         (b)     If two or more plans maintained by the Employer or its
                 Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of the
                 nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section  401(a)(4) or
                 the coverage requirements of Code Section  410(b) (other than
                 for purposes of the average benefits test), all Pre-Tax
                 Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans shall be
                 treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.

         (c)     For purposes of determining the ADP of a Highly Compensated
                 Employee who is either a 5% or more owner of an Employer or
                 one of the ten highest paid Highly Compensated Employees
                 during the Plan Year, the Pre-Tax Contributions and
                 Compensation of such Participant shall include the Pre-Tax
                 Contributions and Compensation of his Family Members.  Any
                 person who is a Family Member shall not be treated as a
                 separate Employee in determining the Average Actual Deferral
                 Percentage for either Non-highly Compensated Employees or for
                 Highly Compensated Employees.

         (d)     The determination and treatment of the Pre-Tax Contributions
                 and Actual Deferral Percentage of any Participant shall be in
                 accordance with such other requirements as may be prescribed
                 from time to time in Treasury Regulations.

12.05    Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals.

         (a)     Pre-Tax Contributions exceeding the limitations of Section
                 12.03(a) ("Excess ADP Deferrals") and any income or loss
                 allocable to such Excess ADP Deferral shall be designated by
                 the Committee as Excess ADP Deferrals and shall be distributed
                 to Highly Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited
                 with Excess ADP Deferrals in the preceding Plan Year.  In
                 determining the amount of Excess ADP Deferrals for each





                                    - 52 -
<PAGE>   59


                 Highly Compensated Employee, the Committee shall reduce the
                 ADP for each Highly Compensated Employee as follows:

                 (1)      The ADP for the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with
                          the highest ADP will be reduced until equal to the
                          second highest ADPs under the Plan; then

                 (2)      The ADP for the two (or more) Highly Compensated
                          Employees with the highest ADPs under the Plan will
                          be reduced until equal to the third highest ADP level
                          under the Plan; then

                 (3)      The steps described in (1) and (2) shall be repeated
                          with respect to the third and successive highest ADP
                          levels under the Plan until the Plan complies with
                          one or both of the ADP tests described in Section
                          12.03(a).

         (b)     To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall
                 distribute all Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or loss
                 allocable thereto prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of
                 the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose.  In any
                 event, however, the Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or
                 loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to the end
                 of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess
                 ADP Deferrals arose.  Excess ADP Deferrals shall be treated as
                 annual additions under the Plan.

         (c)     The income or loss allocable to Excess ADP Deferrals shall be
                 determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the
                 Participant's Account for the Plan Year in which the Excess
                 ADP Deferrals arose by a fraction.  The numerator of the
                 fraction is the Excess ADP Deferral.  The denominator of the
                 fraction is the value of the Participant's Account balance on
                 the last day of the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP
                 Deferrals arose reduced by any income allocated to the
                 Participant's Account for such Plan Year and increased by any
                 loss allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year.

         (d)     If an Excess Deferral has been distributed to the Participant
                 pursuant to Section 12.02(a) or (b) for any taxable year of a
                 Participant, then any Excess ADP Deferral allocable to such
                 Participant for the same Plan Year in which such taxable year
                 ends shall be reduced by the amount of such Excess Deferral.

         (e)     Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals to Participants described
                 in Section 12.04(c) shall be made in accordance with the
                 provisions of Treasury Regulation Section
                 1.401(k)-1(f)(5)(ii) or any successor Treasury Regulation
                 thereto.





                                    - 53 -
<PAGE>   60


         (f)     Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess ADP
                 Deferral that is returned to the Participant pursuant to this
                 Section 12.05 shall be forfeited notwithstanding the
                 provisions of Article 7 (vesting).  For this purpose, however,
                 the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to the Participant
                 shall be deemed to be first those Pre-Tax Contributions for
                 which no Employer Matching Contribution was made and second
                 those Pre-Tax Contributions for which an Employer Matching
                 Contribution was made.  Accordingly, unmatched Pre-Tax
                 Contributions shall be returned as an Excess ADP Deferral
                 before matched Pre-Tax Contributions.

12.06    Average Actual Contribution Percentage.

         (a)     The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Highly
                 Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average
                 Actual Contribution Percentage for Non-highly Compensated
                 Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the
                 following tests:

                 (1)      The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for
                          Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for
                          the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual
                          Contribution Percentage for Participants who are
                          Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
                          multiplied by 1.25; or

                 (2)      The excess of the Average Actual Contribution
                          Percentage for Participants who are Highly
                          Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the
                          Average Actual Contribution Percentage for
                          Participants who are Non- highly Compensated
                          Employees for the Plan Year is not more than two
                          percentage points, and the Average Actual
                          Contribution Percentage for Participants who are
                          Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the
                          Average Actual Contribution Percentage for
                          Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees
                          multiplied by two.

         (b)     If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with
                 the provisions of Section 12.06(a), the Employer may do any or
                 all of the following in order to comply with such provision as
                 applicable (except as otherwise provided in the Code or in
                 Treasury Regulations):

                 (1)      Aggregate Qualified Elective Deferrals with the
                          Employer Matching Contributions of Non-highly
                          Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.01
                          (definition of ACP).

                 (2)      Distribute Employer Matching Contributions to certain
                          Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section
                          12.08.





                                    - 54 -
<PAGE>   61


                 (3)      Make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf
                          of any or all of the Non-highly Compensated Employees
                          and aggregate such contributions with the Non-highly
                          Compensated Employees' Employer Matching
                          Contributions as provided in Section 12.01
                          (definition of ACP).

12.07    Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Contribution Percentages.

         (a)     The Actual Contribution Percentage for any Highly Compensated
                 Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Employer
                 Matching Contributions allocated to his Account under two or
                 more arrangements described in Section Section  401(a) or
                 401(m) of the Code that are maintained by an Employer or its
                 Affiliates shall be determined as if such contributions were
                 made under a single arrangement.

         (b)     If two or more plans maintained by the Employer or its
                 Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of the
                 nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section  401(a)(4) or
                 the coverage requirements of Code Section  410(b) (other than
                 for purposes of the average benefits test), all Employer
                 Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans
                 shall be treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.

         (c)     For purposes of determining the Actual Contribution Percentage
                 of a Highly Compensated Employee who is a 5% or more owner of
                 an Employer or one of the ten highest paid Highly Compensated
                 Employees during the Plan Year, the Employer Matching
                 Contributions and Compensation of such Participant shall
                 include all Employer Matching Contributions and Compensation
                 of Family Members.  Family Members shall not be treated as
                 separate Employees for purposes of determining the Average
                 Actual Contribution Percentage for either Non-highly
                 Compensated Employees or for Highly Compensated Employees.

         (d)     The determination and treatment of the Actual Contribution
                 Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other
                 requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the
                 Treasury.

12.08    Distribution of Employer Matching Contributions.

         (a)     Employer Matching Contributions exceeding the limitations of
                 Section 12.06(a) ("Excess ACP Contributions") and any income
                 or loss allocable to such Excess ACP Contribution may be
                 designated by the Committee as Excess ACP Contributions and
                 may be distributed in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in
                 which the Excess ACP Contributions arose to those Highly
                 Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited with





                                    - 55 -
<PAGE>   62


                 Excess ACP Contributions in the preceding Plan Year.  The
                 amount of Excess ACP Contributions to be distributed to a
                 Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined using the
                 procedure described in Section 12.05(a).

         (b)     To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall
                 distribute all Excess ACP Contributions and any income or loss
                 allocable thereto prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of
                 the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose.  In
                 any event, however, the Excess ACP Contributions and any
                 income or loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to
                 the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the
                 Excess ACP Contributions arose.

         (c)     The income or loss allocable to Excess ACP Contributions shall
                 be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to
                 the Participant's Account for the Plan Year in which the
                 Excess ACP Contribution arose by a fraction.  The numerator of
                 the fraction is the Excess ACP Contributions.  The denominator
                 of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account on
                 the last day of the Plan Year reduced by any income allocated
                 to the Participant's Account by such Plan Year and increased
                 by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for the
                 Plan Year.

         (d)     Amounts distributed to Highly Compensated Employees under this
                 Section 12.08 shall be treated as annual additions with
                 respect to the Employee who received such amount.

         (e)     Distribution of Excess ACP Contributions to Participants
                 described in Section 12.08(c) shall be made in accordance with
                 the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section
                 1.401(m)-1(e)(2)(iii) or any successor Treasury Regulations
                 thereto.

12.09    Combined ACP and ADP Test.

         (a)     The Plan must satisfy the Combined ACP and ADP Test described
                 in this Section 12.09 only if (1) the Average Actual Deferral
                 Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds 125% of
                 the Average Actual Deferral Percentage of the Non-highly
                 Compensated Employees and (2) the Average Actual Contribution
                 Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds 125% of
                 the Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the Non-highly
                 Compensated Employees.

         (b)     The Combined ACP and ADP Test is satisfied if the sum of the
                 Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Deferral
                 Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage is equal
                 to or less than the Maximum Combined Percentage defined in
                 paragraph (c) below.





                                    - 56 -
<PAGE>   63


         (c)     The Maximum Combined Percentage shall be determined by
                 adjusting the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual
                 Deferral Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage
                 in the following manner:

                 (1)      The greater of the two percentages shall be
                          multiplied by 1.25; and

                 (2)      The lesser of the two percentages shall be increased
                          by two percentage points; however, in no event shall
                          such adjusted percentage exceed twice the original
                          percentage.

                 The sum of (1) and (2) shall be the Maximum Combined 
                 Percentage.

                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Maximum Combined Percentage
                 shall be determined in the following manner if such
                 calculation results in a higher Maximum Combined Percentage
                 than the formula specified above:

                 (1)      The lesser of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage
                          and Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the
                          Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be multiplied
                          by 1.25; and

                 (2)      The greater of such two percentages shall be
                          increased by two percentage points; however, in no
                          event shall such percentage exceed twice the original
                          percentage.

         (d)     In the event the Plan does not satisfy the Combined ADP and
                 ACP Test, the Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual
                 Contribution Percentage shall be decreased by either
                 distributing Employer Matching Contributions to certain Highly
                 Compensated Employees by using the procedures described in
                 Section 12.08 or by making a Qualified Nonelective
                 Contribution as provided in Section 12.06(b)(3) until the sum
                 of such percentage and the Highly Compensated Employees'
                 Average Actual Deferral Percentage equals the Maximum Combined
                 Percentage.

         (e)     If Employer Matching Contributions are distributed to certain
                 Highly Compensated Employees in order to satisfy the Combined
                 ADP and ACP Test, income or loss allocable to such Employer
                 Matching Contributions shall also be distributed.

         (f)     To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall
                 distribute the Employer Matching Contributions (if applicable)
                 and allocable income or loss prior to 2-1/2 months following
                 the end of the Plan Year for which the Combined ADP and ACP
                 Test is computed.  In any event, however, such Employer 
                 Matching Contributions (if applicable) and allocable income or
                 loss shall be  distributed by the end of the Plan Year
                 following the Plan Year





                                    - 57 -
<PAGE>   64


                 for which the Combined ADP and ACP Test is computed.  Employer
                 Matching Contributions that are distributed pursuant to this
                 Section 12.09 shall be treated as annual additions under the
                 Plan.

         (g)     The income or loss allocable to returned Employer Matching
                 Contributions shall be determined using the same procedures as
                 Section 12.05(c).

12.10    Order of Applying Certain Sections of Article.

         In applying the provisions of this Article 12, the determination and
         distribution of Excess Deferrals shall be made first, the
         determination and elimination of Excess ACP Deferrals shall be made
         second, the determination and elimination of Excess ADP Contributions
         shall be made third and finally the determination and any necessary
         adjustment related to the Combined ADP and ACP Test shall be made.

12.11    Effective Date.  The provisions of this Article 12 shall be effective
         July 1, 1988.





                                    - 58 -
<PAGE>   65

                                   ARTICLE 13

                          HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES


13.01    In General.

         For the purposes of this Plan, the term "Highly Compensated Employee"
         is any active Employee described in Section 13.02 below and any Former
         Employee described in Section 13.03 below.  Various definitions used
         in this Article are contained in Section 13.05.  A Non-Highly
         Compensated Employee is an Employee who is neither a Highly
         Compensated Employee nor a Family Member of a Highly Compensated
         Employee.  This Article 13 shall be effective July 1, 1988.

13.02    Highly Compensated Employees.

         (a)     An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if during the
                 Determination Year the Employee:

                 (1)      is a 5 Percent Owner;

                 (2)      receives Compensation in excess of $75,000;

                 (3)      receives Compensation in excess of $50,000 and is a
                          member of the Top Paid Group; or

                 (4)      is an Includable Officer.

                 The dollar amounts described above shall be increased annually
                 as provided in Code Section  414(q)(1).

         (b)     Calendar Year Election.  The Employer hereby elects the
                 calendar year calculation election described in Temporary
                 Regulation Section  1.414(q)-1T, Q&A-14(b) or any successor
                 regulation thereto.  Because the Plan uses the calendar year
                 as its Plan Year, there is no separate Look Back Year
                 calculation.  This election is binding on all other qualified
                 retirement Plans maintained by the Employer until the election
                 is withdrawn.

13.03    Former Highly Compensated Employee.

         A Former Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if (applying the
         rules of Section 13.02(a) or (b)) the Former Employee was a Highly
         Compensated Employee during a Separation Year or during any
         Determination Year ending on or after the Former Employee's 55th
         birthday.  With respect to a Former Employee





                                    - 59 -
<PAGE>   66


         whose Separation Year was prior to January 1, 1987, such Former
         Employee will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee only if the
         Former Employee was a 5% Owner or received Compensation in excess of
         $50,000 during (i) the Former Employee's Separation Year (or the year
         preceding such Separation Year); or (ii) any year ending on or after
         such Former Employee's 55th birthday (or the last year ending before
         such Former Employee's 55th birthday).

13.04    Family Aggregation Rules.

         (a)     For purposes of this Article 13, an Employee who is, for a
                 given Determination Year or Look Back Year, either (i) a 5
                 Percent Owner, or (ii) a Highly Compensated Employee who is
                 one of the ten most highly compensated Employees ranked on the
                 basis of Compensation paid during such year, shall be
                 aggregated with such Employee's Family Members.

         (b)     For purposes of this Section 13.04, the term "Family Member"
                 means, with respect to an Employee described in Section
                 13.04(a), a person who is, on any day during the given
                 Determination Year or Look Back Year:

                 (1)      his spouse; or

                 (2)      his lineal ascendant or descendant; or

                 (3)      the spouse of his lineal ascendant or descendant.

         (c)     The determination of Employees and Family Members who must be
                 aggregated for purposes of this Article 13 shall be made in
                 accordance with Temporary Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T,
                 Q&A-11 and Q&A-12.

         (d)     For purposes of applying the limits of Code Section
                 401(a)(17) (i.e., the $150,000 limit on compensation, as
                 adjusted) with respect to Compensation under Articles 12
                 (401(k)/401(m) tests) and 14 (Section  415 limits), the
                 Compensation for any Employee described in Section 13.04(a)
                 and for any Family Member who is such Employee's spouse or
                 lineal descendant under age 19, shall be aggregated.  In such
                 event, the deemed Compensation for each such Employee shall be
                 an amount equal to the Section 401(a)(17) limit for the Plan
                 Year (as adjusted) multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
                 which is the Employee's actual Compensation for the Plan Year,
                 and the denominator of which is the aggregate Compensation of
                 the Employee and the aggregated Family Member for the Plan
                 Year.  The same procedure shall then be used to determine the
                 deemed Compensation of the aggregated Family Member.





                                    - 60 -
<PAGE>   67


13.05    Definitions.

         The following special definitions shall apply to this Article 13:

         Compensation for purposes of this Article 13 shall mean the gross 
         annual earnings reported on the Participant's IRS Form W-2 (box 10 
         or its comparable location as provided on Form W-2 in future years) as
         required by Code Section Section 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3).  In
         addition, Compensation shall include compensation which is not
         includable in the Participant's IRS Form W-2 (Box 10) by reason of
         Code Section  402(a)(8) (employee pre-tax contributions under a Code
         Section  401(k) plan) or Code Section 125 (salary deferrals under a
         cafeteria plan).  Compensation shall not include amounts paid or
         reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses if, at the time of the
         payment of such moving expenses, it is reasonable to believe that the
         moving expenses will be deductible by the Participant under Code
         Section 217.  Compensation shall be determined by ignoring any income
         exclusions under Code Section 3401(a) based on the nature or location
         of employment.  In no event shall Compensation in excess of the
         limitations under Code Section 401(a)(17) (e.g., $150,000 in 1994) be
         taken into account for any Employee.

         Determination Year shall mean the Plan Year for which the ACP and the
         ADP are computed.

         Employer for purposes of this Article 13 shall mean the Company and its
         Affiliates.

         5 Percent Owner shall mean any Employee who owns or is deemed to own
         (within the meaning of Code Section 318), more than five percent of
         the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing
         more than five percent of the total combined voting power of the
         Employer.

         Former Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who has incurred a
         Severance from Service or (ii) who remains employed by the Employer
         but who has not performed services for the Employer during the
         Determination Year (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Absence).

         Includable Officer shall mean any officer of the Employer who, during
         the applicable year, receives Compensation in excess of 50% of the
         dollar limitations under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A)(as adjusted by the
         Secretary of the Treasury for cost of living increases).  The Employer
         shall be deemed to have a minimum of 3 officers or, if greater, a
         number equal to 10 percent of all Employees.  However, no more than 50
         officers shall be considered Includable Officers under this Article
         13.  If the Employer does not have any Includable Officers because no
         officer receives Compensation in excess of the dollar limitations of
         Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), the Employer's highest paid officer shall
         be considered an Includable Officer.





                                    - 61 -
<PAGE>   68


         Look Back Year shall mean the Plan Year preceding the Determination
         Year, or if the Employer elects, the calendar year ending with or
         within the determination year.

         Separation Year shall mean any of the following years:

         (1)     An Employee who incurs a Termination of Employment shall have
                 a Separation Year in the Determination Year in which such
                 Termination of Employment occurs;

         (2)     An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but who
                 temporarily ceases to perform services for the Employer (e.g.,
                 an Employee on Authorized Absence) shall have a Separation
                 Year in the calendar year in which he last performs services
                 for the Employer;

         (3)     An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but whose
                 Compensation for a calendar year is less than 50% of the
                 Employee's average annual Compensation for the immediately
                 preceding three calendar years (or the Employee's total years
                 of employment, if less) shall have a Separation Year in such
                 calendar year.  However, such Separation Year shall be ignored
                 if the Employee remains employed by the Employer and the
                 Employee's Compensation returns to a level comparable to the
                 Employee's Compensation immediately prior to such Separation
                 Year.

         Top Paid Group shall mean the top 20% of all Employees ranked on the
         basis of Compensation received from the Employer during the applicable
         year.  The number of Employees in the Top Paid Group shall be
         determined by ignoring Employees who are non-resident aliens and
         Employees who do not perform services for the Employer during the
         applicable year.  The Employer elects to compute the Top Paid Group
         without the age and service exclusion provided in applicable Treasury
         Regulations.

13.06    Other Methods Permissible.

         To the extent permitted by the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury
         Regulations and IRS pronouncements, the Committee may (without further
         amendment to this Plan) take such other steps and actions or adopt
         such other methods or procedures (in addition to those methods and
         procedures described in this Article 13) to determine and identify
         Highly Compensated Employees (including adopting alternative
         definitions of Compensation which satisfy Code Section  414(q)(7) and
         are uniformly applied).





                                    - 62 -
<PAGE>   69

                                  ARTICLE 14.

                                MAXIMUM BENEFITS


14.01    General Rule.

         (a)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, for any Plan
                 Year, the Annual Additions to a Participant's Account, when
                 combined with the Annual Additions to the Participant's
                 Account under all other Qualified individual account plans
                 maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates shall not exceed
                 the lesser of (i) $30,000 or (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of
                 the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year (the
                 "maximum permissible amount").

         (b)     The Employer hereby elects that the Limitation Year for
                 purposes of Code Section 415 shall be the Plan Year.

         (c)     For purposes of determining the limit on Annual Additions
                 under paragraph (a) of this Section, the dollar limit
                 described therein, to wit, $30,000, shall be increased for
                 each Plan Year to the extent permitted by law.

         (d)     If the amount to be allocated to a Participant's Account
                 exceeds the maximum permissible amount (and for this purpose
                 Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be allocated after
                 Pre-Tax Contributions), the excess will be disposed of as
                 follows.  First, if the Participant's Annual Additions exceed
                 the maximum permissible amount as a result of (i) a reasonable
                 error in estimating the Participant's Compensation, (ii) a
                 reasonable error in estimating the amount of Pre-Tax
                 Contributions that the Participant could make under Code
                 Section 415 or (iii) other facts and circumstances that the
                 Internal Revenue Service finds justifiable, the Committee may
                 direct the Trustee to return to the Participant his Pre-Tax
                 Contributions for such Plan Year to the extent necessary to
                 reduce the excess amount.  Such returned Pre-Tax Contributions
                 shall be ignored in performing the discrimination tests of
                 Article 12.  Second, any excess annual additions still
                 remaining after the return of Pre-Tax Contributions shall be
                 reallocated as determined by the Committee among the
                 Participants whose accounts have not exceeded the limit in the
                 same proportion that the Compensation of each such Participant
                 bears to the Compensation of all such Participants.  If such
                 reallocation would result in an addition to another
                 Participant's Account which exceeds the permitted limit, that
                 excess shall likewise be reallocated among the Participants
                 whose Accounts do not exceed the limit.  However, if the
                 allocation or reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant to
                 these provisions causes the limitations of Section  415 of the
                 Code to be exceeded with respect to each Participant for the





                                    - 63 -
<PAGE>   70


                 limitation year, then any such excess shall be held
                 unallocated in a 415 Suspense Account.  If the 415 Suspense
                 Account is in existence at any time during a limitation year,
                 other than the limitation year described in the preceding
                 sentence, all amounts in the 415 Suspense Account shall be
                 allocated and reallocated to Participants' Accounts (subject
                 to the limitations of Code Section  415) before any
                 Contributions which would constitute annual additions may be
                 made to the Plan for that limitation year.

         (e)     If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
                 contribution plan maintained by an Employer during any
                 limitation year, the annual additions which may be credited to
                 a Participant's account under this Plan for any such
                 limitation year shall not exceed the maximum permissible
                 amount reduced by the annual additions credited to a
                 Participant's account under all such plans for the same
                 limitation year.  If a Participant's annual additions under
                 this Plan and such other plans would result in an excess
                 amount for a limitation year, the excess amount will be deemed
                 to consist of the annual additions last allocated (and for
                 this purpose, Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be
                 allocated after Pre-Tax Contributions).  If an excess amount
                 is allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this
                 Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan,
                 the excess amount attributed to this Plan will be the product
                 of

                 (i)      the total excess amount as of such date, times

                 (ii)     the ratio of (A) the annual additions allocated to
                          the Participant for the limitation year as of such
                          date under this Plan to (B) the total annual
                          additions allocated to the Participant for the
                          limitation year as of such date under this and all
                          the other qualified defined contribution plans
                          maintained by the Employer.

         Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
         manner described in this Section 14.01 above.

14.02    Combined Plan Limitation.

         If the Employer or its Affiliates maintains, or at any time
         maintained, a Qualified defined benefit plan covering any Participant
         in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's defined benefit plan
         fraction and defined contribution plan fraction shall not exceed 1.0
         in any limitation year and the annual benefit otherwise payable to the
         Participant under such defined benefit plan shall be frozen or reduced
         to the extent necessary so that the sum of such fractions shall not
         exceed 1.0.

14.03    Definitions.  For the purposes of this Article 14, the following
         definitions shall apply:





                                    - 64 -
<PAGE>   71


         (a)     "Annual Addition" shall mean the sum of:

                 (1)        Employee Contributions;

                 (2)        Employer Contributions;

                 (3)        Forfeitures; and

                 (4)        Amounts described in Code Section Section  
                            415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2).

         Annual Additions shall not include any amounts credited to the
         Participant's Account resulting from Rollover Contributions.

         (b)     "Affiliates" shall have that meaning contained in Article 2
                 except that for purposes of determining who is an Affiliate
                 the phrase "more than 50 percent" shall be substituted for the
                 phrase "at least 80 percent" each place it appears in Code
                 Section 1563(a)(1).

         (c)     "Compensation" shall have the same meaning as defined in
                 Article 12 except that Compensation for purposes of Article 14
                 shall not include Pre-Tax Contributions under this Plan and
                 shall not include salary deferrals under a Code Section 125
                 Cafeteria Plan.

         (d)     "Defined Benefit Fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of
                 which is the sum of the Participant's projected annual
                 benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or not
                 terminated) maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates, and
                 the denominator of which is the lesser of (i) 125 percent of
                 the dollar limitation in effect for the limitation year under
                 Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code or (ii) 140 percent of the
                 Highest Average Compensation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                 if the Participant was a Participant as of the first day of
                 the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986,
                 in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the
                 Employer or its Affiliates which were in existence on May 6,
                 1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than
                 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans
                 which the Participant had accrued as of the end of the last
                 limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987, but
                 determined without regard to any changes in the terms and
                 conditions of the Plan occurring after May 5, 1986.  The
                 preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans
                 individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements
                 of Section 415 for all limitation years beginning before
                 January 1, 1987.

         (e)     "Defined Contribution Fraction" means a fraction, the
                 numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the
                 Participant's account under all the defined contribution plans
                 (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer or its
                 Affiliates for the current and all prior limitation years, and





                                    - 65 -
<PAGE>   72


                 the denominator of which is the sum of the Maximum Aggregate
                 Amounts for the current and all prior limitation years of
                 service with the Employer or its Affiliates (regardless of
                 whether a defined contribution plan was maintained by the
                 Employer or its Affiliates).  The Maximum Aggregate Amount in
                 any limitation year is the lesser of (i) 125 percent of the
                 dollar limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the
                 Code; or (ii) 35 percent of the Participant's compensation for
                 such year.  If the Employee was a Participant as of the first
                 day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31,
                 1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by
                 the Employer or its Affiliates which were in existence on May
                 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if
                 the sum of this fraction and the defined benefit fraction
                 would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan.
                 Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (i)
                 the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times and (ii)
                 the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently
                 subtracted from the numerator of this fraction.  The
                 adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they would be
                 computed as of the end of the limitation year beginning before
                 January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and
                 conditions of the plans made after May 5, 1986, but using the
                 Section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation
                 Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.  The annual
                 addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1,
                 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat employee contributions
                 as annual additions.

         (f)     "Highest Average Compensation" means the average compensation
                 for the three consecutive years of service with the employer
                 that produces the highest average.

         (g)     "Projected Annual Benefit" means the annual retirement benefit
                 (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity
                 if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight
                 life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which
                 the Participant would be entitled under the terms of the plan
                 assuming (i) the Participant will continue employment until
                 normal retirement age under the plan (or current age, if
                 later), and (ii) the Participant's compensation for the
                 current limitation year and all other relevant factors used to
                 determine benefits under the plan will remain constant for all
                 future limitation years.

14.04    Effective Date.  The provisions of this Article 14 shall be effective
         January 1, 1987.





                                    - 66 -
<PAGE>   73

                                  ARTICLE 15.

                                TOP HEAVY RULES


15.01    General.

         The provisions of this Article of the Plan shall become effective in
         any Plan Year in which the Plan is determined to be Top Heavy and
         shall supersede any conflicting provision of this Plan.

15.02    Definitions.

         (a)     Top Heavy.  The Plan shall be Top Heavy for the Plan Year if,
                 as of the Valuation Date which coincides with or immediately
                 precedes the Determination Date, the value of the Participant
                 Accounts of Key Employees exceeds 60% of the value of all
                 Participant Accounts.  If the Employer maintains more than one
                 plan, all plans in which any Key Employee participates and all
                 plans which enable this Plan to satisfy the
                 anti-discrimination requirements of Code Section Section
                 401(a)(4) and 410 must be combined with this Plan ("Required
                 Aggregation Group") for the purposes of applying the 60% test
                 described in the preceding sentence.  Plans maintained by the
                 Employer which are not in the required aggregation group may
                 be combined at the Employer's election with this Plan for the
                 purposes of determining Top Heavy status if the combined plan
                 satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and 410
                 ("Permissive Aggregation Group").  In determining the value
                 of Participant Accounts, all distributions made during the
                 five-year period ending on the Determination Date shall be
                 included and any unallocated Employer Contributions or
                 forfeitures attributable to the Plan Year in which the
                 Determination Date falls shall also be included.  The Account
                 of (i) any Employee who at one time was a Key Employee but who
                 is not a Key Employee for any of the five Plan Years ending on
                 the Determination Date; and (ii) any Employee who has not
                 performed services for the Employer or a related employer
                 maintaining a plan in the aggregation group for the five Plan
                 Years ending on the Determination Date, shall be disregarded
                 in determining Top Heavy status.

                 If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan during the
                 Plan Year which is subject to aggregation with this Plan, the
                 60% test shall be applied after calculating the present value
                 of the Participants' accrued benefits under the defined
                 benefit plan in accordance with the rules set forth in that
                 plan and combining the present value of such accrued benefits
                 with the Participant's account balances under this Plan.





                                    - 67 -
<PAGE>   74


                 Effective January 1, 1987, solely for the purpose of
                 determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in the
                 Required Aggregation Group, is Top-Heavy, a Non-Key Employee's
                 accrued benefit in a defined benefit plan shall be determined
                 under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for
                 accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliates,
                 or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued
                 not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under
                 the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

         (b)     Key Employee.  Any employee of the Employer who, during the
                 Plan Year or the four preceding Plan Years was an officer
                 receiving Compensation in excess of 50% of the limit described
                 in Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), one of the ten employees of the
                 Employer owning the largest interests in the Employer and
                 receiving Compensation equal to or greater than the dollar
                 limit described in Code Section 415(c)(1)(A), a greater than
                 5% owner of the Employer, a greater than 1% owner of the
                 Employer receiving Compensation in excess of $150,000, or the
                 Beneficiary of a Key Employee.  The Code Section 415(b)(1)(A)
                 and 415(c)(1)(A) limits referred to in the preceding sentence
                 shall be the specified dollar limit plus any increases
                 reflecting cost of living adjustments specified by the
                 Secretary of the Treasury.

         (c)     Determination Date.  The last day of the Plan Year immediately
                 preceding the Plan Year for which Top Heavy status is
                 determined.  For the first Plan Year, the Determination Date
                 shall be the last day of the first Plan Year.

         (d)     Non-Key Employee.  Any Participant who is not a Key Employee.

         (e)     Employer.  The term "Employer" shall include any Affiliate of
                 such Employer.

         (f)     Compensation.  The term "Compensation" shall have that meaning
                 as defined in Article 14.

15.03    Minimum Benefit.

         (a)     Except as provided below, the Employer Contributions allocated
                 on behalf of any Non-Key Employee who is employed by the
                 Employer on the Determination Date shall not be less than the
                 lesser of (i) 3% of such Non-Key Employee's Compensation or
                 (ii) the largest percentage of Employer Contributions and
                 Pre-Tax Contributions, as a percentage of the Key Employee's
                 Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for such
                 Plan Year.  Pre-Tax Contributions allocated to the Accounts of
                 Non-Key Employees and Employer Matching Contributions
                 allocated to the Accounts of Non-Key Employees that are used
                 to satisfy the provisions of





                                    - 68 -
<PAGE>   75


                 Article 12 shall not be considered in determining whether a
                 Non-Key Employee has received the minimum contribution
                 required by this Section 15.03.

         (b)     The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any
                 Social Security contribution and shall be made even though,
                 under other Plan provisions, the Non-Key Employee would have
                 received a lesser allocation or no allocation for the Plan
                 Year because of the Non-Key Employee's failure to complete
                 1,000 Hours of Service, his failure to make mandatory employee
                 contributions, or his earning compensation less than a stated
                 amount.

         (c)     If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan in addition
                 to this Plan, the minimum contribution and benefit
                 requirements for both plans in a Top Heavy Plan Year may be
                 satisfied by an allocation of Employer Contributions to the
                 Account of each Non-Key Employee in the amount of 5% of the
                 Non-Key Employee's compensation.

15.04    Combined Plan Limitation For Top Heavy Years.

         In any Plan Year during which more than 90% of the Participant Account
         balances are attributable to Key Employees, 100% or an equivalent
         factor shall be substituted for 125% or an equivalent factor in the
         combined plan fraction denominators set forth in the Section of this
         Plan which limits maximum benefits pursuant to Section  415 of the
         Code.  In any Plan Year during which more than 60% but not more than
         90% of the Participant Account balances are attributable to Key
         Employees, 100% or an equivalent factor shall be substituted for 125%
         or an equivalent factor in the combined plan fraction denominators
         unless the Account of each Non-Key Employee participating in the Plan
         receives an allocation which satisfies Section 15.03 above, except
         that for this purpose the figure "4%" shall be substituted for "3%"
         where it appears in Section 15.03(a) and the figure "7.5%" shall be
         substituted for "5%" where it appears in Section 15.03(c).





                                    - 69 -
<PAGE>   76

                                   ARTICLE 16

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

16.01     Headings.

          The headings and sub-headings in this Plan have been inserted for
          convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any
          construction of the provisions hereof.

16.02     Action by Employer.

          Any action by an Employer under this Plan shall be by resolution of
          its Board of Directors, or by any person or persons duly authorized
          by resolution of said Board to take such action.

16.03     Spendthrift Clause.

          Except as otherwise required by a "qualified domestic relations
          order" as defined in Code Section 414(p), none of the benefits,
          payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan shall be subject
          to the claim of any creditor of any Participant or Beneficiary, or to
          any legal process by any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary,
          and none of them shall have any right to alienate, commute,
          anticipate or assign any of the benefits, payments, proceeds or
          distributions under this Plan except for the extent expressly
          provided herein to the contrary.  If any Participant shall attempt to
          dispose of the benefits provided for him hereunder, or to dispose of
          the right to receive such benefits, or in the event there should be
          an effort to see such benefits or the right to receive such benefits
          by attachment, execution or other legal or equitable process, such
          right to benefits shall pass and be transferred, at the discretion of
          the Plan Administrator, to such one or more as may be appointed by
          the Plan Administrator from among the Beneficiaries, if any
          theretofore designated by the Participant, or from the spouse,
          children or other dependents of the Participant, in such shares as
          the Committee may appoint.  Any appointment so made by the Committee
          may be revoked by it at any time and further appointment made by it
          which may include the Participant.

16.04     Distributions Upon Special Occurrences.

          (a)      Subject to Section 11.03, Pre-Tax Contributions and any
                   income attributable thereto, shall be distributed to
                   Participants or their Beneficiaries as soon as
                   administratively feasible after the termination of the Plan,
                   provided that neither the Employer nor its Affiliates
                   maintain a successor plan.

          (b)      Pre-Tax Contributions and any income attributable thereto
                   shall be distributed to Participants as soon as
                   administratively feasible after the





                                    - 70 -
<PAGE>   77


                   sale, to an entity that is not an Affiliate, of
                   substantially all of the assets used by the Employer in the
                   trade or business in which the Participant is employed.

          (c)      After the sale of an incorporated Affiliate's interest in a
                   subsidiary to an entity that is not an Affiliate, Pre-Tax
                   Contributions and any income attributable thereto of a
                   Participant who continues to work for such subsidiary shall
                   be distributed as soon as administratively feasible.

          (d)      The provisions of this Section 16.04 including the
                   definitions of terms such as "successor plan" and
                   "substantially all of the assets" shall be governed by
                   Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(1)(iii) or any
                   successor Treasury Regulation thereto.

16.05     Discrimination.

          The Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and all other persons
          involved in the administration and operation of the Plan shall
          administer and operate the Plan and Trust in a uniform and consistent
          manner with respect to all Participants similarly situated and shall
          not permit discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

16.06     Release.

          Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to their legal
          representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan,
          shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims
          hereunder against the Trustee, Plan Administrator, Committee and the
          Employer, any of whom may require such Participant, Beneficiary, or
          legal representative, as a condition precedent to such payment, to
          execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be
          determined by the Trustee, the Committee, or the Employer, as the
          case may be.

16.07     Compliance with Applicable Laws.

          The Company, through the Plan Administrator, shall interpret and
          administer the Plan in such manner that the Plan and Trust shall
          remain in compliance with the Code, with the Act, and all other
          applicable laws, regulations, and rulings.

16.08     Agent for Service of Process.

          The agent for service of process of this Plan shall be the person
          listed from time to time in the current records of the Secretary of
          State of Georgia as the agent for the service of process for the
          Company.





                                    - 71 -
<PAGE>   78


16.09     Merger.

          In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any
          other Plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by the Plan to
          another Plan, each Participant must receive (assuming that the Plan
          would terminate) the benefit immediately after the merger,
          consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the
          benefit such Participant would have been entitled to receive
          immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (assuming
          that the Plan had then terminated), provided such merger,
          consolidation, or transfer took place after the date of enactment of
          the Act.

16.10     Governing Law.

          The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia to the
          extent that such laws are not preempted by Federal law.

16.11     Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliated Sponsor..

         (a)     The Committee shall determine which employers shall become
                 Affiliated Sponsors within the terms of the Plan.  In order
                 for the Committee to designate an Employer as an Affiliated
                 Sponsor, the Committee must approve the addition of the
                 Affiliated Sponsor's identity to Schedule A (which approval
                 may be retroactive to an earlier effective date).  The
                 Committee may also specify such terms and conditions
                 pertaining to the adoption of the Plan by the Affiliated
                 Sponsor as the Committee deems appropriate.  With the
                 Committee's consent, an Affiliated Sponsor may limit
                 participation in the Plan to certain of its Employees.

         (b)     The Plan of the Affiliated Sponsor and of the Company shall be
                 considered a single plan for purposes of Treasury Regulations
                 Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1).  All assets contributed to the Plan
                 by the Affiliated Sponsor shall be held in a single fund
                 together with the assets contributed by the Company (and with
                 the assets of any other Affiliated Sponsors); and so long as
                 the Affiliated Sponsor continues to be designated as such, all
                 assets held in such fund shall be available to pay benefits to
                 all Participants and Beneficiaries covered by the Plan
                 irrespective of whether such Employees are employed by the
                 Company or by the Affiliated Sponsor.  Nothing contained
                 herein shall be construed to prohibit the separate accounting
                 of assets contributed by the Company and the Affiliated
                 Sponsors for purposes of cost allocation if directed by the
                 Committee or the holding of Plan assets in more than one Trust
                 Fund with more than one Trustee.

         (c)     So long as the Affiliated Sponsor's designation as such
                 remains in effect, the Affiliated Sponsor shall be bound by,
                 and subject to all provisions of the Plan and the Trust
                 Agreement.  The exclusive authority to amend the





                                    - 72 -
<PAGE>   79


                 Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be vested in the Committee
                 and no Affiliated Sponsor shall have any right to amend the
                 Plan or the Trust Agreement.  Any amendment to the Plan or the
                 Trust Agreement adopted by the Committee shall be binding upon
                 every Affiliated Sponsor without further action by such
                 Affiliated Sponsor.

         (d)     Each Affiliated Sponsor shall be solely responsible for making
                 an Employer Contribution with respect to its Employees and
                 solely responsible for making any contribution required by
                 Article 15.  Furthermore, if an Affiliated Sponsor determines
                 to make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of its
                 Employees, such Affiliated Sponsor shall be solely responsible
                 for making such contribution.  Neither the Company nor any
                 other Affiliated Sponsor is obligated to make an Employer
                 Matching Contribution or Qualified Nonelective Contribution on
                 behalf of the Employees of a different Affiliated Sponsor.

         (e)     The Company and each Affiliated Sponsor which is an Affiliate
                 will be tested on a combined basis to determine whether the
                 Company and such Affiliated Sponsors satisfy the Average
                 Actual Deferral Percentage Test described in Section 12.03 and
                 the Average Actual Contribution Percentage test described in
                 Section 12.06.  An Affiliated Sponsor which is not an
                 Affiliate shall be tested separately from the Company and
                 those Affiliated Sponsors that are Affiliates for purposes of
                 the ADP test and ACP test described in Article 12.

         (f)     No Affiliated Sponsor other than the Company shall have the
                 right to terminate the Plan.  However, any Affiliated Sponsor
                 may withdraw from the Plan by action of its board of directors
                 provided such action is communicated in writing to the
                 Committee.  The withdrawal of an Affiliated Sponsor shall be
                 effective as of the last day of the Plan Year following
                 receipt of the notice of withdrawal (unless the Committee
                 consents to a different effective date).  In addition, the
                 Committee may terminate the designation of an Affiliated
                 Sponsor to be effective on such date as the Committee
                 specifies.  Any such Affiliated Sponsor which ceases to be an
                 Affiliated Sponsor shall be liable for all cost accrued
                 through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination
                 and any contributions owing as a result of Pre-Tax
                 Contributions by its Employees or any other contribution as
                 provided in paragraphs (d) and (e).  In the event of the
                 withdrawal or termination of an Affiliated Sponsor as provided
                 in this paragraph, such Affiliated Sponsor shall have no right
                 to direct that assets of the Plan be transferred to a
                 successor plan for its Employees unless such a transfer is
                 approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.





                                    - 73 -
<PAGE>   80


16.12    Protected Benefits.

         Early retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional
         forms of benefits protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) ("Protected
         Benefits") shall not be reduced or eliminated with respect to benefits
         accrued under such Protected Benefits unless such reduction or
         elimination is permitted under the Code authority issued by the
         Internal Revenue Service, or judicial authority.

16.13    Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown.

         In the event that all or any portion of the distribution payable to a
         Participant or his Beneficiary shall remain unpaid solely by reason of
         the Committee's inability to ascertain the whereabouts of such
         Participant or Beneficiary, the amount unpaid shall be forfeited.
         However, such forfeiture shall not occur until five (5) years after
         the amount first became payable.  The Committee shall make a diligent
         effort to locate the Participant or Beneficiary including the mailing
         of a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known
         address of such Participant or Beneficiary.  In the event a
         Participant or Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being
         forfeited, such benefit shall be restored and distributed.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be duly
executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but
effective as of January 1, 1994.

                                     GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
             
              
                                     By: /s/ Frank M. Howard                   
                                        ---------------------------------------
             
                                     Title: Treasurer                         
                                           ------------------------------------
             
                                     Date: December 1, 1994                    
                                          -------------------------------------





                                    - 74 -
<PAGE>   81

                                   SCHEDULE A


                              Affiliated Sponsors
                         Designated Under Section 16.11


I.     General Rule - No Past Service Credit.  Unless otherwise identified
below, an employee will not receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility
Service under this Plan for his or her prior employment with the Affiliated
Sponsor.  Instead (unless otherwise required by law), Hours of Service worked
for an Affiliated Sponsor prior to the Designation Date shall be ignored.

II.    Definition of Past Service Credit.  If Employees of an Affiliated
Sponsor are granted past service credit (as noted below), such Employees who
are employed by the Affiliated Sponsor on the Designation Date shall receive
Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan beginning
with their employment commencement date with the Affiliated Sponsor, but
subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service and Breaks in
Service set forth in this Plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Designation
       Name                             Date                      Special Notes
       ----                          -----------                  -------------
<S>    <C>                          <C>                           <C>
1.     S.P. Richards                July 1, 1988                  Past Service Credit Granted
       Company


2.     Balkamp, Inc.                July 1, 1988                  Past Service Credit Granted.

3.     NAPA, Inc.                   July 1, 1988                  Past Service Credit Granted.

4.     Motion                       (See Note Below)              Past Service Credit Granted
       Industries, Inc.

</TABLE>

Special Note on Motion Industries, Inc.

On or about January 1, 1984, Genuine Parts Company acquired Motion Industries,
Inc. ("Motion").  Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire was on or
after January 1, 1984, became participants in the Genuine Parts Company Pension
Plan after satisfying the age and service requirements under such Plan.
Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire was prior to January 1, 1984,
elected either to (1) continue their participation in the Motion Industries,
Inc. Profit Sharing Plan or (2) to participate in the Genuine Parts Company
Pension Plan.  Effective January 1, 1990, the Motion Profit Sharing Plan was
terminated.  Employees of Motion who participated in the Motion Profit Sharing
Plan on





<PAGE>   82


December 31, 1989, and who were employed by Motion on January 1, 1990, became
eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan effective as
of January 1, 1990.

Employees of Motion who participated in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan
on July 1, 1988, began their participation under the Genuine Partnership Plan
on July 1, 1988.  Employees who first became eligible to participate in the
Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan on January 1, 1990, commenced participation
in the Genuine Partnership Plan on January 1, 1990.

In either case, employees of Motion who began participation in the Genuine
Partnership Plan on July 1, 1988, or January 1, 1990, received credit for
vesting purposes under the Genuine Partnership Plan for their years of
employment with Motion.

Please note that employees hired by Motion on or after January 1, 1984, became
eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan and Genuine
Partnership Plan in accordance with the same rules applicable to all employees
of Genuine Parts Company.  The staggered entry dates of July 1, 1988, and
January 1, 1990, apply to those employees who worked for Motion prior to
January 1, 1984.





<PAGE>   83

                                   SCHEDULE B

                 Credit for Service with Predecessor Employers


I.     General Rule - No Past Service.  Unless otherwise identified in Part II
below, an Employee will not receive Credited Service or Years of Eligibility
Service under this Plan for any purpose.  Instead (unless otherwise required by
law) Hours of Service worked for a predecessor employer prior to the
Designation Date shall be ignored.

II.    Definition of Past Service Credit.  If Employees who were previously
employed by a predecessor employer are granted past service credit (as noted
below), such Employees who are employed by an Employer on the Designation Date
shall receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan
beginning with the employment commencement date with the predecessor employer,
but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service and Breaks in
Service set forth in this Plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Extent of Credit for Service
       Name                                 Designation Date         with Predecessor Company  
       ----                                 ----------------       ----------------------------
<S>    <C>                                       <C>                <C>
1.     Odell Hardware Company                    7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       ("Odell")

2.     Clark Siviter                             7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted

3.     Brooks-Noble Parts                        7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       & Machine Co., Inc.

4.     General Automotive Parts                  7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       Company and its subsidiaries
       ("General Automotive")

5.     Standard Units Parts                      7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       Corporation including
       its subsidiary Manco,
       Inc. ("Standard Units
       Parts")

6.     NAPA Des Moines                           7/1/88             Past Service Credit Granted
       Warehouse ("Des Moines")
</TABLE>


III.   Participants employed by the following predecessor employers shall not
receive Past Service Credit as of the date the predecessor employer was
acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company.  However, after an employee
of such predecessor employer





<PAGE>   84


becomes a Participant in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Section
3.01, such Participant shall receive Credited Service for all employment with
such predecessor employer.  Such Credited Service may be forfeited or
disregarded in accordance with the definition of Credited Service set forth in
Article II.  Furthermore, no Credited Service shall be granted for employment
with a predecessor employer if the granting of such Credited Service will
adversely impact the tax qualified status of the Plan.

[None as of the Effective Date]

              Name                                   Employment Date
              ----                                   ---------------




<PAGE>   85

                                   SCHEDULE C

                            Prior Employer Accounts






<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.12




                             GENUINE PARTS COMPANY


                                  PENSION PLAN


               (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1989
                       UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN)
<PAGE>   2


                             GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

                                  PENSION PLAN


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                 <C>               
ARTICLE I - INTRODUCTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1

         1.01 History of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1                   
         1.02 New Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1                   
         1.03 Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      1                   
         1.04 Accrued Benefits Under This Plan and Under Prior Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      2                   
         1.05 Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      2                   
                                                                                                                        
ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3

         2.01 Accrued Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3                   
         2.02 Act or ERISA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4                   
         2.03 Actuarial Equivalent  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4                   
         2.04 Actuary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4                   
         2.05 Affiliate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4                   
         2.06 Alternate Death Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      4                   
         2.07 Annuity Starting Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      5                   
         2.08 Anticipated Social Security Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      5                   
         2.09 Authorized Absence  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6                   
         2.10 Average Earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6                   
         2.11 Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      7                   
         2.12 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8                   
         2.13 Break in Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8                   
         2.14 Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8                   
         2.15 Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8                   
         2.16 Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8                   
         2.17 Cost of Living Factor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8                   
         2.18 Credited Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8                   
         2.19 Delayed Retirement Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      9                   
         2.20 Disability Retirement Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      9                   
         2.21 Earnings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10                   
         2.22 Earliest Retirement Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10                   
         2.23 Early Retirement Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10                   
         2.24 Effective Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11                   
         2.25(a) Eligible Employee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11                   
         2.25(b) Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11                   
         2.26 Employer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11                   
         2.27 Employment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11                   
         2.28 Fiduciary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11                   
</TABLE>

                                     - i -

<PAGE>   3


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                 <C>                    
         2.29 Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11                     
         2.30 Highly Compensated Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12                     
         2.31 Hours of Service  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12                     
         2.32 Insurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13                     
         2.33 Normal Retirement Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13                     
         2.34 Normal Retirement Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13                     
         2.35 Participant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13                     
         2.36 Participating Employer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13                     
         2.37 Pension Committee or Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14                     
         2.38 Permanent Disability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14                     
         2.39 Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14                     
         2.40 Plan Administrator or Administrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14                     
         2.41 Plan Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14                     
         2.42 Predecessor Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14                     
         2.43 Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15                     
         2.44 Prior Plan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15                     
         2.45 Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15                     
         2.46 Retirement Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15                     
         2.47 Safekeeping Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15                     
         2.48 Spouse  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     15                     
         2.49 Termination Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16                     
         2.50 Treasury Regulations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16                     
         2.51 Trust or Trust Agreement or Trust Fund or Fund  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     16                     
         2.52 Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17                     
         2.53 Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     17                     
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE III - PARTICIPATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     18

ARTICLE IV - RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     19

         4.01 Normal Retirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     19                    
         4.02 Early Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     20                    
         4.03 Permanent Disability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     21                    
         4.04 Delayed Retirement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     22                    
         4.05 Termination of Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     23                    
         4.06 Suspension of Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     24                    
         4.07 Reduction of Benefit in Certain Cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     26                    
         4.08 Increase in Benefits for Retired Participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     28                    
         4.09 Minimum Benefit of Prior Plans  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     28                    
         4.10 Grandfathered Retirement Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     28                    
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE V - DEATH BENEFITS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     30

         5.01 Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     30                   
         5.02 Alternate Death Benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     31                   
</TABLE>                                                                      




                                    - ii -
<PAGE>   4


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                 <C>                
         5.03 Death After Normal Retirement Date but Prior to Delayed Retirement Date . . . . .     34                    
         5.04 Death On or After the Annuity Starting Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35                    
         5.05 Purchase of Insurance Policies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     35                    
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE VI - OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     37

         6.01 Automatic Forms of Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     37                    
         6.02 Optional Forms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     37                    
         6.03 Special Distribution Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     39                    
         6.04 Small Payments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41                    
         6.05 Application For Commencement of Benefits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41                    
         6.06 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41                    
         6.07 Direct Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     41                    
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE VII - METHOD OF FINANCING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44

         7.01 Establishment of Trust Fund . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44                   
         7.02 Employer Contributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44                   
         7.03 Participant Contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44                   
         7.04 Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     44                   
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE VIII - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     46

         8.01 Named Fiduciaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     46                    
         8.02 Board of Directors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     46                    
         8.03 Trustee(s)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     47                    
         8.04 Safekeeping Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     47                    
         8.05 Insurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     47                    
         8.06 Pension Committee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     47                    
         8.07 Standard of Fiduciary Duty  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     50                    
         8.08 Indemnification of Committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     50                    
         8.09 Claims Procedure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     50                    
         8.10 Appointment of Investment Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     51                    
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     53

         9.01 Amendment of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     53                   
         9.02 Termination of the Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     53                   
         9.03 Restriction on Certain Benefits and Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     55                   
         9.04 Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     56                   
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE X - MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59

         10.01 Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59                   
         10.02 Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59                   
         10.03 Spendthrift Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59                   
         10.04 Legally Incompetent, Minors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59                   
         10.05 Discrimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     59                   
</TABLE>                                                                      



                                    - iii -
<PAGE>   5


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                 <C>                
         10.06 Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     60                    
         10.07 Compliance with Applicable Laws  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     60                    
         10.08 Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     60                    
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE XI - SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING SAFEKEEPING TRUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     61

ARTICLE XII - TOP HEAVY RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     62

         12.01 General Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     62                   
         12.02 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     62                   
         12.03 Minimum Accrued Benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     63                   
         12.04 Form of Benefit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     64                   
         12.05 Nonforfeitability of Employer Top-Heavy Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     64                   
         12.06 Minimum Vesting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     64                   
         12.07 Combined Plan Limitation For Top Heavy Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     65                   
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE XIII - MAXIMUM BENEFITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66

         13.01 General Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66                    
         13.02 Combined Plan Limitations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66                    
         13.03 Grandfather Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66                    
         13.04 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     66                    
                                                                                                                       
ARTICLE XIV - HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70

         14.01 In General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70                   
         14.02 Highly Compensated Employees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70                   
         14.03 Former Highly Compensated Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     70                   
         14.04 Family Aggregation Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     71                   
         14.05 Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     72                   
         14.06 Other Methods Permissible  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     73                   
</TABLE>                                                                      





                                    - iv -
<PAGE>   6


                             GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
                                  PENSION PLAN
              (AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1989)


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  INTRODUCTION

1.01        History of the Plan.  Prior to January 1, 1984, the Company
            maintained the Predecessor Plans covering different groups of its
            employees.  Effective January 1, 1984, the Predecessor Plans were
            merged together in accordance with Code Section 414(l) to form the
            Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan (the "Prior Plan").  The Prior
            Plan assumed all liabilities for retirement benefits accrued prior
            to January 1, 1984 under the merged plans.  The Prior Plan was
            maintained as a plan meeting the requirements of qualification
            under Code Section 401(a).

1.02        New Plan.  Effective January 1, 1989, the Prior Plan is continued
            in an amended and restated form as set forth in its entirety in
            this document for the purpose of complying with the provisions of
            the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended and
            maintaining qualification under Section 401(a) of the Internal
            Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  S.P. Richards Company, Balkamp,
            Inc., NAPA, Inc. and Motion Industries, Inc. will also adopt this
            document as Participating Employers

1.03        Effective Date.  The Plan shall be effective January 1, 1989 except
            as described below or as otherwise provided herein:

            (a)     Section 2.03 relating to the actuarial assumptions used in
                    the Plan shall be effective January 1, 1987;

            (b)     Section 2.08 relating to a Participant's Anticipated Social
                    Security Benefits shall be effective January 1, 1987, but
                    only for those Employees who accrue an Hour of Service on
                    or after that date;

            (c)     Sections 2.18(g), 4.04, and 4.06 relating to the accrual of
                    benefits beyond age 65 shall be effective January 1, 1988,
                    but only for those Employees who accrue an Hour of Service
                    on or after that date;

            (d)     Section 2.21, the definition of Earnings, shall be
                    effective July 1, 1988;

            (e)     Section 2.34, the definition of Normal Retirement Age,
                    shall be effective January 1, 1988;
<PAGE>   7

            (f)     Article III which permits Employees who are hired on or
                    after their 60th birthday to participate in the Plan shall
                    be effective January 1, 1988, but only for those Employees
                    who accrue an Hour of Service on or after that date;

            (g)     Section 6.07 relating to Direct Rollovers shall be
                    effective January 1, 1993;

            (h)     Article XIII relating to maximum benefit levels shall be
                    effective January 1, 1987; and,

            (i)     Article XIV, defining a Highly Compensated Employee, is
                    effective January 1, 1987.

1.04        Accrued Benefits Under This Plan and Under Prior Plan.  Only
            Participants who earn an Hour of Service after the Effective Date
            shall have their Accrued Benefit determined under the provisions of
            this Plan.  All other Participants shall have their Accrued Benefit
            determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Prior
            Plan.  However, all Participants who have an Accrued Benefit under
            the Plan or Prior Plan shall receive a distribution of their
            Accrued Benefit in accordance with this Plan.

1.05        Purpose.  The purpose of this Plan (and the Trust Agreement) is to
            reward the loyal and efficient services of the Employees and to
            stimulate in them an interest in the successful operation of the
            Company's business by providing the benefits of a qualified
            retirement plan.  This Plan shall be maintained for the exclusive
            benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries and shall be
            administered and interpreted in accordance with such purpose.





                                    - 2 -
<PAGE>   8

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  DEFINITIONS


2.01         Accrued Benefit.


             (a)        In General.  For purposes of this Plan, the term
                        "Accrued Benefit" shall mean the Participant's
                        Projected Retirement Income multiplied by a fraction.
                        The numerator of the fraction is the Participant's
                        actual years of Credited Service.  The denominator of
                        the fraction is the Participant's projected years of
                        Credited Service assuming the Participant had
                        terminated his Employment on his Normal Retirement
                        Date.  The Projected Retirement Income of a Participant
                        with fifteen or more years of Credited Service is the
                        Participant's Retirement Income as determined in
                        Section 4.01(b) assuming the Participant terminated his
                        Employment on his Normal Retirement Date and based on
                        his Average Earnings as of his termination of
                        Employment.  The Projected Retirement Income of a
                        Participant with less than fifteen years of Credited
                        Service is the Participant's Retirement Income as
                        determined in Section 4.01(c) assuming the Participant
                        terminated his Employment on his Normal Retirement Date
                        and based on his Average Earnings as of his termination
                        of Employment.


             (b)        $200,000 Earnings Limit.  Effective January 1, 1989,
                        the Plan must limit Earnings during a Plan Year
                        (including Plan Years before and after January 1, 1989)
                        to $200,000, adjusted annually by the Cost of Living
                        Factor (see Plan Section 2.21).  Notwithstanding the
                        $200,000 limit, a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall
                        not be less than the Participant's Accrued Benefit as
                        of December 31, 1988 (determined without regard to the
                        new $200,000 limit).


             (c)        $150,000 Earnings Limit.  Effective January 1, 1994,
                        the Plan must limit Earnings during a Plan Year
                        (including Plan Years before and after January 1, 1994)
                        to $150,000, adjusted annually by the Cost of Living
                        Factor (see Plan Section 2.21).  Notwithstanding the
                        $150,000 limit, a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall
                        not be less than the greater of:

                        (1)  the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of December
                             31, 1993, (determined without regard to the new
                             $150,000 limit but after application of the
                             $200,000 limit of paragraph (b)) plus the





                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>   9

                             Participant's Accrued Benefit earned after
                             December 31, 1993 (determined with the $150,000
                             limit); or,

                        (2)  the Participant's Accrued Benefit for all years of
                             Credited Service both before and after December
                             31, 1993 (determined with the $150,000 limit).


2.02        Act or ERISA shall mean Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee
            Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended
            from time to time.


2.03        Actuarial Equivalent shall mean a benefit of equivalent value
            computed in accordance with the actuarial assumptions described
            below.  These actuarial assumptions shall be effective as of
            January 1, 1987.

            (a)     The UP 1984 Mortality Table without any adjustments.

            (b)     An effective annual interest rate of 8%, except that for
                    purposes of calculating single sum values, the rate shall
                    be determined under 2.03(c) below.

            (c)     For purposes of computing single sum values, the interest
                    rate shall be the interest rate which would be applied by
                    the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for purposes of
                    determining the present value of the Participant's benefits
                    under the Plan if the Plan had terminated on January 1 of
                    the applicable Plan Year with insufficient assets to
                    provide benefits guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty
                    Corporation on that date.


2.04        Actuary shall mean an Actuary selected by the Company (or a firm of
            Actuaries) who is enrolled under Subtitle C of Title III of the
            Act.


2.05        Affiliate shall mean the Company and any corporation which is a
            member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code
            Section 414(b)) which includes the Company; any trade or business
            which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c))
            with the Company; any organization which is a member of an
            affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which
            includes the Company; and any other entity required to be
            aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code
            Section 414(o).


2.06        Alternate Death Benefit shall have that meaning as defined in
            Section 5.02.





                                     - 4 -
<PAGE>   10


2.07        Annuity Starting Date shall mean the earliest of the following
            dates:

                    (i) For Participants who terminate their Employment and
                    commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.01,
                    the Participants' Normal Retirement Date;

                    (ii) For Participants who terminate their Employment and
                    commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.02,
                    the Participants' Early Retirement Date;

                    (iii) For Participants who are Permanently Disabled and
                    commence to receive Retirement Income under Schedule D, the
                    Participant's Disability Retirement Date as defined in
                    Schedule D;

                    (iv) For Participants who terminate their Employment and
                    commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.04,
                    the Participants' Delayed Retirement Date; and

                    (v) For Participants who terminate their Employment with
                    less than 15 years of Credited Service and are therefore
                    entitled to a Retirement Income under Section 4.05, the
                    Participants' Normal Retirement Date.


2.08        Anticipated Social Security Benefit shall mean the estimated
            monthly primary insurance amount which is or will become payable to
            a Participant at the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age
            (as defined in Code Section 415(b)(8)), based on the Social
            Security Act in effect on the date of determination of the benefit,
            without taking into account any undetermined future automatic
            adjustments in (i) benefits and (ii) the contribution and benefit
            base, and on uniform rules adopted by the Committee, assuming:

            (a)     that his Earnings at date of determination of his benefit
                    under the Plan remains in effect thereafter to his Social
                    Security Retirement Age; and

            (b)     the earnings test for purposes of determining eligibility
                    for the Social Security benefit shall not apply.

            The Anticipated Social Security Benefit shall become fixed as of
            the Participant's Retirement, or, if earlier, the date on which his
            Employment terminates (most recent date of termination for a
            reemployed employee).


            In determining a Participant's Anticipated Social Security Benefit,
            the Committee shall estimate the Participant's compensation for all
            years prior to the





                                     - 5 -
<PAGE>   11

            Participant's Termination Date.  The Participant's estimated
            compensation shall be determined by applying a salary scale (six
            percent (6%) per annum), projected backwards, to the Participant's
            Earnings at the time of the Participant's Termination Date.

            Each Participant shall have the right to have his Anticipated
            Social Security Benefit computed on the basis of the Participant's
            actual salary history instead of using the Participant's estimated
            compensation.  If the Participant supplies his actual salary
            history within a reasonable period of time following the
            Participant's Termination Date or, if later, following the date the
            Participant receives notice of his right to supply actual salary
            history, the Participant's Retirement Income will be adjusted based
            on the Participant's actual salary history.

            After the Participant's Termination Date, the Plan Administrator
            shall notify the Participant of his right to supply actual salary
            history and the financial consequences of failing to provide such
            salary history.  Such notice shall state that actual salary history
            can be obtained from the Social Security Administration.  In
            addition, the Plan Administrator shall provide written notice to
            each Participant of the right to supply actual salary history at
            the time a summary plan description is provided to the Participant.

            This Section 2.08 shall be effective January 1, 1987 but only for
            those Participants with an Hour of Service on or after that date.


2.09        Authorized Absence shall mean any temporary layoff or any absence
            authorized by the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel
            practices provided that all persons under similar circumstances
            must be treated alike in the granting of such Authorized Leaves of
            Absence and provided further that the Participant returns within
            the period of authorized absence.  An absence due to service in the
            Armed Forces of the United States shall be considered an Authorized
            Absence to the extent required by federal law.  Employees on
            Authorized Absence will be deemed to be in active Employment for
            purposes of Credited Service (but not for other purposes such as
            eligibility for the Alternate Death Benefit).


2.10        Average Earnings shall mean the average of the Participant's
            monthly Earnings for the highest five (5) calendar years of
            Employment out of the last complete ten (10) calendar years of
            Employment (or during total Employment if less) immediately
            preceding the Participant's Termination of Employment.  Average
            Earnings shall be determined by dividing the total Earnings
            received by the Participant during the appropriate five (5)
            calendar year period by the number of months for which he received
            Earnings in such period.  If the Participant's





                                     - 6 -
<PAGE>   12

            Earnings in the calendar year in which the Participant terminates
            Employment will increase the Participant's Average Earnings, such
            Earnings shall be counted as part of the Participant's 10 complete
            calendar years of Employment.


2.11        Beneficiary shall have the following meaning:


            (a)     Unmarried Participants, may designate any individual(s),
                    trust(s), estate(s), partnership(s), corporation(s) or
                    other entity or entities as Beneficiaries in accordance
                    with procedures established by the Committee to receive any
                    distribution to which the Participant is entitled under the
                    Plan in the event of the Participant's death.  The
                    Committee may require certification by a Participant in any
                    form it deems appropriate of the Participant's marital
                    status prior to accepting or honoring any Beneficiary
                    designation.  Any Beneficiary designation by an unmarried
                    Participant shall be void if the Participant revokes the
                    designation or marries.  Any Beneficiary designation by an
                    unmarried Participant shall also be void to the extent that
                    it conflicts with the terms of a qualified domestic
                    relations order.

                    If an unmarried Participant fails to designate a
                    Beneficiary or if the designated Beneficiary fails to
                    survive the Participant and the Participant has not
                    designated a contingent Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall
                    be the surviving descendants of the Participant (who shall
                    take per stirpes) and if there are no surviving
                    descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's
                    estate.  For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the
                    term "descendants" shall include any persons adopted by a
                    Participant or by any of his descendants.

            (b)     A married Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse
                    unless the Participant has designated a non-Spouse
                    Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) with the written consent of
                    his Spouse given in the presence of a notary public on a
                    form provided by the Committee, or unless the terms of a
                    qualified domestic relations order require payment to a
                    non-Spouse Beneficiary.  A married Participant's
                    designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary in accordance with
                    the preceding sentence shall remain valid until revoked by
                    the Participant or until the Participant marries a Spouse
                    who has not consented to a designation in accordance with
                    the preceding sentence.

                    For the purposes of this Section, revocation of prior
                    Beneficiary designations will occur when a Participant; (i)
                    files a valid designation with the Committee, or (ii) files
                    a signed statement with the Committee evidencing his intent
                    to revoke any prior designations.





                                     - 7 -
<PAGE>   13


2.12        Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.


2.13        Break in Service shall occur if the Employee ceases to be employed
            by the Employer and does not resume employment for seven or more
            consecutive years.


2.14        Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  A
            reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such
            provision and any applicable Treasury Regulation pertaining
            thereto.


2.15        Company shall mean Genuine Parts Company and its successors or
            assigns who adopt this Plan.


2.16        Contributions shall mean the Employer contributions to the Fund
            made in accordance with Article VII.


2.17        Cost of Living Factor shall mean the cost of living factor
            prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury under section 415(d) of
            the Code for years beginning after December 31, 1987, as applied to
            such items and in such manner as the Secretary may provide.


2.18        Credited Service shall mean the number of years of service as an
            Employee of Employer (with proportionate allowance for fractional
            years) both before and after the Effective Date which shall be
            measured in accordance with the following rules:

            (a)     Except as provided below, an Employee shall receive
                    Credited Service for the elapsed time of his Employment
                    from the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour
                    of Service for the Employer to his Termination Date.  If an
                    Employee has a Termination Date and is subsequently
                    rehired, such Employee shall again receive Credited Service
                    (subject to the Break in Service rules set forth below)
                    beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of
                    Service on or after his reemployment and ending on his
                    subsequent Termination Date.

            (b)     Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment
                    which precedes a Break in Service if as of the first day of
                    the Break in Service,





                                     - 8 -
<PAGE>   14

                    the Employee is not entitled to a nonforfeitable Retirement
                    Income under Section 4.05.

            (c)     Credited Service shall not include any period of service as
                    an Employee of Employer during which an Employee is a
                    member of a collective bargaining unit whose Employees are
                    covered by a retirement or pension plan to which Employer
                    contributes (other than this Plan) except to the extent
                    provided in 4.07.

            (d)     Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment
                    with a Participating Employer prior to its designation as a
                    Participating Employer or any period of employment with a
                    predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer
                    except to the extent provided in Schedules A and B.

            (e)     An Employee's service with an Affiliate shall be considered
                    Employment with the Employer; provided, however, that any
                    benefit payable under this Plan shall be reduced on an
                    Actuarial Equivalent basis by 100% of the value of any
                    benefits received or payable from any qualified employee
                    benefit plan maintained by such Affiliate.

            (f)     Credited Service shall not include any period of service in
                    the military; except to the extent such service is required
                    to be credited under applicable federal law.

            (g)     Credited Service shall not be reduced or discontinued
                    merely because the Participant attains his Normal
                    Retirement Age.  This provision is effective January 1,
                    1988 for each Employee who earns an Hour of Service on or
                    after that date.

            (h)     Prior to January 1, 1988, Employees who were hired on or
                    after their 60th birthday were not eligible to participate
                    in the Plan.  Any such Employee who accrues an Hour of
                    Service on or after January 1, 1988 shall, subject to the
                    rules set forth in this Section 2.18, receive Credited
                    Service for their entire period of Employment.


2.19        Delayed Retirement Date shall mean for a Participant who continues
            his Employment beyond his Normal Retirement Date, the first day of
            the month coincident with or immediately following such
            Participant's termination of Employment.


2.20        Disability Retirement Date.  See Schedule D.





                                     - 9 -
<PAGE>   15


2.21        Earnings shall be determined in accordance with the following
            rules:

            (a)     Except as provided below, Earnings means the Participant's
                    total compensation including wages, salaries, and other
                    amounts received for personal services actually rendered in
                    the course of Employment (including commissions, overtime
                    and bonuses).  However, Earnings shall NOT include
                    reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits
                    (cash and non cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation
                    and welfare benefits.  Earnings SHALL include any
                    compensation which is not includible in the Participant's
                    gross income by reason of Code Section 402(a)(8) (Employee
                    pre-tax contributions to the Genuine Partnership Plan),
                    Code Section 125 (Employee salary deferrals under the
                    Genuine Parts Company Section 125 Plan), and Code Sections
                    402(h), 457(b) and 414(h)(2) (none of which currently apply
                    to the Company).

            (b)     Effective for January 1, 1989, the Plan shall not take into
                    account more than $200,000 in Earnings for any Plan Year
                    (including Plan Years prior to January 1, 1989).  The
                    $200,000 limit will be adjusted annually by the Cost of
                    Living Factor.  However, any increase in the $200,000 limit
                    shall apply only to Earnings taken into account for the
                    Plan Year in which the increase is effective and shall not
                    apply retroactively.  In no event will the $200,000 limit
                    described above reduce a Participant's Accrued Benefit as
                    of December 31, 1988.

            (c)     Effective for January 1, 1994, the Plan shall not take into
                    account more than $150,000 in Earnings for any Plan Year
                    (including Plan Years prior to January  1, 1994).  The
                    $150,000 limit will be adjusted annually by the Cost of
                    Living Factor.  However, any increase in the $150,000 limit
                    shall apply only to Earnings taken into account for the
                    Plan Year in which the increase is effective and shall not
                    apply retroactively.  In no event will the $150,000 limit
                    described above reduce a Participant's Accrued Benefit as
                    of December 31, 1993.


2.22        Earliest Retirement Age shall mean the Participant's Normal
            Retirement Date.  However, if the Participant has 15 or more years
            of Credited Service, the Participant's Earliest Retirement Age
            shall be the first day of the month coincident with or immediately
            following the date the Participant attains (or would have attained)
            his Early Retirement Date.


2.23        Early Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month
            coincident with or immediately following the day on which the
            Participant (i) completes fifteen (15)





                                     - 10 -
<PAGE>   16

            years of Credited Service and has attained age fifty-five (55) and
            (ii) actually terminates his Employment.


2.24        Effective Date shall mean January 1, 1989.


2.25     (a)     Eligible Employee shall mean, except for those Employees
         identified in the following sentence, all Employees employed by the
         Employer.  The following Employees shall not be considered Eligible
         Employees:  (i) any employee included in a collective bargaining unit
         for which a labor organization is recognized as collective bargaining
         agent unless such employee has been designated by the Committee as an
         "Eligible Employee" for the purposes of this Plan, (ii) any Employee
         who is a nonresident alien and who does not receive earned income from
         the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United
         States, or (iii) any "leased employee," within the meaning of Code
         Section 414(n)(2), with respect to the Employer.

         (b)     Employee  shall mean any person employed by or on Authorized
         Absence from the Employer, and any person who is a "leased employee"
         within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(2) with respect to the
         Employer.  However, if such "leased employees" constitute less than 20
         percent of the Employer's combined non-highly compensated work force,
         within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(1)(C)(ii), the term
         "Employee" shall not include "leased employees" covered by a plan
         described in Code Section 414(n)(5).


2.26        Employer shall mean the Company and any Participating Employer.
            All Participating Employers are listed on Schedule A.


2.27        Employment shall mean the active service of an Employee with the
            Employer.  Employment with a Participating Employer prior to its
            designation as a Participating Employer and employment with a
            predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer shall be
            counted as employment with the Employer only to the extent provided
            Schedules A or B.


2.28        Fiduciary shall mean a party named as a Fiduciary in Section 8.01.
            Any party shall be considered a fiduciary of the Plan only to the
            extent of the powers and duties specifically allocated to such
            party under the Plan.


2.29        Fund shall mean the money and other properties held and
            administered by the Trustee in accordance with the Plan and Trust
            Agreement.  It is expressly





                                     - 11 -
<PAGE>   17

            intended that multiple trust funds may be established under this
            Plan, which together shall comprise the Fund hereunder.  See
            Section 2.51 and Schedule C.


2.30        Highly Compensated Employee.  See Article XIV.


2.31        Hours of Service shall mean:

            (a)     Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                    payment, for performance of duties for an Employer or
                    Employers.

            (b)     Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                    payment, by an Employer or Employers, on account of a
                    period of time during which no duties are performed
                    (irrespective of whether the employment relationship is
                    terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
                    (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty,
                    or an Authorized Absence; provided that in no event, shall
                    an Employee receive credit for more than 501 Hours of
                    Service for any single continuous period of non-working
                    time.  However, no Hours of Service shall be granted for
                    any direct or indirect payment or for any entitlement to
                    payment if (i) such payment is made or due under a plan
                    maintained solely for the purpose of complying with
                    applicable worker's compensation laws, unemployment laws or
                    disability insurance laws or (ii) such payment is intended
                    to reimburse an employee for his or her medical or
                    medically related expenses.

            (c)     Each hour for which an Employee is on an Authorized Absence
                    by reason of:  (i) the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii)
                    birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) placement of a
                    child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of
                    the child by the Employee, or (iv) caring for a child
                    referred to in paragraphs (i) through (iii) immediately
                    following birth or placement.  Hours credited under this
                    paragraph shall be credited at the rate of 10 hours per
                    day, 45 hours per week but shall not, in the aggregate,
                    exceed the number of hours required to prevent the Employee
                    from incurring a Break in Service under Code Section
                    410(a)(5) (a maximum of 501 hours) during the first
                    computation period in which a Break in Service would
                    otherwise occur.

            (d)     Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
                    damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or
                    Employers.

            (e)     In lieu of the foregoing, an Employee who is not
                    compensated on an hourly basis (such as salary, commission
                    or piecework Employees) shall be credited with 45 Hours of
                    Service for each week (or ten Hours of





                                     - 12 -
<PAGE>   18

                    Service for each day) in which such Employee would be
                    credited with Hours of Service if hourly paid.  However,
                    this method of computing Hours of Service may not be used
                    for any Employee whose Hours of Service is required to be
                    counted and recorded by any Federal Law, such as the Fair
                    Labor Standards Act.  Any such method must yield an
                    equivalency of at least 1,000 hours per computation period.

            The following rules shall apply in determination of whether an
            Employee completes an "Hour of Service":

                    1.       The same hours shall not be credited under
                             subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, as the case
                             may be, and subparagraph (d) above; nor shall the
                             same hours credited under subparagraphs (a)
                             through (d) above be credited under subparagraph
                             (e) above;

                    2.       The rules relating to determining Hours of Service
                             for reasons other than the performance of duties
                             and for crediting Hours of Service to particular
                             periods of employment shall be those rules stated
                             in Department of Labor Regulations Title 29,
                             Chapter XXV, Subchapter C, part 2530, Sections
                             200b2(b) and 200b2(c), respectively.


2.32        Insurer shall mean a legal reserve life insurance company which
            issues a policy of life insurance or a group annuity contract under
            the Plan.


2.33        Normal Retirement Age shall mean the Participant's 65th birthday
            or, if later, the fifth anniversary of the date the Participant
            commenced participation in the Plan.

2.34        Normal Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month
            coincident with or next following the Participant's Normal
            Retirement Age.

2.35        Participant shall mean an Employee who becomes eligible to
            participate in the Plan as provided in Article III.

2.36        Participating Employer shall mean any corporation and any other
            entity that is designated by the Committee as a Participating
            Employer under the Plan.  See Section 9.04 for provisions relating
            to a Participating Employer's adoption of this Plan.  All
            Participating Employers, groups of employees designated as
            participating in the Plan by such Participating Employers (if not
            all employees), and the effective date of each Company's
            designation as a Participating Employer shall be specified in
            Schedule A.





                                     - 13 -
<PAGE>   19


2.37        Pension Committee or Committee shall mean the committee of persons
            appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with
            the terms of Article VIII.

2.38        Permanent Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition of a
            Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental
            disorder which (i) for a Participant who is not in active
            Employment on or after January 1, 1993, entitles the Participant to
            Social Security disability benefits or (ii) for a Participant who
            is in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993, results in the
            Participant receiving long term disability benefits under The
            Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan.  A Participant's
            Permanent Disability will end on the date the Participant is no
            longer receiving disability benefits (i) under Social Security for
            a Participant who is not in active Employment on or after January
            1, 1993, or (ii) under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term
            Disability Plan for a Participant who is in active Employment on or
            after January 1, 1993.

2.39        Plan shall mean the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan as set forth
            in this document together with any subsequent amendments hereto.

2.40        Plan Administrator or Administrator shall mean the committee of
            persons appointed by the Board pursuant to Article VIII to
            administer the Plan.  The committee of such persons shall also be
            known as the Pension Committee and all references in the Plan to
            the Plan Administrator shall be deemed to apply to the Pension
            Committee and vice versa.  The committee of such persons is hereby
            designated as the "Administrator" of the Plan within the meaning of
            Section 3(16) of the Act and as the agent for the service of legal
            process for the purposes of Section 102(b) of the Act.

2.41        Plan Year shall be the calendar year.

2.42        Predecessor Plans shall mean the following qualified defined
            benefit plans established prior to January 1, 1984 for employees of
            the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Name of Plan                                        Effective Date                      
                      ------------                                        --------------                       
               <S>                                                           <C>                
               Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan                            01/01/74

               S. P. Richards Company Pension Plan                           01/01/56

               General Automotive Parts Pension Plan                         01/01/64
                   (which does not include union
                   employees covered under the plan
                   of Union Automotive Association of
                   St. Louis, Inc. or any successor
                   thereto)
</TABLE>





                                     - 14 -
<PAGE>   20


<TABLE>
               <S>                                                           <C>
               Pension Plan for the Employees of                             01/01/65
                   Standard Unit Parts Corporation
                   (including Manco, Inc., an
                    associate employer)

               Retirement Plan for Employees of                              01/01/63
                   Balkamp, Inc. (which includes
                   NAPA Headquarters employees)

               Restated NAPA Des Moines Warehouse                            08/13/74
</TABLE>

2.43        Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall have that meaning as defined
            in Section 5.01.

2.44        Prior Plan shall mean the Genuine Parts Company Plan as in effect
            on the day preceding the Effective Date.

2.45        Retirement shall mean the date the Participant actually ceases
            Employment for Early Retirement, Normal Retirement, Delayed
            Retirement or (prior to January 1, 1993) Disability Retirement,
            whichever is applicable.

2.46        Retirement Income shall mean any amount payable to or on behalf of
            a Participant, Beneficiary or Spouse in accordance with the
            provisions of the Plan.

2.47        Safekeeping Trust shall have the meaning described in Section
            11.01.

2.48        Spouse shall mean, as of any applicable date, a person who:

            (a)     was married to a Participant in a religious or civil
                    ceremony recognized under the laws of the state where the
                    marriage was contracted;

            (b)     was married to the Participant on the Participant's Annuity
                    Starting Date; and

            (c)     for purposes of Article V (Death Benefits) was married to
                    the Participant throughout the one-year period ending on
                    the Participant's death.

            A Participant shall not be considered married to another person as
            a result of any common law marriage whether or not such common law
            marriage is recognized by applicable state law.  The Participant's
            Spouse as of the Participant's Annuity Starting Date shall continue
            to be the Participant's Spouse for purposes of this Plan (unless
            otherwise provided in a qualified domestic relations order)
            notwithstanding the subsequent death or divorce of such Spouse and
            the remarriage of the Participant.





                                     - 15 -
<PAGE>   21


2.49        Termination Date shall mean the first to occur of the following
            events:

            (a)     Voluntary resignation from service of the Employer; or

            (b)     Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer;
                    or

            (c)     Retirement; or

            (d)     Death; or

            (e)     Permanent Disability; or

            (f)     The first anniversary of the date the Employee ceases
                    Employment for any reason not described above (e.g.,
                    vacation, holiday, sickness, disability (but not disability
                    retirement described in Schedule D), leave of absence, or
                    layoff).

            If, however, an Employee terminates his Employment on account of an
            event described in paragraphs (a) - (c) above and the Employee
            performs an Hour of Service within twelve months following such
            termination of Employment (or such lesser period as provided in
            Treasury Regulation Section 1.410(a)-7(d)(iii)(B)), the Employee
            shall be considered as having been in active Employment during such
            period of absence.  An Employee on Authorized Absence will not have
            a Termination Date earlier than the end of such Authorized Absence.

2.50        Treasury Regulations shall mean regulations pertaining to certain
            Sections of the Code as issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

2.51        Trust or Trust Agreement or Trust Fund or Fund shall refer to the
            Fund established pursuant to one or more agreements of trust
            entered into between the Employer and one or more trustees
            (sometimes referred to as sub-trusts), which governs the creation
            and maintenance of the Fund, and all amendments thereto which may
            hereafter be made.  References to Trust and Trust Agreement shall
            include the Safekeeping Trust described in Section 11.01.  It is
            expressly intended that multiple sub-trusts may be established
            under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Trust Fund
            hereunder and that all of the sub-trusts shall be considered to be
            a single trust fund for purposes of Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1) of
            the Treasury Regulations.  The term Trust Fund shall also be deemed
            to include any fund existing pursuant to any deposit administration
            or group annuity contract between the Company and/or the Trustee
            and an Insurer.  Each trust agreement or contract with an Insurer
            established pursuant to this Plan shall be listed on Schedule C.





                                     - 16 -
<PAGE>   22


2.52        Trustee shall mean any institution or individual(s) who shall
            accept the appointment of the Committee to serve as Trustee
            pursuant to the Plan.

2.53        Defined Terms.  A defined term, such as "Retirement," will normally
            govern the definitions of derivatives therefrom, such as "Retire,"
            even though such derivatives are not specifically defined and even
            if they are or are not initially capitalized.  The masculine
            gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the
            feminine gender, unless the context clearly indicates to the
            contrary.  Singular and plural nouns and pronouns shall be
            interchangeable as the factual context may allow or require.  The
            words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and other similar compounds
            of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not
            to any particular provision or Section.





                                     - 17 -
<PAGE>   23

                                  ARTICLE III

                                 PARTICIPATION

3.01        Each Employee who was a Participant under the Prior Plan on the day
            prior to the Effective Date and who is employed by an Employer on
            the Effective Date shall participate in this Plan on the Effective
            Date.

3.02        After the Effective Date each Employee shall participate in the
            Plan on the first day (assuming the Participant is still an
            Employee on such date) to occur after such Employee attains age 21
            and completes an eligibility computation period in which such
            Employee has 1,000 Hours of Service.

            An Employee's first eligibility computation period shall be the 12
            consecutive months following the commencement of his Employment.
            If the Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during his
            first eligibility computation period, then his second eligibility
            computation period shall be the Plan Year which commences on the
            January 1 following his initial date of hire.  If an Employee shall
            fail to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during his second
            eligibility computation period, then each successive Plan Year
            shall be the eligibility computation period.

3.03        A Participant shall participate in the Plan for so long as the
            Participant remains an Employee.  If a Participant ceases to be an
            Employee and is later rehired, he shall resume participation in the
            Plan as of the date of rehire.

3.04        Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Employee shall
            participate in the Plan during any period in which such Employee is
            a member of a collective bargaining unit whose Employees are
            covered by a retirement or pension plan to which Employer
            contributes (other than this Plan).  If any Employee shall cease to
            be a member of such a collective bargaining unit and shall remain
            in the employ of Employer, then such Employee shall become a
            Participant in this Plan as of the first day of the month
            coinciding with or next following the earliest date on which such
            Employee has attained the age of 21 and completed a twelve month
            period of Employment during which such Employee has not less than
            1,000 Hours of Service, and for such purpose all actual Employment
            of Employee shall be counted including employment during the period
            in which such Employee was a member of such bargaining unit.  See
            Section 4.07 concerning reduction in benefits in certain cases in
            which Employment is counted as provided in the preceding sentence.

3.05        Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to
            be retained in the Employer's employ, nor shall any Employee, upon
            dismissal from or voluntary termination of his Employment, have any
            right or interest in the Fund, except as herein provided.





                                     - 18 -
<PAGE>   24

                                   ARTICLE IV

                         RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS

4.01        Normal Retirement.

            (a)     A Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date is
                    entitled to receive an annual Retirement Income beginning
                    on his Normal Retirement Date payable in monthly
                    installments in the form described in Article VI.  A
                    Participant who has attained Normal Retirement Age shall
                    become 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit.

            (b)     The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who
                    retires on his Normal Retirement Date with 15 or more years
                    of Credited Service and who elects to receive his benefit
                    in the form of a Life Annuity Option shall be the greater
                    of (A) and (B) where:

                    (A)      is 30% of the Participant's Average Earnings; and

                    (B)      is the applicable percentage of the Participant's
                             Average Earnings on his Normal Retirement Date
                             less 50% of the Participant's monthly Anticipated
                             Social Security Benefit.  The applicable
                             percentage of the Participant's Average Earnings
                             shall be determined by the following table:





                                     - 19 -
<PAGE>   25


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Participant's Years                                  Participant's Years
   of Credited Service                                  of Credited Service
      as of Normal           Percentage of                 as of Normal            Percentage of 
     Retirement Date       Average Earnings               Retirement Date        Average Earnings
   -------------------     ----------------             -------------------      ----------------
           <S>                   <C>                            <C>                    <C>
           15....................40.0%                          31.....................48.0%
           16....................40.5%                          32.....................48.5%
           17....................41.0%                          33.....................49.0%
           18....................41.5%                          34.....................49.5%
           19....................42.0%                          35.....................50.0%
           20....................42.5%                          36.....................50.5%
           21....................43.0%                          37.....................51.0%
           22....................43.5%                          38.....................51.5%
           23....................44.0%                          39.....................52.0%
           24....................44.5%                          40.....................52.5%
           25....................45.0%                          41.....................53.0%
           26....................45.5%                          42.....................53.5%
           27....................46.0%                          43.....................54.0%
           28....................46.5%                          44.....................54.5%
           29....................47.0%                          45 or more.............55.0%
           30....................47.5%
</TABLE>

            (c)     Any Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date
                    with less than 15 years of Credited Service and who elects
                    the Life Annuity Option shall be entitled to a monthly
                    Retirement Income equal to 30% of the Participant's Average
                    Earnings multiplied by a fraction.  The numerator of the
                    fraction is the Participant's months of Credited Service as
                    of his Normal Retirement Date, but not in excess of 180.
                    The denominator of the fraction is 180.

4.02        Early Retirement.

            (a)     Each Participant who has attained age 55 and who has
                    completed at least 15 years of Credited Service may elect
                    early retirement.  A Participant who takes early retirement
                    shall receive a monthly Retirement Income in the form
                    described in Article VI beginning on his Early Retirement
                    Date.

            (b)     The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who
                    elects to begin receiving his Retirement Income prior to
                    his Normal Retirement Date shall be determined in the same
                    manner as his monthly Retirement Income would be determined
                    under Section 4.01, except that his Average Earnings and
                    Credited Service shall be calculated as of his Early
                    Retirement Date.  Furthermore the Retirement Income
                    computed above shall be reduced by one-half of one percent
                    (.005) for each complete





                                     - 20 -
<PAGE>   26

                    month that the Participant's Early Retirement Date precedes
                    his Normal Retirement Date.

            (c)     The Committee may from time to time provide in its sole
                    discretion that Participants who meet specified age and
                    service requirements (or other applicable requirements
                    established by the Committee) will be permitted to retire
                    during specified periods and will receive a retirement
                    benefit based on additional years of Credited Service,
                    without the reduction described in paragraph (b) above or
                    based on other factors and adjustments as determined by the
                    Committee.  The Committee's decision will be described in
                    Schedule E to this Plan.  All such special retirements will
                    be communicated to the affected Participants but shall have
                    no effect to the extent such adjustments or other factors
                    result in a retirement benefit that adversely affects the
                    qualified status of the Plan under Code Section 401(a)(4).

4.03     Permanent Disability.

         (a)     This Section 4.03 shall apply to any Participant who is in
                 active Employment on or after January 1, 1993.  Any
                 Participant who is not in active Employment with an Employer
                 on or after January 1, 1993, (including any Participant who is
                 not in active Employment on such date but who has a
                 Termination Date before, on, or after January 1, 1993) and who
                 becomes Permanently Disabled is governed by Schedule D and not
                 this Section 4.03.

         (b)     A Participant who prior to his cessation of active Employment:
                 (i)  completes one year of Credited Service and (ii) becomes
                 Permanently Disabled shall be entitled to the provisions of
                 this Section 4.03.  If a Participant has not completed one
                 year of Credited Service prior to his cessation of active
                 Employment, the Participant shall not be entitled to a
                 Retirement Income under this Plan.  If the Participant becomes
                 Permanently Disabled after his cessation of active Employment,
                 the Participant's Retirement Income, if any, shall be
                 determined in accordance with Sections 4.01, 4.02 or 4.05.

         (c)     The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who is
                 Permanently Disabled shall be determined in the same manner as
                 his monthly Retirement Income would be determined under
                 Section 4.01 assuming the Participant continued to earn
                 Credited Service during his Period of Disability and assuming
                 the Participant's Average Earnings as of the date of his
                 Permanent Disability remained unchanged.  A Participant's
                 "Period of Disability" shall commence on the date he became
                 Permanently Disabled and shall end on his Normal Retirement
                 Date or, if earlier, the date benefits commence under Section
                 4.02.





                                     - 21 -
<PAGE>   27


         (d)     If a Participant has earned at least 15 years of Credited
                 Service (including the Participant's years of Credited Service
                 earned during his Period of Disability) and the  Participant
                 has attained age 55, the Participant may elect to receive
                 Disability Retirement benefits prior to his Normal Retirement
                 Date.  If the Participant receives benefits prior to his
                 Normal Retirement Date, his Retirement Income shall be
                 computed as provided in Section 4.02 including a reduction of
                 the Participant's Retirement Income for each complete month
                 that the Participant's Early Retirement Date precedes his
                 Normal Retirement Date.

         (e)     If the Participant ceases to be Permanently Disabled prior to
                 the commencement of benefits under this Plan, the Participant
                 shall nevertheless receive Credited Service for his Period of
                 Disability (which ends on the date the Participant's Permanent
                 Disability ceases).

         (f)     If a Participant described in paragraph (b) dies prior to the
                 commencement of benefits under this Plan and while he is
                 Permanently Disabled, the Participant's Spouse shall be
                 entitled to a Spouse's Benefit pursuant to Article V based
                 upon the Participant's Credited Service that the Participant
                 would have had if the Participant had remained in active
                 Employment until his death and based on the Participant's
                 Average Earnings in effect prior to his Permanently
                 Disability.

4.04      Delayed Retirement.

          (a)      After the Effective Date, any Participant who attains his
                   Normal Retirement Age may remain in the active employ of the
                   Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Age, provided,
                   however, that an Employee may not remain in the active
                   employ of the Employer if the Employer can, under the terms
                   of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, require the
                   Employee to retire at his Normal Retirement Age and the
                   Employer wishes the Employee to do so.

          (b)      A Participant who retires on his Delayed Retirement Date is
                   entitled to receive a Retirement Income beginning on his
                   Delayed Retirement Date payable in monthly installments.

          (c)      The monthly Retirement Income payable at a Participant's
                   Delayed Retirement Date will be paid in the form described
                   in Article VI.  Such Retirement Income shall be the greater
                   of the following amounts:

                (i)     The Retirement Income payable to the Participant
                        determined in the same manner as his Normal Retirement
                        Income would be determined





                                     - 22 -
<PAGE>   28

                        under Section 4.01, but using the Participant's Average
                        Earnings and Credited Service as of his Delayed
                        Retirement Date, or

               (ii)     The Retirement Income the Participant would have
                        received assuming the Participant had retired on his
                        Normal Retirement Date actuarially increased from the
                        Participant's Normal Retirement Date to the
                        Participant's Delayed Retirement Date.  For this
                        purpose, the Participant's Delayed Retirement Date
                        shall be deemed to be such Participant's birthday which
                        is coincident with or immediately preceding the
                        Participant's actual Delayed Retirement Date.

          (d)      The Retirement Income computed under Section 4.04(c) shall
                   be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any Retirement
                   Income previously paid to the Participant under Section 6.03
                   (mandatory distributions after age 70-1/2) to the extent
                   permitted by Code Section 411(b)(1)(H)(iii).

          (e)      This Section 4.04, which permits the accrual of Credited
                   Service for employment after Normal Retirement Age shall be
                   effective as of January 1, 1988 for any Employee who accrues
                   one or more Hours of Service on or after January 1, 1988.

4.05      Termination of Employment.

          (a)      A Participant who terminates Employment with the Employer
                   prior to his Retirement and prior to the completion of three
                   years of Credited Service shall not be entitled to receive
                   any Retirement Income under the Plan.

          (b)      A Participant with at least three years of Credited Service
                   who terminates his Employment for any reason other than his
                   Retirement or death shall be entitled to the monthly
                   Retirement Income described below payable in accordance with
                   Article VI commencing on his Normal Retirement Date
                   (provided he is then alive).

          (c)      The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant
                   described in Section 4.05(b) or to any Participant who makes
                   the election described in Section 4.02(c) shall equal the
                   product of (1) and (2), where:

                   (1)  is such Participant's Accrued Benefit as of his
                        Termination Date; and

                   (2)  is the applicable percentage based on completed years
                        of Credited Service in accordance with the following
                        table:





                                     - 23 -
<PAGE>   29


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Complete Years
                 of Credited Service               Percent of Monthly
                 at Termination Date                 Benefit Payable 
                 -------------------               ------------------
                    <S>                                  <C>
                    Less than 3                          0%
                          3                              20%
                          4                              40%
                          5                              60%
                          6                              80%
                      7 or more                          100%
</TABLE>

            (d)     Upon attaining age 55, a Participant who has completed at
                    least 15 years of Credited Service as of his Termination
                    Date may elect to receive a monthly Retirement Income
                    commencing on his Early Retirement Date or on the first day
                    of any month after his Early Retirement Date but in no
                    event later than his Normal Retirement Date, whichever the
                    Participant elects.  Such Retirement Income shall be
                    computed in the same manner his Retirement Income would be
                    determined under Section 4.02 (including the reduction for
                    each complete month that the commencement of such benefits
                    precedes the Participant's Normal Retirement Date).  An
                    election to receive benefits under this paragraph shall be
                    in writing on such form as the Committee may prescribe and
                    shall be delivered to the Committee not later than 60 days
                    prior to the date such Participant desires payments to
                    commence in accordance with this paragraph.

            (e)     If a Participant terminates his Employment on account of
                    death, any benefit payable to the Participant's Beneficiary
                    shall be determined in accordance with Article V.

4.06        Suspension of Benefits.

            (a)     This Section 4.06 shall apply to any Participant who has a
                    Termination Date under the provisions of this Plan, (ii)
                    was receiving or was entitled to receive Retirement Income
                    hereunder and returns to Employment with Employer, and
                    (iii) is anticipated to receive Credited Service hereunder
                    after his reemployment.  Such Participant shall be subject
                    to the following provisions:

                    (1)      The Participant shall not be entitled to receive
                             (if payments were being made) during such period
                             of reemployment any Retirement Income to which the
                             Participant might otherwise be entitled to receive
                             under this Plan; provided, however, that
                             Retirement Income will not be suspended if it is
                             anticipated that the





                                     - 24 -
<PAGE>   30

                             Participant will not normally accrue 1000 Hours of
                             Service during a Plan Year after reemployment;

                    (2)      The Participant shall be treated like any other
                             Participant who terminated Employment and was
                             rehired (ignoring the fact that he may have
                             retired and was receiving Retirement Income) and
                             for all purposes under the Plan shall be given
                             credit for Credited Service earned after
                             reemployment and prior to his subsequent
                             Termination Date.  The period during which he was
                             retired or was not employed by the Employer shall
                             not be included as Credited Service.

                    (3)      If the Participant dies during the time of his
                             reemployment and such Employee had previously
                             received Retirement Income, then any death benefit
                             payable to the Participant's Beneficiary shall be
                             determined under the form of payment previously
                             elected by the Participant pursuant to Article VI,
                             after recomputing the Participant's Retirement
                             Income as described in subparagraph (4) below.  If
                             the Participant had not previously received
                             Retirement Income, then any death benefit shall be
                             determined under Article V of the Plan (after
                             recomputing the Participant's Credited Service and
                             Earnings before and after his reemployment).  The
                             death benefits so determined shall be reduced by
                             the Actuarial Equivalent value of any Retirement
                             Income previously received by the Participant.

                    (4)      The Retirement Income payable on the Participant's
                             subsequent termination of Employment shall be made
                             under the form of payment in effect (if any) prior
                             to his reemployment and shall equal the greater of
                             (i) or (ii) below.  However, a Participant's
                             Accrued Benefit earned after his Normal Retirement
                             Age shall not be offset by more than the amounts
                             permissible under Proposed Treasury Regulation
                             Section 1.411(b)-2(b)(4) or any successor
                             regulation thereto.

                          (i)        The Retirement Income payable to the
                                     Participant determined in accordance with
                                     Article IV based upon his Average Earnings
                                     before his prior termination of Employment
                                     and after his rehire (to the extent
                                     permitted under the definition of Average
                                     Earnings) and by aggregating his Credited
                                     Service before his prior termination of
                                     Employment with his Credited Service after
                                     his rehire.  The Retirement Income so
                                     determined shall be reduced by the
                                     Actuarial Equivalent of any Retirement
                                     Income previously paid to the Participant.





                                     - 25 -
<PAGE>   31


                         (ii)        The monthly Retirement Income the
                                     Participant was receiving or was entitled
                                     to receive prior to his termination of
                                     Employment.  However, if the Participant's
                                     Retirement Income was suspended during his
                                     period of reemployment and such
                                     reemployment included Hours of Service
                                     after the Participant's Normal Retirement
                                     Date, the Participant's Retirement Income
                                     shall be actuarially increased for the
                                     period of time beginning on the later of
                                     the Participant's Normal Retirement Date
                                     or the date the Participant's Retirement
                                     Income was suspended and ending on the
                                     date his Retirement Income resumes.

            (b)     Conflict with Suspension of Benefit Regulations.  In no
                    event shall the determination under this Section 4.06 as to
                    when a reemployed Participant's Retirement Income may be
                    suspended be less favorable to the Participant than the
                    rules set forth in Department of Labor Regulation Section
                    2530.203-3.  In the event of any conflict between the
                    provisions of this Section 4.06 and said Regulation, the
                    provisions of said Regulation shall prevail.

4.07        Reduction of Benefit in Certain Cases.

            (a)     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any
                    Participant who reaches his Termination Date and who was
                    during any period of his Employment a member of a
                    collective bargaining unit whose employees were, during
                    such period, covered by a retirement, pension plan or group
                    contract to which Employer contributed or is responsible
                    (other than this Plan) which is qualified or intended to
                    qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code shall be entitled
                    to a Retirement Income computed in accordance with the
                    following rules:

                    (1)      Such Participant shall receive Credited Service
                             for all actual service in the employ of the
                             Employer in accordance with the rules of paragraph
                             2.18 and for purposes of 2.18(c) there shall be
                             included as Credited Service any service during
                             any period in which such Participant was a member
                             of a collective bargaining unit whose employees
                             were, during such period, covered by a retirement
                             or pension plan to which Employer contributed
                             (other than this Plan).

                    (2)      The amount of the benefit to which such
                             Participant is entitled shall be computed in
                             accordance with 4.01, 4.02, 4.03 (or Schedule D as
                             applicable), 4.04, 4.05 or Article V (whichever is
                             applicable), but shall be reduced on an Actuarial
                             Equivalent basis





                                     - 26 -
<PAGE>   32

                             by 100% of the value of any retirement,
                             termination, disability, or death benefits payable
                             to such Participant from such other retirement or
                             pension plan which are attributable to the
                             contributions of Employer.  The Pension Committee
                             shall be empowered to adopt rules which shall be
                             applied on a uniform basis to all Employees
                             similarly situated for the determination of
                             benefits under this Section 4.07.

            (b)     Any Participant who is granted Credited Service for benefit
                    accrual purposes for any period of employment with any
                    predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer
                    or during any period of employment with a Participating
                    Employer prior to its designation as a Participating
                    Employer shall be entitled to a benefit the amount of which
                    shall be computed in accordance with 4.0l, 4.02, 4.03 (or
                    Schedule D), 4.04, 4,05 or Article V (whichever is
                    applicable) but shall be reduced on an Actuarial Equivalent
                    basis by l00% of the value of any retirement, termination,
                    disability, or death benefits received or payable from the
                    pension or retirement plan of such predecessor business or
                    of such Participating Employer.

            (c)     Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any
                    monthly Retirement Income payable under this Plan to the
                    Participant or his Beneficiary shall be reduced by the
                    amount of any benefits received by a Participant under the
                    Workers' Compensation laws of any State to the extent such
                    benefits are attributable to Employment with the Employer.
                    No offset, however, shall be made for the following:

                    (i)      Worker's Compensation payments specifically
                             allocated for hospitalization or medical expenses
                             (i.e., if not specifically allocated, the payment
                             will be treated as not attributable to
                             hospitalization or medical expense); or

                    (ii)     Worker's Compensation payments applicable to
                             periods prior to the date the Participant ceased
                             active employment with the Employer.

                    For the purpose of this Section 4.07, Worker's Compensation
                    benefits include periodic payments, lump sum payments and
                    payments made in settlement of actual or disputed Worker's
                    Compensation claims.  Where an amount is paid to a
                    Participant in a single sum, no further payments shall be
                    paid hereunder until the total amount of the monthly
                    payments otherwise payable hereunder equals the amount of
                    such single sum payment.  Thereafter, payments hereunder
                    shall resume.





                                     - 27 -
<PAGE>   33


4.08        Increase in Benefits for Retired Participants.  The Committee may
            from time to time declare an increase in the monthly Retirement
            Income payable to retired Participants, Spouses, or Beneficiaries
            by reason of a former Participant's taking Early, Normal, Delayed,
            or (prior to January 1, 1993) Disability Retirement during any
            given calendar year designated by the Company.  The class of former
            Participants to whom such increase applies; the amount of such
            increase; the time when such increase becomes effective; and any
            other relevant information shall from time to time be set forth on
            the records of the Committee.

4.09        Minimum Benefit of Prior Plans.  Notwithstanding any contrary
            provision of this Plan, in no event shall any Participant's
            Retirement Income Under this Plan be less than the Participant's
            benefit that he had accrued under the terms of any Predecessor
            Plan, or under the terms of the Prior Plan.

4.10        Grandfathered Retirement Benefits.  Any Participant who (a) was a
            Participant in any of the Predecessor Plans on December 31, 1983,
            (b) attained the age of 55 on or prior to January 1, 1984, and (c)
            retires on or after January 1, 1984 under Section 4.01, 4.02 or
            4.04 shall automatically receive a Retirement Income hereunder
            which is the greater of (i) and (ii) where:

                    (i)      is the Retirement Income otherwise provided under
                             Section 4.01, 4.02 or 4.04, whichever is
                             applicable, and

                    (ii)     is the benefit such Participant would have
                             received under his respective Predecessor Plan
                             assuming that the benefit formula in such
                             Predecessor Plan as in effect on December 31, 1983
                             had remained in effect until such Participant's
                             Retirement.  For this purpose, the benefit formula
                             of the Predecessor Plan shall reflect current
                             requirements of law and limitations of law (e.g.,
                             current covered compensation tables, limitations
                             of Code Section 401(a)(4), Code Section 415, Code
                             Section 401(a)(17), etc.).

            For purposes of determining whether any such Participant may retire
            under Section 4.02 and this Section 4.10, any such Participant who
            does not meet the age or service condition to elect Early
            Retirement may nonetheless retire under Section 4.02 and this
            Section 4.10 if he would have met the age and service early
            retirement conditions of his respective Predecessor Plan assuming
            such Predecessor Plan as in effect on December 31, 1983 had
            remained in effect until such Participant's Retirement.  For
            purposes of determining such grandfathered retirement benefits, the
            Predecessor Plans as in effect on December 31, 1983, are attached
            hereto as Schedule F:


                                         S.P. Richards Company Pension Plan





                                     - 28 -
<PAGE>   34


                                        General Automotive Parts Pension Plan

                                        Pension Plan for Employees of Standard
                                        Unit Parts Corporation

                                        Retirement Plan for Employees of
                                        Balkamp, Inc.

                                        Restated NAPA Des Moines Warehouse
                                        Pension Plan.

            The following modifications in the Plan shall apply to those
            Participants who are eligible for grandfathered retirement benefits
            under this Section 4.10:

                 (i)         The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan for a
                             Participant eligible for grandfathered retirement
                             benefits under the General Automotive Parts
                             Pension Plan shall mean such Participant's 62nd
                             birthday.

                (ii)         Participants eligible for grandfathered retirement
                             benefits under the S.P. Richards Company Pension
                             Plan may elect to receive their Retirement Income
                             in the form of a five years certain and life
                             option in addition to the other optional forms
                             provided in Article VI.  However, the election of
                             the five years and certain benefit option shall be
                             subject to the provisions of Section 6.02.





                                     - 29 -
<PAGE>   35

                                   ARTICLE V

                                 DEATH BENEFITS

5.01        Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

            (a)     Except as provided in Section 5.02, if a married
                    Participant with three (3) or more years of Credited
                    Service dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, the
                    Participant's Spouse shall be entitled to a monthly
                    Retirement Income known as a "Pre-Retirement Survivor
                    Annuity."  The amount of the Pre-Retirement Survivor
                    Annuity shall be determined under Section 5.01(b) or (c),
                    whichever is applicable.  The Pre-Retirement Survivor
                    Annuity shall commence as of the date determined under
                    Section 5.01(e).

            (b)     If the Participant dies after his Earliest Retirement Age,
                    the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal
                    50% of the monthly Retirement Income that the Participant
                    would have received assuming the Participant had retired on
                    the day before his death and elected to receive his
                    Retirement Income under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity.

            (c)     If the Participant dies on or before his Earliest
                    Retirement Age, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor
                    Annuity shall equal 50% of the monthly Retirement Income
                    that the Participant would have received assuming the
                    Participant (i) had separated from service on his
                    Termination Date; (ii) had survived until his Earliest
                    Retirement Age; (iii) had retired on his Earliest
                    Retirement Age and elected to receive his Retirement Income
                    under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity; and (iv) had died
                    on the next day.

            (d)     Notwithstanding (b) and (c) above, if during the 90 day
                    period preceding the Participant's Annuity Starting Date
                    the Participant had elected (with spousal consent) to
                    receive a Joint and Last Survivor Option (as described in
                    Section 6.02) with his Spouse as his Beneficiary, the
                    Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be
                    determined assuming the Participant had retired under the
                    Joint and Last Survivor Option instead of the Joint and 50%
                    Survivor Annuity.

            (e)     The Spouse may elect to receive the Pre-Retirement Survivor
                    Annuity commencing as of the date of the Participant's
                    deemed Retirement or as of the first day of any succeeding
                    month.  In no event will the Pre-Retirement Survivor
                    Annuity commence later than the date the Participant would
                    have attained his Normal Retirement Date or the first day
                    of the month following the Participant's death, if later.
                    The monthly Retirement Income of a delayed Pre-Retirement
                    Survivor Annuity shall equal the Actuarial Equivalent of a
                    Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity





                                     - 30 -
<PAGE>   36

                    commencing as of the date of the Participant's deemed
                    Retirement.  If the Spouse dies prior to the commencement
                    of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, no monthly
                    Retirement Income payments shall be made under this Section
                    5.01.

            (f)     If the Participant dies prior to terminating employment and
                    the Participant's Spouse is entitled to a Pre-Retirement
                    Survivor Annuity, such Spouse, after the Participant's
                    death, may elect to receive the Alternate Death Benefit
                    described in Section 5.02 in lieu of the Pre-Retirement
                    Survivor Annuity, provided the Participant had completed
                    five or more years of Credit Service prior to his death.

            (g)     If the Participant does not have three years of Credited
                    Service at the time of his death, if the Participant dies
                    without a Spouse, or if the Participant dies after his
                    Annuity Starting Date, neither the Participant's Spouse nor
                    the Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to
                    Retirement Income under this Section 5.01.

5.02        Alternate Death Benefit.

            (a)     The Alternate Death Benefit shall be paid to a
                    Participant's Beneficiary if the following conditions are
                    satisfied:

                          (i)        The Participant has earned 5 or more years
                                     of Credited Service;

                         (ii)        The Participant dies prior to terminating
                                     his Employment and prior to his Annuity
                                     Starting Date; and

                        (iii)        In the case of a married Participant,
                                     either (1) the Participant receives the
                                     notice described in Section 5.02(c), the
                                     Spouse consents to the Participant's
                                     election of the Alternate Death Benefit,
                                     and the Spouse agrees to waive the Pre-
                                     Retirement Survivor Annuity of Section
                                     5.01, or (2) following the Participant's
                                     death, the Spouse elects the Alternate
                                     Death Benefit in lieu of the
                                     Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

            (b)     The Alternate Death Benefit shall provide a monthly
                    Retirement Income payable to the Participant's Beneficiary
                    commencing on the first day of the month following the
                    Participant's death and continuing only for a specified
                    number of months as determined under the following table:





                                     - 31 -
<PAGE>   37


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Complete Years of
                    Credited Service at                     Number of
                       Date of Death                      Months Payable
                    -------------------                   --------------
                    <S>                                     <C>
                     5 but less than 10                     12.5
                    10 but less than 15                     25
                    15 or more                              50
</TABLE>


                    The monthly Retirement Income payable under the Alternate
                    Death Benefit shall be determined as follows:

                 (i)         If the Participant dies prior to his Normal
                             Retirement Date, the Beneficiary's Retirement
                             Income shall equal the greater of (A) 30% of the
                             Participant's current monthly Earnings or (B) 30%
                             of the Participant's Average Earnings.

                (ii)         If the Participant dies after his Normal
                             Retirement Date, the Beneficiary's Retirement
                             Income shall equal the Retirement Income the
                             Participant would have received if the Participant
                             had retired on the day before his death and
                             elected the Life Annuity Option.  However, in such
                             case the maximum number of payments as determined
                             pursuant to the table above shall be reduced by
                             the number of months that have elapsed since the
                             Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

            (c)     Prior to electing the Alternate Death Benefit and prior to
                    designating a non-Spouse Beneficiary, a married Participant
                    must receive a written explanation of the Pre-Retirement
                    Survivor Annuity.  Such explanation shall contain
                    comparable information as provided in the notice described
                    in Section 6.02(d).  The notice must be provided to the
                    Participant during the "Applicable Period".  The
                    "Applicable Period" shall mean whichever of the following
                    periods ends last:

                 (i)         The period beginning with the first Plan Year in
                             which the Participant attains age 32 and ending
                             with the close of the Plan Year in which the
                             Participant attains age 34; or

                (ii)         A reasonable period of time ending after the
                             Employee becomes a Participant.

                    However, the Committee may provide such notice to the
                    Participant prior to the Applicable Period.  If the
                    Participant receives the notice prior to the commencement
                    of the Applicable Period, a second notice must be given to
                    the Participant during the Applicable Period.





                                     - 32 -
<PAGE>   38


            (d)     The Participant's Spouse must consent in writing on a form
                    provided by the Plan Administrator in the presence of a
                    Notary Public or Plan representative to the Participant's
                    election of the Alternate Death Benefit and designation of
                    a non-Spouse Beneficiary, if any.  The Spouse's consent
                    must acknowledge the effect of such consent and must
                    specifically state the non-Spouse Beneficiary, if any,
                    selected by the Participant.  However, if the Participant
                    establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator
                    that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has
                    no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because
                    of other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury
                    Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's
                    election as an election for which spousal consent was
                    obtained.  A Spouse's consent, if given on or after the
                    Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35, shall be
                    irrevocable.  If, however, the Spouse's consent was given
                    prior to such Plan Year, the Spouse's consent shall be void
                    as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the
                    Participant attains age 35.  In such case, the Participant
                    may again elect the Alternate Death Benefit and select a
                    non-Spouse Beneficiary, provided the Participant's Spouse
                    consents to such election in the manner provided in this
                    Section 5.02(d).  The Spouse's consent shall then be
                    irrevocable.  The Participant's election of the Alternate
                    Death Benefit and the Spouse's consent to such election
                    shall constitute a waiver of the Pre-Retirement Survivor
                    Annuity.

            (e)     A married Participant may revoke his designation of the
                    Alternate Death Benefit and his designation of a non-Spouse
                    Beneficiary at any time prior to his death.  Furthermore,
                    the Participant's election shall cease to be valid upon the
                    remarriage of the Participant following the death or
                    divorce of the Spouse giving the consent to the non-Spouse
                    Beneficiary.  If the Participant revokes his election of a
                    non-Spouse Beneficiary or of the Alternate Death Benefit or
                    if such election otherwise ceases to be valid, any death
                    benefit payable shall be determined pursuant to Section
                    5.01.

            (f)     A married Participant may elect the Alternate Death Benefit
                    in lieu of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity at any time
                    before his Termination Date.  However, if the Participant's
                    Beneficiary is not entitled to receive the Alternate Death
                    Benefit by virtue of the Participant's failure to complete
                    five years of Credited Service or the Participant's death
                    following his Termination Date, the Participant's
                    Beneficiary for purposes of Article V shall be his Spouse
                    and any death benefit available to such Spouse shall be
                    determined pursuant to Section 5.01.

            (g)     In the event of the death of a Beneficiary who survives the
                    Participant and who, at his or her death, is receiving the
                    Alternate Death Benefit, the





                                     - 33 -
<PAGE>   39

                    remaining benefits, if any, shall be payable to a person
                    designated by the Participant to receive the remaining
                    benefits or, if no person was so designated, then to a
                    person designated by the Beneficiary of the deceased
                    Participant; provided, however, that if no person so
                    designated be living upon the occurrence of such
                    contingency, the remaining benefits, if any, shall be
                    payable to the Spouse of the deceased Participant, if
                    living; otherwise, to the descendants of the deceased
                    Beneficiary per stirpes; or if none, to the legal
                    representative of the estate of the deceased Beneficiary.

            (h)     The Beneficiary may, prior to the commencement of benefits
                    under this Section 5.02, request that the Alternate Death
                    Benefit be paid in the form of a lump sum.  Such lump sum
                    payment shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the
                    Beneficiary's Alternate Death Benefit.  The Plan
                    Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute the
                    Alternate Death Benefit in the form selected by the
                    Beneficiary.

5.03        Death After Normal Retirement Date but Prior to Delayed Retirement
            Date.

            (a)     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
                    contrary, any Participant who remains in Employment after
                    his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to elect an
                    optional death benefit in lieu of the death benefits
                    provided under Sections 5.01 or 5.02.  The Participant
                    shall elect such optional death benefit by selecting one of
                    the following options on a form provided by the Plan
                    Administrator for such purpose.

                 (i)         A death benefit equal to the monthly amount that
                             would have been paid to the Participant's
                             Beneficiary assuming the Participant had retired
                             on the first day of the month preceding his death
                             and had elected to receive Retirement Income under
                             the Ten Years Certain and Life Option (See Section
                             6.02(a)(i)).  Such death benefit shall be paid to
                             the Participant's Beneficiary for a period of ten
                             years commencing on the first day of the month
                             following the Participant's death.

                (ii)         A death benefit equal to the monthly amount that
                             would have been paid to the Participant's
                             Beneficiary assuming the Participant had retired
                             on the first day of the month preceding his death
                             and had elected to receive Retirement Income under
                             the Joint and Last Survivor Option (See Section
                             6.02(a)(ii)) with the Participant's Beneficiary
                             receiving 50%, 75%, or 100% (as designated by the
                             Participant) of the monthly Retirement Income
                             payable to the Participant during the
                             Participant's lifetime.  Such death benefit will
                             be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary for the





                                     - 34 -
<PAGE>   40

                             Beneficiary's lifetime beginning on the first day
                             of the month following the Participant's death.

            (b)     A married Participant's election of the optional death
                    benefit provided by this Section 5.03 shall be void unless
                    the Participant's Spouse (after receipt of the explanation
                    of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity described in Section
                    5.02(c)) consents in writing on a form provided by the Plan
                    Administrator in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan
                    representative to the Participant's election of such
                    optional death benefit.  The Spouse's consent must
                    acknowledge the effect of such consent and must
                    specifically state the non-Spouse beneficiary, if any,
                    selected by the Participant.  However, if the Participant
                    establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator
                    that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has
                    no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because
                    of other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury
                    Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's
                    election as an election for which spousal consent was
                    obtained.  A Spouse's consent pursuant to this paragraph
                    shall be irrevocable.

            (c)     A married Participant may revoke his election of the
                    optional death benefit provided by this Section 5.03 at any
                    time prior to his Delayed Retirement Date.  Furthermore,
                    the Participant's election to receive such optional death
                    benefit shall cease to be valid upon the remarriage of the
                    Participant following the death or divorce of the Spouse
                    giving the consent to such optional death benefit.  If the
                    Participant revokes his election or if such election
                    otherwise ceases to be valid, any death benefit payable to
                    the Participant's Spouse shall be determined pursuant to
                    Section 5.01 unless the married Participant, with his
                    Spouse's consent, elects the Alternate Death Benefit under
                    Section 5.02.

5.04        Death On or After the Annuity Starting Date.

            Neither the Participant's Spouse nor the Participant's Beneficiary
            shall be entitled to a Retirement Income under this Article V if
            the Participant dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date.
            Instead, any benefit payable to the Participant's Spouse or
            Beneficiary will be determined pursuant to Article VI.

5.05        Purchase of Insurance Policies.  The Committee may in its
            discretion direct the Trustee to purchase life insurance policies
            on the lives of Participants in amounts not exceeding the death
            benefits herein provided.  Any policy so purchased shall name the
            Trustee as the beneficiary and owner thereof.  The Committee shall
            select the Insurer or Insurers providing any such policies,
            establish the terms and conditions thereof, and the premiums
            payable therefor.  The Committee shall furnish the Trustee with
            properly completed application forms for its signature.  The
            Committee shall instruct the Trustee in all matters pertaining to
            any policy





                                     - 35 -
<PAGE>   41

            issued hereunder, including inter alia, the application of any
            dividends payable on any policy.  If the Committee shall so direct,
            the Trustee shall enter into agreements in such form as the
            Committee shall direct with an Insurer whereby the Insurer retains
            custody of any insurance policies issued hereunder.





                                     - 36 -
<PAGE>   42

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME

6.01        Automatic Forms of Payment.

            If a Participant does not have a Spouse on his Annuity Starting
            Date, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable under
            the Life Annuity Option described below unless the Participant
            otherwise elects under Section 6.02.  If a Participant has a Spouse
            on his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's Retirement Income
            shall be payable under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity described
            below unless the Participant (with spousal consent) otherwise
            elects under Section 6.02.

            (a)     Life Annuity Option is a monthly Retirement Income payable
                    during the Participant's lifetime, with payments ceasing
                    upon the Participant's death.

            (b)     Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity is a monthly Retirement
                    Income equal to the reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the
                    Life Annuity Option.  The Retirement Income shall be
                    payable to the Participant for his life, and upon the
                    Participant's death, 50% of such Retirement Income shall be
                    payable to the Participant's Spouse for the Spouse's life.
                    Such Retirement Income shall cease on the later of the
                    death of the Participant or the death of the Participant's
                    Spouse.

6.02        Optional Forms of Payment.

            (a)     Within 90 days prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting
                    Date, the Participant may elect to receive any of the
                    following optional forms of payment in lieu of the
                    automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01.  In
                    addition, a married Participant may designate a non-Spouse
                    Beneficiary to receive the Retirement Income, if any, that
                    is payable upon such Participant's death.

                          (i)        Ten Years Certain and Life Option is a
                                     monthly Retirement Income equal to the
                                     reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the Life
                                     Annuity Option.  The Retirement Income
                                     shall be payable to the Participant during
                                     his lifetime and, in the event of the
                                     Participant's death within a period of ten
                                     years after the commencement of benefits,
                                     the same monthly amount shall be payable
                                     to the Participant's Beneficiary for the
                                     remainder of such ten-year period.





                                     - 37 -
<PAGE>   43


                         (ii)        Joint and Last Survivor Option is a
                                     monthly Retirement Income equal to the
                                     reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the Life
                                     Annuity Option.  The Retirement Income
                                     shall be payable to the Participant for
                                     his life, and upon the Participant's
                                     death, a designated percentage (100%, 75%,
                                     or 50%) of the Participant's Retirement
                                     Income shall be payable to the
                                     Participant's Beneficiary for the
                                     Beneficiary's life.  Such Retirement
                                     Income shall cease on the later of the
                                     death of the Participant or the death of
                                     the Participant's Beneficiary.

            (b)     A married Participant's election to receive an optional
                    form of payment or to designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary
                    shall be valid only if the Participant's Spouse (after
                    receipt of the written explanation described in Section
                    6.02(d)) consents in writing on a form provided by the
                    Committee in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan
                    representative to the Participant's election.  The Spouse's
                    consent must acknowledge the effect of such consent and
                    must specifically state the non-Spouse beneficiary, if any,
                    selected by the Participant.  However, if the Participant
                    establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee that his
                    Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has no
                    Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because of
                    other circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury
                    Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's
                    election as an election for which spousal consent was
                    obtained.  A Spouse's consent pursuant to this paragraph
                    shall be irrevocable.

            (c)     A Participant may revoke his election of an optional form
                    of payment or make a new election (provided any required
                    spousal consent is obtained) at any time prior to his
                    Annuity Starting Date.  Furthermore, the Participant's
                    election shall cease to be valid upon the marriage of the
                    Participant or upon the remarriage of the Participant
                    following the death or divorce of the Spouse giving the
                    consent to the Participant's election.  If the Participant
                    revokes his election or if such election otherwise ceases
                    to be valid, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be
                    payable under the applicable automatic form of payment
                    described in Section 6.01.

            (d)     Prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Plan
                    Administrator shall provide an election form on which the
                    Participant may elect an optional form of benefit.  In
                    addition to the election form, the Plan Administrator shall
                    provide each Participant a written explanation of the
                    applicable automatic form of payment described in Section
                    6.01 and the optional forms of payment described in Section
                    6.02(a).  Such explanation should describe the
                    circumstances under which Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity
                    will be provided, and an explanation of the





                                     - 38 -
<PAGE>   44

                    financial effect of electing not to have such form.
                    Furthermore, the written explanation shall provide a
                    general description of the eligibility conditions (if any)
                    and other material features of the optional forms of
                    payment including sufficient information regarding the
                    relative values of the optional forms of payment and the
                    automatic form of payment.  If payment is scheduled to
                    commence prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Date,
                    the written explanation must also inform the Participant of
                    his right to defer receipt of the distribution until his
                    Normal Retirement Date.  If a Participant makes a request
                    for additional information that is received 90 days prior
                    to the Annuity Starting Date, such information must be
                    furnished within 30 days.  The Participant will then be
                    entitled to a 90-day period in which to make or change an
                    election, even if such 90-day period extends beyond the
                    Participant's Annuity Starting Date and, in such case, the
                    Participant's first payment shall be made after such
                    election form has been received, on a retroactive basis, if
                    necessary.

            (e)     If the Participant elects the Joint and Last Survivor
                    Option and the Participant's Beneficiary dies prior to the
                    Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's
                    election shall be null and void and, unless the Participant
                    makes another election or selects another Beneficiary (with
                    spousal consent if required), the Participant's Retirement
                    Income shall be payable in accordance with the applicable
                    automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01.

            (f)     If the Participant elects the Ten Year Certain and Life
                    Option and the Participant's Beneficiary fails to survive
                    the Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's
                    Spouse, if living, otherwise to the Participant's
                    descendants who shall take per stirpes.  If there are no
                    surviving descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the
                    Participant's estate.

6.03        Special Distribution Rules.

            (a)     In no event may the payment of Retirement Income commence
                    later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of
                    the Plan Year in which:

                    (i)      the Participant attains age 65;

                    (ii)     the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date the
                             Participant commenced participation in this Plan;
                             or

                    (iii)    the Participant's termination of Employment.

                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution to the
                    Participant shall commence not later than April 1 following
                    the calendar year in which the





                                     - 39 -
<PAGE>   45

                    Participant attains age 70-1/2 (the "required beginning
                    date").  However, if a Participant attained age 70-1/2
                    prior to January 1, 1988 and is not a 5% owner of an
                    Employer (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
                    Treasury Regulations thereunder), such Participant's
                    Retirement Income shall commence no later than April 1
                    following the calendar year in which he terminates his
                    Employment.

            (b)     The entire interest of each Participant in this Plan will
                    be distributed, beginning not later than the required
                    beginning date described in paragraph (a) above, over the
                    life of such Participant or over the lives of such
                    Participant and his beneficiary (or over a period not
                    extending beyond the life expectancy of such Participant or
                    the life expectancy of such Participant and his
                    beneficiary).

            (c)     If distribution of a Participant's interest has begun in
                    accordance with paragraph (b) above, and if the Participant
                    dies before his entire interest has been distributed to
                    him, then the remaining portion of such interest will be
                    distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
                    distribution being used under paragraph (b) as of the date
                    of the Participant's death.

            (d)     If a Participant dies before distribution of the
                    Participant's interest has begun in accordance with
                    paragraph (b) above, the entire interest of the Participant
                    must be distributed within five years after the death of
                    the Participant unless

                    (i)      any portion of the Participant's interest is
                             payable to or for the benefit of his beneficiary;

                    (ii)     such portion will be distributed over the life of
                             the beneficiary (or over a period not extending
                             beyond the life expectancy of the beneficiary);
                             and

                    (iii)    such distributions begin not later than one year
                             after the date of the Participant's death or such
                             later date as may be prescribed in Treasury
                             regulations.

            If the conditions stated in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are met,
            then the portion referred to in clause (i) shall be treated as
            distributed on the date on which distributions begin.  If the
            Beneficiary referred to in clause (i) above is the surviving spouse
            of the Participant, then the date on which the distributions are
            required to begin under clause (iii) above shall not be earlier
            than the date on which the Participant would have attained age
            70-1/2, and if the surviving spouse dies before distributions to
            such spouse begin, this paragraph shall be applied as if the
            surviving spouse were the Participant.





                                     - 40 -
<PAGE>   46


            The Participant's Beneficiary may elect whether the Participant's
            entire interest will be distributed within five years of the
            Participant's death or pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (i)
            - (iii) above.  Such election must be made within the time limits
            described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, C-4.  If
            no election is made, the Plan Administrator shall distribute the
            Participant's entire interest pursuant to the provisions of
            paragraphs (i) - (iii) above.

6.04        Small Payments.  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the
            contrary, the Plan Administrator shall pay a Participant's,
            Spouse's or Beneficiary's Retirement Income in a single lump sum
            if, as of the payment date, the Actuarial Equivalent present value
            of the Participants' vested Retirement Income is $3,500 or less and
            monthly Retirement Income payments to the Participant have not
            commenced.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan,
            the payment of any such lump sum shall act as a complete discharge
            of the Plan's obligation to provide any benefit to the Participant,
            his Spouse, or any Beneficiary of such Participant or Spouse.  In
            the event of the subsequent employment of a Participant who has
            received a single sum cash payment pursuant to this paragraph, such
            Participant shall continue to accrue a benefit under this Plan
            based on service before and after his date of reemployment subject
            to all the provisions of this Plan; provided, however, that any
            Retirement Income subsequently payable to the Participant and his
            Beneficiaries shall be reduced on an actuarial equivalent basis by
            the value of the single sum payment received under this paragraph.

6.05        Application For Commencement of Benefits.  A Participant must apply
            to have Retirement Income commence.  The application must be on the
            form prescribed by the Committee, and must be filed with the
            Committee not more than 90 days prior to the Participant's Annuity
            Starting Date.

6.06        Miscellaneous.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if
            the amount of any Retirement Income computed under the Plan is
            other than an even dollar amount, then the amount of the Retirement
            Income payable shall be increased to the next larger even dollar
            amount.

6.07        Direct Rollover.

           (a)   This section applies to distributions made on or after January
                 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
                 contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election
                 under this section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and
                 in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion
                 of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an
                 Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a
                 direct rollover.





                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>   47


           (b)   Definitions.

                 (i)   Eligible Rollover Distribution.  An Eligible Rollover
                       Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion
                       of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except
                       that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include
                       (i) any distribution that is one of a series of
                       substantially equal periodic payments (not less
                       frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
                       expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or
                       joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the
                       Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified
                       period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to
                       the extent such distribution is required under Section
                       401(a)(9) of the Code; and (iii) the portion of  any
                       distribution that is not includible in gross income
                       (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
                       unrealized appreciation with respect to employer
                       securities.)

                 (ii)  Eligible Retirement Plan.  An Eligible Retirement Plan
                       is an individual retirement account described in Section
                       408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity
                       described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan
                       described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified
                       trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that
                       accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover
                       Distribution.  However, in the case of an Eligible
                       Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an
                       Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement
                       account or individual retirement annuity.

                 (iii) Distributee.  A Distributee includes an Employee or
                       former Employee.  In addition, the Employee's or former
                       Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's or former
                       Employee's spouse or former spouse who is an alternate
                       payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as
                       defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees
                       with regard to the interest of the spouse or former
                       spouse.

                 (iv)  Direct Rollover.  A Direct Rollover is a payment by the
                       Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the
                       Distributee.

           (c)   If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417
                 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution
                 may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under
                 Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given,
                 provided that:

                 (i)   the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant
                       that the Participant has a right to a period of at least
                       30 days after receiving





                                     - 42 -
<PAGE>   48

                       the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to
                       elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
                       distribution option), and

                 (ii)  the Participant, after receiving the notice,
                       affirmatively elects a distribution.

           (d)   Application to Plan.  Life Annuity payments, Joint and 50%
                 Survivor Annuity payments, Ten Year Certain and Life Annuities
                 and Joint and Last Survivor Annuities are not Eligible
                 Rollovers and are not subject to the requirements of this
                 Section 6.07.  However, lump sum payments of small benefits
                 and certain death benefits (if paid over a period of time less
                 than 10 years) are subject to this Section 6.07 and may be
                 directly rolled over to another Eligible Retirement Plan





                                     - 43 -
<PAGE>   49

                                  ARTICLE VII

                              METHOD OF FINANCING

7.01        Establishment of Trust Fund.  The Board shall designate a Trustee
            or Trustee(s) to serve as herein provided and Trust Agreement(s)
            shall be executed between the Employer and such Trustee(s).  The
            Trust Agreement(s), the terms of which are incorporated by
            reference, shall govern the establishment of the Fund or Fund(s)
            from which the benefits provided by the Plan shall be paid.

7.02        Employer Contributions.  The Employer shall contribute to the Fund
            from time to time such amounts as the Board shall determine, based
            upon the recommendations of an Actuary, in order to fund the
            benefits provided hereunder on an actuarially sound basis.  All
            Employer contributions when made to the Fund and all property and
            funds of the Trust Fund, including income from investments and from
            all other sources, shall be retained for the exclusive benefits of
            Participants and Beneficiaries and shall be used to pay Retirement
            Income provided hereunder or to pay expenses of administration of
            the Plan and the Trust Fund provided, however, that the foregoing
            shall not prevent the Trustee from entering into agreement with an
            Insurer whereby the Insurer maintains custody of insurance policies
            in accordance with 5.04.

            Upon an Employer's request and to the extent permitted by the Code
            and other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, a
            contribution which was made by a mistake in fact, or conditioned
            upon the initial qualification of the Plan under Code Section
            401(a) or upon the deductibility of the contribution under Section
            404 of the Code shall be returned to the Employer within one year
            after the payment of the contribution, the denial of the Plan's
            initial qualification, or the disallowance of the deduction (to the
            extent disallowed) whichever is applicable.  All contributions to
            the Plan are expressly made upon the assumption such contributions
            are fully deductible for federal income tax purposes.

7.03        Participant Contributions.  No contributions shall be required of
            or permitted by any Participant under this Plan.

7.04        Miscellaneous.

            (a)     Any actuarial gains arising from actuarial experience under
                    the Plan shall be used to reduce the Employer contributions
                    and will not be used to increase any benefits payable under
                    this Plan.  No forfeiture arising from severance of
                    employment, death or for any other reason, shall be applied
                    to increase the benefits any Participant would otherwise
                    receive under the Plan at any time prior to the termination
                    of the Plan or the complete discontinuance of Employer
                    contributions hereunder, but all amounts so





                                     - 44 -
<PAGE>   50

                    forfeited shall be used as soon as possible to reduce the
                    Employer contributions under the Plan.

            (b)     No person shall have any interest in or right to the Fund
                    or any part thereof, except as expressly provided in the
                    Plan.





                                     - 45 -
<PAGE>   51

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

8.01        Named Fiduciaries.

            (a)     The following parties are named as Fiduciaries of the Plan
                    and shall have the authority to control and manage the
                    operation and administration of the Plan:

                    (1)      The Board;

                    (2)      The Trustee(s);

                    (3)      The Safekeeping Trustees;

                    (4)      The Pension Committee; and

                    (5)      The Insurer.

            (b)     The Fiduciaries named above shall have only the powers and
                    duties hereinafter expressly enumerated and shall have no
                    other powers and duties under the Plan.  In discharging
                    their powers and duties hereunder, the Fiduciaries shall
                    act in accordance with the Standard of Fiduciary Duty set
                    forth in 8.07.

8.02        Board of Directors.

            (a)     The Board shall have the following powers and duties with
                    respect to the Plan:

                    (1)      to formulate and to implement a funding policy
                             designed to produce sufficient funds to discharge
                             when due all obligations of the Plan with respect
                             to the benefits provided hereunder;

                    (2)      to cause the Employer to make contributions to the
                             Plan pursuant to the funding policy and based on
                             the recommendations of the Actuary in such amounts
                             as are necessary to fund the Plan on a basis
                             permitted under Section 302 of the Act;

                    (3)      to appoint and remove the members of the Pension
                             Committee as provided herein; and

                    (4)      to terminate the Plan in whole or in part pursuant
                             to the procedures provided hereunder.





                                     - 46 -
<PAGE>   52


            (b)     The Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board
                    shall have the power to amend any or all of the provisions
                    of the Plan.  (However, see 8.06(c) for certain amendment
                    powers granted to the Committee).

            (c)     The Board shall have no other responsibilities with respect
                    to the Plan.

8.03        Trustee(s).  The Trustee(s) shall exercise all of the powers and
            duties assigned to the Trustee(s) as set forth in the Trust
            Agreement(s).  The Trustee(s) shall have no other responsibilities
            with respect to the Plan.  (See Section 2.52 and Schedule C.)

8.04        Safekeeping Trustees.  The Safekeeping Trustees shall have the
            powers and duties set forth in Section 11.01 and in the Safekeeping
            Trust.  The Safekeeping Trustees shall have no other
            responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

8.05        Insurer.  An Insurer which issues an insurance policy under 5.04
            shall perform its obligations under any such policy in accordance
            with the terms thereof.  An Insurer which agrees to maintain
            custody of such policies in accordance with 5.04 shall hold and
            safeguard such policies subject to the provisions of the written
            agreement with the Trustee.  The Insurer shall have no other
            responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

8.06        Pension Committee.

            (a)     The Committee shall consist of not less than three
                    individuals who shall be appointed by and serve at the
                    pleasure of the Board.  Any Participant, officer, former
                    officer or director of any Employer shall be eligible to be
                    appointed a member of the Committee and all members shall
                    serve as such without compensation.  Upon termination of
                    his employment with such Employer or upon termination of
                    his position as a director, if not a Participant or former
                    officer, he shall cease to be a member of the Committee.
                    The Board shall have the right to remove any member of the
                    Committee at any time.  A member may resign at any time by
                    written notice to the Committee and the Board.  If a
                    vacancy in the Committee should occur, a successor shall be
                    appointed by the Board.  The Committee shall by written
                    notice keep the Trustee notified of current membership of
                    the Committee, its officers and agents.  The Committee
                    shall furnish the Trustee a certified signature card for
                    each member of the Committee and for all purposes hereunder
                    the Trustee shall be conclusively entitled to rely upon
                    such certified signatures.

            (b)     The Board shall appoint a Chairman and a Secretary from
                    among the members of the Committee.  All resolutions,
                    determinations and other actions shall be by a majority
                    vote of all members of the Committee.  The





                                     - 47 -
<PAGE>   53

                    Committee may appoint such agents, who need not be members
                    of the Committee, as it deems necessary for the effective
                    performance of its duties, and may delegate to such agents
                    such powers and duties, whether ministerial or
                    discretionary, as the Committee deems expedient or
                    appropriate.  The compensation of such agents shall be
                    fixed by the Committee; provided, however, that in no event
                    shall compensation be paid if such payment violates the
                    provisions of Section 406 of the Act and is not exempted
                    from such prohibitions by Section 408 of the Act.

            (c)     The Committee shall have complete control of the
                    administration of the Plan with all powers necessary to
                    enable it to properly carry out the provisions of the Plan.
                    In addition to all implied powers and responsibilities
                    necessary to carry out the objectives of the Plan and to
                    comply with the requirements of the Act, the Committee
                    shall have the following specific powers and
                    responsibilities:

                    (1)      to construe the Plan and Trust Agreement and to
                             determine all questions arising in the
                             administration, interpretation and operation of
                             the Plan;

                    (2)      to decide all questions relating to the
                             eligibility of Employees to participate in and to
                             receive benefits under the Plan and Trust
                             Agreement;

                    (3)      to determine the benefits of the Plan to which any
                             Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled;

                    (4)      to adopt procedures for providing adequate notice
                             in writing to any Participant or Beneficiary whose
                             claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, which
                             notice shall set forth the specific reasons for
                             such denial (written in a manner calculated to be
                             understood by the Participant or Beneficiary); and
                             to provide a procedure for affording a reasonable
                             opportunity to any Participant or Beneficiary
                             whose claim for benefits has been denied, a full
                             and fair review by the Committee of the decision
                             denying the claim;

                    (5)      to keep records of all acts and determinations of
                             the Committee, and to keep all such records, books
                             of accounts, data and other documents as may be
                             necessary for the proper administration of the
                             Plan;

                    (6)      to prepare and distribute to all Plan Participants
                             and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan
                             and their rights under the Plan, including, but
                             not limited to, all information which is required
                             to





                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>   54

                             be distributed by the Act, the regulations
                             thereunder, or by any other applicable law;

                    (7)      to file with the Secretary of Labor such reports
                             and additional documents as may be required by the
                             Act and regulations issued thereunder, including,
                             but not limited to, a plan description, summary
                             plan description, modifications and changes,
                             annual reports, terminal reports and supplementary
                             reports;

                    (8)      to file with the Secretary of the Treasury and the
                             Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation all reports
                             and information required to be filed by the
                             Internal Revenue Code, the Act and regulations
                             issued under each;

                    (9)      to do all things necessary to operate and
                             administer the Plan in accordance with its
                             provisions and in compliance with applicable
                             provisions of federal law;

                    (10)     to amend certain portions of this Plan as
                             specifically delegated to the Committee in this
                             Plan (e.g., any Schedule authorizing Affiliated
                             Sponsors to participate in the Plan, etc.), to
                             amend the Plan to comply with changes in law
                             recommended by legal counsel that are necessary to
                             maintain the tax qualified status of the Plan and
                             to make other amendments to the Plan that do not
                             materially increase the costs associated with the
                             plan.; and

                    (11)     to appoint and remove the Trustee(s).

            (d)     Miscellaneous.  To enable the Committee to perform its
                    functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely
                    information of all matters relating to the compensation and
                    length of service of all Participants, their retirement,
                    death or other cause of termination of employment, and such
                    other pertinent facts as the Committee may require.  The
                    Committee shall advise the Trustee of such facts and issue
                    to the Trustee such instructions as may be required by the
                    Trustee in the administration of the Plan.  The Committee
                    and the Employer shall be entitled to rely upon all
                    certificates and reports made by a Certified Public
                    Accountant selected or approved by the Company.  The
                    Committee, the Employer and its officers and the Trustee,
                    shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or
                    suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice
                    or opinion of any actuary, accountant or attorney, and all
                    action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon each
                    of them and upon all other persons interested in the Plan.





                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>   55


8.07        Standard of Fiduciary Duty.  Any Fiduciary, or any person
            designated by a Fiduciary to carry out fiduciary responsibilities
            with respect to the Plan, shall discharge his duties solely in the
            interests of the Participants end Beneficiaries for the exclusive
            purpose of providing them with benefits and defraying the
            reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.  Any Fiduciary shall
            discharge his duties with the care, skill, prudence and diligence
            under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting
            in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the
            conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.
            Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties in accordance with the
            documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such
            documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of the
            Act.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no
            Fiduciary shall be authorized to engage in any transaction which is
            prohibited by Sections 406 and 2003(a) of the Act or Section 4975
            of the Code in the performance of its duties hereunder.

8.08        Indemnification of Committee.  To the extent permitted under the
            Act, the Plan shall indemnify the Board and the Committee against
            any cost or liability which they may incur in the course of
            administering the Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant
            to the Plan.  The Employer shall indemnify the Committee and the
            members of the Board against any personal liability or cost not
            provided for in the preceding sentence which they may incur as a
            result of any act or omission in relation to the Plan or its
            Participants.  The Employer may purchase fiduciary liability
            insurance to insure its obligation under this Section.

8.09        Claims Procedure.  Any Participant, Former Participant,
            Beneficiary, Spouse or legal representative thereof (hereinafter
            referred to as "Claimant"), may file a claim for benefits under the
            Plan by submitting to the Committee a written statement describing
            the nature of the claim and requesting a determination of its
            validity under the terms of the Plan.  Within sixty (60) days after
            the date such claim is received by the Committee, it shall issue a
            ruling with respect to the claim.

            If special circumstances require an extension of time for
            processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of
            the extension prior to the termination of the 60-day period.  In no
            case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's
            decision on such appeal beyond one hundred twenty (120) days
            following receipt of the actual request.  If the claim is wholly or
            partially denied, written notice shall be furnished to the
            claimant, which notice shall set forth in a manner calculated to be
            understood by the Claimant:

            (a)     the specific reason or reasons for denial;

            (b)     specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which
                    the denial is based;





                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>   56


            (c)     a description of any additional material or information
                    necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an
                    explanation of why such material or information is
                    necessary; and

            (d)     an explanation of the claims review procedures.

            Any Claimant whose claim for benefits has been denied, may appeal
            such denial by submitting to the Committee a written statement
            requesting a further review of the decision within sixty (60) days
            of the date the Claimant receives a notice of such denial.  Such
            statement shall set forth the reasons supporting the claim, the
            reason such claim should not have been denied, and any other issues
            or comments which the Claimant deems appropriate with respect to
            the claim.

            If the Claimant shall request in writing, the Committee shall make
            copies of the Plan documents pertinent to his claim available for
            examination by the Claimant.

            Within sixty (60) days after the request for further review is
            received, the Committee shall review its determination of benefits
            and the reasons therefor and notify the claimant of its final
            decision.

            If special circumstances require an extension of time for
            processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of
            the extension prior to the  termination of the 60-day period.  In
            no case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's
            decision on such appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120)
            days following receipt of the actual request.

            Such written notice shall include specific reasons for the
            decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the
            Claimant, with specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions
            on which the decision is based.

8.10        Appointment of Investment Manager.  The Company, acting through its
            Chief Executive Officer or the Pension Committee, may from time to
            time appoint (and remove) one or more investment fund managers (the
            "Investment Manager") who shall have the authority to direct
            investments to be made by the Trustee with respect to all or any
            part of the assets of the Trust Fund.  Any such Investment Managers
            must either be registered as an investment advisor under the
            Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or be a bank, as defined in such
            Act.  Any Investment Managers appointed under this Section shall
            acknowledge, in writing, its acceptance of such appointment and
            that it is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of the Trust Fund
            subject to its investment direction.  Upon receipt of written
            notice of the appointment of an Investment Manager, the Trustee
            shall perform such custodial and disbursing functions and
            ministerial acts relating to investments directed by the Investment
            Manager as may be required to carry out the administration of the
            Trust Fund but shall be relieved of all responsibility for
            investment or failure to invest that portion of the Trust Fund
            subject to





                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>   57

            investment direction by the Investment Manager during the period of
            appointment of such Investment Manager.





                                     - 52 -
<PAGE>   58

                                   ARTICLE IX

                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.01        Amendment of the Plan.

            The Pension Committee shall have the right, at any time, to amend
            any or all of the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that
            no such amendment shall authorize or permit any part of the Fund
            held by the Trustee to be diverted to purposes other than for the
            exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries; and
            further provided that no amendment shall have the effect of
            revesting in the Employer any portion of the Fund except such
            amounts as may, due to erroneous actuarial computation, remain in
            the Fund after termination of the Plan and after all liabilities
            under the Plan have been satisfied.

9.02        Termination of the Plan.

            (a)     The Employer expects this Plan to be continued indefinitely
                    but, of necessity, the right to terminate the Plan and its
                    Contributions hereunder at any time with respect to its
                    Employees is reserved by the Company.  In the event that it
                    becomes necessary to terminate or partially terminate the
                    Plan, or there is a complete discontinuance of Employer
                    contribution, then the Accrued Benefit of each Participant,
                    to the extent funded, shall become fully vested and
                    non-forfeitable as of the date of such termination or
                    partial termination in the manner hereinafter provided in
                    this Section 9.02.

            (b)     If the Company shall elect to terminate the Plan, the Board
                    shall give written notice of such fact to the Pension
                    Committee, thereafter the Pension Committee shall wind up
                    the affairs of the Plan and file all requests for
                    determinations, notices of intent to terminate and terminal
                    reports as may be required by the Internal Revenue Code,
                    the Act and regulations issued thereunder.

            (c)     In the event that the Plan shall be terminated or partially
                    terminated, the Committee shall then allocate the assets of
                    the Plan among the Employers and, with respect to each
                    terminating Employer separately, shall arrange for the
                    assets of the Plan (available to provide benefits) to be
                    allocated among the Participants and Beneficiaries in
                    accordance with Section 4044 of the Act and regulations
                    issued thereunder, in the following order:

                    (1)   FIRST, in the case of benefits payable as an annuity -
                 




                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>   59


                             (A)     To benefits which were being paid as of
                                     three years prior to the date of
                                     termination of the Plan, with the amount
                                     to be allocated to each such benefit,
                                     based on the provisions of the Plan in
                                     effect during the 5-year period preceding
                                     the date of termination under which such
                                     benefit would be the least,

                             (B)     To benefits which would have been paid as
                                     of three years prior to the date of
                                     termination (i) if the Participant had
                                     retired prior to the three-year period and
                                     (ii) if his benefits had commenced (in the
                                     normal form of annuity under the Plan) as
                                     of the beginning of such three-year
                                     period, with the amount to be allocated to
                                     each such benefit determined under the
                                     provisions of the Plan in effect during
                                     the five-year period preceding the date of
                                     termination under which the benefit would
                                     be the least.

                    (2)      SECOND, to all other benefits guaranteed by the
                             termination insurance provisions of Title IV of
                             the Act (with the amount to be allocated to each
                             such benefit determined without regard to the
                             limitation contained in Section 4022(b)(5) of the
                             Act on the amount of guaranteed non-forfeitable
                             basic benefits), including those benefits which
                             would have been guaranteed except for the
                             limitation on coverage of a "substantial owner"
                             under Section 4022(b)(6) of the Act.

                    (3)      THIRD, to all other uninsured, non-forfeitable
                             benefits under the Plan.

                    (4)      FOURTH, to all other benefits under the Plan.

            (e)     If the assets available for allocation of any class
                    specified above are insufficient to satisfy in full the
                    benefits of all individuals within that class, the assets
                    shall be allocated pro rata among such individuals on the
                    basis of present value (as of the termination date) of
                    their respective benefits.

            (f)     The Committee shall then arrange for the Trustee to
                    liquidate the assets held in the Fund which are applicable
                    to each terminating Employer and shall secure from the
                    Trustee a statement of the liquidated value of such assets.
                    The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct the
                    Trustee to purchase from an insurance company an annuity
                    contract or contracts which provides the benefits to which
                    each Participant or Beneficiary is entitled.  The Trustee
                    shall distribute the assets in accordance with the
                    directions of the Committee.





                                     - 54 -
<PAGE>   60


            (g)     Any residual assets of the Plan remaining after
                    distribution in accordance with the preceding paragraphs
                    shall be distributed to the Employer, provided:

                    (1)      all liabilities of the Plan to Participants and
                             Beneficiaries have been satisfied, and

                    (2)      the distribution does not contravene any provision
                             of law.


9.03        Restriction on Certain Benefits and Distributions.

            (a)     In the event the Plan is terminated, the benefits provided
                    to any Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee shall be limited
                    to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory within the meaning
                    of Code Section 401(a)(4).

            (b)     The annual distribution to a Top-25 Highly Compensated
                    Employee cannot exceed the annual payment under a Life
                    Annuity (as defined in Section 6.01(a)) based on the
                    Actuarial Equivalence of the Participant's Accrued Benefit
                    and other benefits under the Plan.

            (c)     The restriction in Section 9.03(b) shall not apply under
                    the following circumstances:

                 (i)         After payment of the Top-25 Highly Compensated
                             Employee's Retirement Income, the value of the
                             Plan's assets equals or exceeds 110 percent of the
                             value of the Plan's Current Liabilities.

                (ii)         The value of the Top-25 Highly Compensated
                             Employee's Retirement Income is less than one
                             percent of the value of the Plan's Current
                             Liabilities.

            (d)     The restrictions of this Section 9.03 (including paragraphs
                    (a) and (b)) shall not apply if the Commissioner of
                    Internal Revenue or his/her delegate determines that such
                    restrictions are not necessary to prevent prohibited
                    discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees in
                    the event of an early termination of the Plan.

            (e)     For the purposes of this Section 9.03, the following
                    definitions shall apply:

                 (i)         "Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean
                             any member of the top 25 Highly Compensated
                             Employees and highly compensated former employees
                             (as defined in Code Section





                                     - 55 -
<PAGE>   61

                             414(q)(9)) with the greatest Compensation (as
                             defined in Plan Section 13.04(b)).

                (ii)         "Current Liabilities" shall have that meaning
                              contained in Code Section 412(l)(7).

               (iii)         "Retirement Income" shall have that meaning
                             contained in Plan Section 2.46 and, in addition,
                             loans in excess of the amount set forth in Code
                             Section 72(p)(2)(A), any periodic income, any
                             withdrawal values payable to a living employee,
                             and any death benefits not provided for by
                             insurance on the employee's life.

            (f)      This Section 9.03 is intended to comply with the provisions
                     of Proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-5(c) or any
                     successor regulation thereto, and the provisions of this
                     Section 9.03 shall be so interpreted.  This Section 9.03
                     shall be effective January 1, 1991.  Prior to that date,
                     the provisions of the Prior Plan dealing with the top 25
                     highest paid employees shall apply.

9.04        Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer.

            (a)     The Committee shall determine which employers shall become
                    participating employers within the terms of the Plan.  In
                    order for the Committee to designate an Employer as a
                    Participating Employer, the Committee must approve the
                    addition of the Participating Employer's identity to
                    Schedule A (which approval may be retroactive to an earlier
                    effective date).  The Committee may also specify such terms
                    and conditions pertaining to the adoption of the Plan by
                    the Participating Employer as the Board deems appropriate.
                    With the Committee's consent, a Participating Employer may
                    limit participation in the Plan to certain of its
                    Employees.

                    The Committee shall maintain a schedule, Schedule A,
                    attached to the plan document, listing Participating
                    Employers, groups of Employees designated as participating
                    in the Plan by those Participating Employers, and the
                    effective date of designation (the "Designation Date") as a
                    Participating Employer.  Such Schedule shall specify the
                    extent, if any, to which service with the Participating
                    Employer prior to the Designation Date shall qualify as
                    Credited Service hereunder.  Notwithstanding any other
                    provision of this Plan, no Employee whose termination of
                    employment precedes the Designation Date shall be entitled
                    to any benefits hereunder.

            (b)     The plan of the Participating Employer and of the Company
                    shall be considered a single plan for purposes of Section
                    1.414(1)-1(b)(1) of the





                                     - 56 -
<PAGE>   62

                    Treasury Regulations.  All assets contributed to the Plan
                    by the Participating Employer shall be held in a single
                    fund together with the assets contributed by the Company
                    (and with the assets of any other Participating Employers);
                    and so long as the Participating Employer continues to be
                    designated as such, all assets held in such fund shall be
                    available to pay benefits to all eligible employees and
                    beneficiaries covered by the Plan irrespective of whether
                    such Employees are employed by the Company or by the
                    Participating Employer.  Nothing contained herein shall be
                    construed to prohibit the separate accounting for assets
                    contributed by the Company and the Participating Employers
                    for purposes of cost allocation if directed by the
                    Committee or the holding of plan assets in more than one
                    Trust Fund with more than one Trustee.

            (c)     So long as the Participating Employer's designation as such
                    remains in effect, the Participating Employer shall be
                    bound by, and subject to all provisions of the Plan and the
                    Trust Agreement.  The exclusive authority to amend the Plan
                    and the Trust Agreement shall be vested in the Committee
                    and no Participating Employer shall have any right to amend
                    the Plan or the Trust Agreement.  Any amendment to the Plan
                    or the Trust Agreement adopted by the Committee shall be
                    binding upon every Participating Employer without further
                    action by such Participating Employer.

            (d)     So long as each Participating Employer shall be designated
                    as such pursuant to Section 9.04(a), such Participating
                    Employer shall be liable for its pro rata share of the
                    contribution deemed necessary by the Actuary to fund the
                    Plan on an acceptable basis in accordance with Title I,
                    Section 302 and Title II, Section 1013 of the Act.  The
                    total contribution required each year to fund the Plan
                    shall be apportioned among the Company and the
                    Participating Employers based upon the advice of the
                    Actuary and subject to such Treasury or Labor regulations
                    as may be from time to time applicable.

            (e)     No Participating Employer other than the Company shall have
                    the right to terminate the Plan.  However, any
                    Participating Employer may withdraw from the Plan by action
                    of its Board of Directors provided such action is
                    communicated in writing to the Committee.  The withdrawal
                    of a Participating Employer shall be effective as of the
                    December 31st following receipt of the notice of withdrawal
                    (unless the Committee consents to a different effective
                    date).  In addition, the Committee may terminate the
                    designation of a Participating Employer to be effective on
                    such date as the Committee specifies.  Any such
                    Participating Employer which ceases to be a Participating
                    Employer shall be liable for all cost accrued through the
                    effective date of its withdrawal or termination.  In





                                     - 57 -
<PAGE>   63

                    the event of the withdrawal or termination of a
                    Participating Employer as provided in this paragraph, such
                    Employer shall have no right to direct that assets of the
                    Plan be transferred to a successor plan for its Employees
                    unless such a transfer is approved by the Committee in its
                    sole discretion.





                                     - 58 -
<PAGE>   64

                                   ARTICLE X

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

10.01       Headings.  The headings and subheadings in this Plan have been
            inserted for convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in
            any construction of the provisions hereof.

10.02       Governing Law.  The Plan shall be construed and enforced and all
            provisions thereof administered in accordance with the Act and to
            the extent not governed by the Act in accordance with the laws of
            the State of Georgia.

10.03       Spendthrift Clause.  Except as provided in the terms of a
            "qualified domestic relations order" as defined in Code Section
            414(p) and to the extent otherwise required or permitted by law,
            none of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under
            this Plan shall be subject to the claim of any creditor of the
            Former Employee, Participant or Beneficiary hereunder, or to any
            legal process by any creditor of such Former Employee, Participant
            or Beneficiary, and none of them shall have any right to alienate,
            commute, anticipate or assign any of the benefits, payments,
            proceeds or distributions under this Plan except to the extent
            expressly provided herein to the contrary.  If any Participant
            shall attempt to dispose of the benefits provided for him
            hereunder, or to dispose of the right to receive such benefits, or
            in the event there should be an effort to seize such benefits or
            the right to receive such benefits by attachment, execution or
            other legal or equitable process, such right may pass and be
            transferred, at the discretion of the Committee, to such one or
            more as may be appointed by the Committee from among the
            Beneficiaries, if any, theretofore designated by the Participant,
            or from the spouse, children or other dependents of the
            Participant, in such shares as the Committee may appoint.  Any
            appointment so made by the Committee may be revoked by it at any
            time and further appointment made by it which may include the
            Participant.

10.04       Legally Incompetent; Minors.  If any Former Employee, Participant
            or Beneficiary is a minor, or, in the judgment of the Committee, is
            otherwise legally incapable of personally receiving and giving a
            valid receipt for any payment due him hereunder, the Committee may,
            unless and until claim shall have been made by a duly appointed
            guardian or committee of such person, direct that such payment or
            any part thereof be made to such person's spouse, child, parent,
            brother or sister, or other person deemed by the Committee to have
            incurred expense for or assumed responsibility for the expenses of
            such person.

10.05       Discrimination.  The Employer, through the Committee, shall
            administer the Plan in a uniform and consistent manner with respect
            to all Participants and shall not permit discrimination in favor of
            Highly Compensated Employees.





                                     - 59 -
<PAGE>   65


10.06       Claims.  Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to their
            legal representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this
            Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all
            claims hereunder against the Trustee, Committee and the Employer,
            any of whom may require such Participant, Beneficiary or legal
            representative, as a condition precedent to such payment, to
            execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be
            determined by the Trustee, the Committee or the Employer, as the
            case may be.

10.07       Compliance with Applicable Laws.  The Employer, through the
            Committee, shall interpret and administer the Plan in such manner
            that the Plan and Trust shall remain in compliance with the Code,
            with the Act, and all other applicable laws, regulations and
            revenue rulings.

10.08       Merger.  In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan
            with any other plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by
            the Plan to another plan, each Participant must receive (assuming
            that the Plan then terminated) a benefit immediately after the
            merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater
            than the benefit such Participant would have been entitled to
            receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer
            (assuming that the Plan had then terminated), provided such merger,
            consolidation, or transfer took place after the date of enactment
            of the Act.





                                     - 60 -
<PAGE>   66

                                   ARTICLE XI

                 SPECIAL PROVISION REGARDING SAFEKEEPING TRUST

11.01       The assets of the Plan are held primarily by Trust Company Bank and
            its successors, if any, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of
            Trust effective as of January 1, 1975.  As of November 1, 1982, the
            Employer established a second Trust Agreement ("Safekeeping
            Trust").  As of the Effective Date, Edward M. Jones, Jerry Nix, and
            Earl Dolive are the Trustees of the Safekeeping Trust ("Safekeeping
            Trustees").  Effective February 1, 1990, George Kalafut was added
            as a Safekeeping Trustee.  The Employer may from time to time
            maintain certain other trust funds as part of the Fund as permitted
            under this Plan, as amended effective January 1, 1989.

            The Safekeeping Trust was established to hold certain assets of the
            Plan and exists concurrently with the other trusts described above,
            all of which comprise the Trust Fund of this Plan.  The purpose of
            this Article XI is to make clear that Trust Company Bank and the
            other trustees shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever
            with respect to the Safekeeping Trust and the Safekeeping Trustees
            shall have no duties or responsibilities whatsoever with respect to
            any portion of the Fund other than the portion held in the
            Safekeeping Trust.  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless
            each Safekeeping Trustee against any personal liability or expense
            arising from his service as Safekeeping Trustee.





                                     - 61 -
<PAGE>   67

                                  ARTICLE XII

                                TOP-HEAVY RULES

12.01       General Rule.  If the Plan is or becomes Top-Heavy, the provisions
            of this Article will supersede any conflicting provision in the
            Plan.

12.02       Definitions.

            (a)     Top-Heavy:  The Plan shall be Top-Heavy for the Plan Year
                    if, as of the Determination Date, the present value of the
                    Accrued Benefits attributable to Key Employees exceeds 60%
                    of the present value of all Accrued Benefits under the
                    Plan.  If the Employer maintains more than one plan, all
                    plans in which any Key Employee participates and all plans
                    which enable this Plan to satisfy the antidiscrimination
                    requirements of Section 401(a)(4) and 410 must be combined
                    with this Plan ("required aggregation group") for the
                    purposes of applying the 60% test described in the
                    preceding sentence.  Plans maintained by the Employer which
                    are not in the required aggregation group may be combined
                    at the Employer's discretion with this Plan for the
                    purposes of determining Top-Heavy status if the combined
                    plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4).
                    If the Employer maintains a defined contribution plan which
                    is aggregated with this Plan, the account balances of
                    participants under the defined contribution plan shall be
                    determined in accordance with the provisions of that plan
                    and combined with Accrued Benefits under this Plan for the
                    purpose of applying the 60% test described in the first
                    sentence of this paragraph.

                    In determining the present value of Participant Accrued
                    Benefits, all distributions made during the five year
                    period ending on the Determination Date shall be included.
                    The Accrued Benefit of (i) any employee who at one time was
                    a Key Employee but who is not a Key Employee for the Plan
                    Year ending on the Determination Date; and (ii) any
                    employee who has received no Compensation from the Employer
                    or a related employer maintaining a plan in the aggregation
                    group for the five years immediately preceding the
                    Determination Date shall be disregarded in determining
                    Top-Heavy status.

                    For the purposes of this subsection, a Participant rollover
                    shall be included in the present value of Participant
                    Accrued Benefits except to the extent that the rollover was
                    received in a transaction consummated after December 31,
                    1983 which was initiated by the Participant and the amount
                    received is attributable to a distribution or transfer from
                    the plan of an employer which is unrelated to the Employer.





                                     - 62 -
<PAGE>   68


                    Solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or any
                    other plan included in the required aggregation group, is
                    Top-Heavy, the Accrued Benefit of an Employee other than a
                    Key Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if
                    any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all
                    plans maintained by the Affiliates, or (ii) if there is no
                    such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly
                    than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the
                    fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).  This
                    paragraph shall be effective January 1, 1987.

            (b)     Key Employee.  Shall mean any Employee or former Employee
                    (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time
                    during the Plan Year which ends on the Determination Date
                    or the preceding 4 Plan Years (1) was an officer of the
                    Employer having annual Compensation from the Employer
                    greater than 50% of the amount in effect under Code Section
                    415(b)(1)(A) for such Plan Year; (ii) an owner (or
                    considered an owner under Section 318 of the Code) of one
                    of the ten largest interests in the Employer if such
                    individual's Compensation equals or exceeds the dollar
                    limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; (iii) a
                    5-percent owner of the Employer; or (iv) a 1-percent owner
                    of the Employer who has an annual Compensation of more than
                    $150,000.

            (c)     Determination Date:  For any Plan Year, the last day of the
                    preceding Plan Year.

            (d)     Non-key Employee.  Any Participant who is not a
                    Key-Employee.

            (e)     Present Value:  The present value of Accrued Benefits for
                    the purpose of determining Top-Heavy status, shall be
                    calculated in accordance with the actuarial assumptions
                    specified in Section 2.03 of the Plan.

12.03       Minimum Accrued Benefit.

            (a)     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan except (b)
                    below, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy,
                    each Participant who is not a Key Employee and has
                    completed 1,000 Hours of Service will accrue a benefit (to
                    be provided solely by Employer contributions and expressed
                    as a single life annuity commencing at Normal Retirement
                    Age) of not less than two percent (2%) of his or her
                    highest average Compensation for the five consecutive years
                    for which the Participant had the highest Compensation.
                    The minimum accrual applies even though under other Plan
                    provisions the Participant would not otherwise be entitled
                    to receive an accrual, or would have received a lesser
                    accrual for the year because (i) the Participant fails to
                    make mandatory contributions to the Plan, (ii) the
                    Participant's Compensation is less than a stated amount,
                    (iii) the Participant is not employed on the last day of





                                     - 63 -
<PAGE>   69

                    the accrual computation period, or (iv) the Plan is
                    integrated with Social Security.

            (b)     No additional benefit accruals shall be provided pursuant
                    to (a) above to the extent that the total accrual on behalf
                    of the Participant attributable to Employer contributions
                    will provide a benefit expressed as a single life annuity
                    commencing at Normal Retirement Age that equals or exceeds
                    20 percent of the Participant's highest average
                    compensation for the five consecutive years for which the
                    Participant had the highest compensation.  Also, the
                    benefit accrual requirement of this section shall not apply
                    if the Employer maintains a defined contribution plan and
                    contributes thereto an amount sufficient to render the
                    benefit accrual requirements of this section inapplicable
                    under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the
                    Treasury.

12.04       Form of Benefit.  If the form of benefit is other than a single
            life annuity, the Participant must receive an amount that is the
            actuarial equivalent of the minimum single life annuity benefit.
            If the benefit commences at a date other than at Normal Retirement
            Age, the Participant must receive at least an amount that is the
            actuarial equivalent of the minimum single life annuity benefit
            commencing at Normal Retirement Age.

12.05       Nonforfeitability of Employer Top-Heavy Contribution.  The Employer
            Top-Heavy Accrued Benefit (to the extent required to be
            nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited
            under Code Sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

12.06       Minimum Vesting.  If the Plan becomes Top Heavy, the following
            vesting schedule shall be applied notwithstanding any provision in
            this Plan to the contrary:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Credited Service         Percent of Accrued
            at Termination Date          Benefit Vested  
         -------------------------     ------------------
                 <S>                         <C> 
                 2 years                      20%
                 3 years                      40%
                 4 years                      60%
                 5 years                      80%
                 6 years                     100%
</TABLE>                                   

            The vesting schedule described above shall not apply to any
            Participant unless the Participant has accumulated at least one
            Hour of Service after the Plan becomes Top Heavy.  If the Plan
            becomes Top Heavy and subsequently ceases to be such, the vesting
            schedule described above shall continue to apply in





                                     - 64 -
<PAGE>   70

            determining the vested Accrued Benefit of any Participant who has
            at least three years of Credited Service on the last day of the Top
            Heavy Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change in the
            vesting schedule shall reduce the then vested percentage of any
            Participant's Accrued Benefit.

12.07       Combined Plan Limitation For Top Heavy Years.  In any Plan Year
            during which more than 90% of the Accrued Benefits under the Plan
            (after aggregation) are attributable to Key Employees, 100% or an
            equivalent factor shall be substituted for 125% or an equivalent
            factor in the combined plan fraction denominators set forth in the
            Section of this Plan which limits maximum benefits pursuant to
            Section 415 of the Code.  In any Plan Year during which more than
            60% but not more than 90% of the Accrued Benefits under the Plan
            (after aggregation) are attributable to Key Employees, 100% or an
            equivalent factor shall be substituted for 125% or an equivalent
            factor in the combined plan fraction denominators unless the
            minimum Accrued Benefit of each non Key Employee meets the
            requirements of Section 12.03 after substituting 3% for 2% in
            Section 12.03(a) and 30% for 20% in Section 12.03(b).





                                     - 65 -
<PAGE>   71

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                MAXIMUM BENEFITS

13.01       General Rule.

            The provisions of this Article XIII shall be effective for Plan
            Years beginning after December 31, 1986.  The annual benefit
            payable to a Participant at any time shall not exceed the maximum
            permissible amount.  "Maximum permissible amount" shall mean the
            lesser of (i) $90,000 (such limitation to be adjusted automatically
            as determined by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for each
            calendar year, and the new limitation to apply to limitation years
            ending within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment); or
            (ii) 100 percent of the Participant's highest average compensation.
            If the annual benefit commences before or after the Participant's
            Social Security Retirement Age, the maximum permissible amount
            shall be determined under Section 415 of the Code and Regulations
            and rulings thereunder.  If the annual benefit commences when the
            Participant has less than ten years of Credited Service with the
            Company or less than ten years of participation in this Plan or any
            predecessor plan to this Plan, the maximum permissible amount
            otherwise defined above shall be reduced by one-tenth for each year
            less than ten in accordance with applicable regulations.

13.02       Combined Plan Limitations.

            If the Employer maintains, or any time maintained, one or more
            qualified defined contribution plans covering any Participant in
            this Plan, the sum of the Participant's defined contribution
            fraction and defined benefit fraction shall not exceed 1.0 in any
            limitation year, and the annual benefit otherwise payable to the
            Participant under this Plan shall be frozen or reduced to the
            extent necessary so that the sum of such fractions shall not exceed
            1.0.

13.03       Grandfather Rule.

            In the case of an individual who was a participant in one or more
            defined benefit plans of the Employer which were in existence on
            July 1, 1982, the maximum permissible amount for such individual
            under all such defined benefit plans shall not be less than the
            individual's accrued benefit under all such defined benefit plans
            as of the end of the last limitation year beginning before January
            1, 1983, but determined without regard to changes in the plan or
            cost-of-living increases occurring after July 1, 1982.  The
            preceding sentence applies only if all such defined benefit plans
            met the requirements of Section 415 of the Code, as in effect on
            July 1, 1982, for all limitation years beginning before January 1,
            1983.

13.04       Definitions.  For purposes of Article XIII, the following
            definitions shall apply:





                                     - 66 -
<PAGE>   72


            (a)     "Annual benefit" means Retirement Income under the Plan
                    which is payable annually in the form of a straight life
                    annuity.  The interest rate assumption used to determine
                    actuarial equivalence for this purpose shall be the greater
                    of the interest rate specified in this plan or 5 percent.
                    No actuarial adjustment to the benefit is required for (i)
                    the value of a qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii)
                    the value of benefits that are not directly related to
                    retirement benefits (such as a qualified disability
                    benefit, pre-retirement death benefits, and post-retirement
                    medical benefits); or (iii) the value of post-retirement
                    cost-of-living increases made in accordance with federal
                    income tax regulations.

            (b)     "Compensation" means a Participant's wages as defined in
                    Code Section 3401(a) (wages subject to income tax
                    withholding at the source) but without regard to exceptions
                    contained in Code Section 3401(a) for wages based on the
                    nature or location of the employment or the services
                    performed.  The intent of this definition is to comply with
                    the alternative definition of compensation described in
                    Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(11)(ii).

            (c)     "Defined benefit fraction" means a fraction, the numerator
                    of which is the sum of the Participant's projected annual
                    benefits under all the defined benefit plans (whether or
                    not terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the
                    denominator of which is the lesser of (i) 125 percent of
                    the dollar limitation in effect for the limitation year
                    under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code; or (ii) 140 percent
                    of the Participant's highest average compensation.
                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant was a
                    Participant in a plan in existence on July 1, 1982, the
                    denominator of this fraction shall not be less than 125
                    percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans
                    which the Participant had accrued as of the end of the last
                    limitation year beginning before January 1, 1983, but
                    determined without regard to changes in the Plan or
                    cost-of-living increases occurring after July 1, 1982.  The
                    preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit
                    plans individually and in the aggregate satisfied the
                    requirements of Section 415 for all limitation years
                    beginning before January 1, 1983.

            (d)     "Defined contribution fraction" means a fraction, the
                    numerator of which is the sum of the annual additions to
                    the Participant's account under all the defined
                    contribution plans (whether or not terminated) maintained
                    by the Employer for the current and all prior limitation
                    years, and the denominator of which is the sum of the
                    maximum aggregate amounts for the current and all prior
                    limitation years of employment with the Employer
                    (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan was
                    maintained by the Employer).





                                     - 67 -
<PAGE>   73


                    The maximum aggregate amount in any limitation year is the
                    lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation in effect
                    under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code; or (ii) 35 percent
                    of the Participant's compensation for such year.

                    If the Employee was a participant in one or more defined
                    contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were in
                    existence on July 1, 1982, the numerator of this fraction
                    shall be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the
                    defined benefit fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under
                    the terms of this Plan.  Under the adjustment, an amount
                    equal to the product of (1) the excess of the sum of the
                    fractions over 1.0 times and (2) the denominator of this
                    fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator
                    of this fraction.  The adjustment is calculated using the
                    fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the
                    last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1983.

            (e)     "Employer" means an Affiliate.

            (f)     "Highest average compensation" means the average
                    compensation for the three consecutive years of Credited
                    Service with the Employer that produces the highest
                    average.

            (g)     "Limitation year" means the Plan Year.

            (h)     "Projected annual benefit" means the annual benefit to
                    which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of
                    the Plan assuming (i) the Participant will continue
                    employment until normal retirement age under the Plan (or
                    current age, if later); and (ii) the Participant's
                    compensation for the current limitation year and all other
                    relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan
                    will remain constant for all future limitation years.

            (i)     "Annual additions" means the sum of the following amounts
                    credited to a Participant's account for the limitation
                    year:

                 (i)         Employer contributions;

                (ii)         Forfeitures;

               (iii)         nondeductible employee contributions; provided,
                             however, that the annual addition for any
                             limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987
                             shall not be recomputed to treat nondeductible
                             employee contributions as an annual addition; and

                (iv)         Amounts described in Code Sections 415(l)(1) and
                             419A(d)(2).





                                     - 68 -
<PAGE>   74


            (j)     "Social Security Retirement Age" shall mean the age used as
                    the retirement age for the Participant under Section 216(l)
                    of the Social Security Act, except that such section shall
                    be applied without regard to the age increase factor, and
                    as if the early retirement age under Section 216(l) of such
                    Act were 62.





                                     - 69 -
<PAGE>   75

                                  ARTICLE XIV

                          HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES


14.01    In General.

         For the purposes of this Plan, the term "Highly Compensated Employee"
         is any active Employee described in Section 14.02 below and any Former
         Employee described in Section 14.03 below.  Various definitions used
         in this Article are contained in Section 14.05.  A Non-Highly
         Compensated Employee is an Employee who is neither a Highly
         Compensated Employee nor a Family Member of a Highly Compensated
         Employee.  This Article 14 shall be effective January 1, 1987.

14.02    Highly Compensated Employees.

         (a)     An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if during the
                 Determination Year the Employee:

                 (1)      is a 5 Percent Owner;

                 (2)      receives Compensation in excess of $75,000;

                 (3)      receives Compensation in excess of $50,000 and is a
                          member of the Top Paid Group; or

                 (4)      is an Includable Officer.

                 The dollar amounts described above shall be increased annually
                 as provided in Code Section 414(q)(1).

         (b)     Calendar Year Election.  The Employer hereby elects the
                 calendar year calculation election described in Temporary
                 Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T, Q&A-14(b) or any successor
                 regulation thereto.  Because the Plan uses the calendar year
                 as its Plan Year, there is no separate Look Back Year
                 calculation.  This election is binding on all other qualified
                 retirement Plans maintained by the Employer until the election
                 is withdrawn.

14.03    Former Highly Compensated Employee.

         A Former Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if (applying the
         rules of Section 14.02(a) or (b)) the Former Employee was a Highly
         Compensated Employee during a Separation Year or during any
         Determination Year ending on or after the Former Employee's 55th
         birthday.  With respect to a Former Employee





                                     - 70 -
<PAGE>   76

         whose Separation Year was prior to January 1, 1987, such Former
         Employee will be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee only if the
         Former Employee was a 5% Owner or received Compensation in excess of
         $50,000 during (i) the Former Employee's Separation Year (or the year
         preceding such Separation Year); or (ii) any year ending on or after
         such Former Employee's 55th birthday (or the last year ending before
         such Former Employee's 55th birthday).

14.04    Family Aggregation Rules.

         (a)     For purposes of this Article 14, an Employee who is, for a
                 given Determination Year or Look Back Year, either (i) a 5
                 Percent Owner, or (ii) a Highly Compensated Employee who is
                 one of the ten most highly compensated Employees ranked on the
                 basis of Compensation paid during such year, shall be
                 aggregated with such Employee's Family Members.

         (b)     For purposes of this Section 14.04, the term "Family Member"
                 means, with respect to an Employee described in Section
                 14.04(a), a person who is, on any day during the given
                 Determination Year or Look Back Year:

                 (1)      his spouse; or

                 (2)      his lineal ascendant or descendant; or

                 (3)      the spouse of his lineal ascendant or descendant.

         (c)     The determination of Employees and Family Members who must be
                 aggregated for purposes of this Article 14 shall be made in
                 accordance with Temporary Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T,
                 Q&A-11 and Q&A-12.

         (d)     For purposes of applying the limits of Code Section
                 401(a)(17) (i.e., the $150,000 limit on compensation, as
                 adjusted) with respect to Compensation under Article 14
                 (Section 415 limits), the Compensation for any Employee
                 described in Section 14.04(a) and for any Family Member who is
                 such Employee's spouse or lineal descendant under age 19,
                 shall be aggregated.  In such event, the deemed Compensation
                 for each such Employee shall be an amount equal to the Section
                 401(a)(17) limit for the Plan Year (as adjusted) multiplied by
                 a fraction, the numerator of which is the Employee's actual
                 Compensation for the Plan Year, and the denominator of which
                 is the aggregate Compensation of the Employee and the
                 aggregated Family Member for the Plan Year.  The same
                 procedure shall then be used to determine the deemed
                 Compensation of the aggregated Family Member.





                                     - 71 -
<PAGE>   77


14.05    Definitions.

         Unless otherwise indicated, the definitions of Article II shall apply
         to Article XIV.  In addition, the following special definitions shall
         apply to this Article XIV:

         Determination Year shall mean the Plan Year for which an individual's
         status as a Highly Compensated Employee is determined.

         Employee shall mean Employees as defined in Article II, leased
         employees described in Code Section 414(n), and employees who are
         members of any collective bargaining unit.

         5 Percent Owner shall mean any Employee who owns or is deemed to own
         (within the meaning of Code Section 318), more than five percent of
         the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing
         more than five percent of the total combined voting power of the
         Employer.

         Former Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who has incurred a
         Severance from Service or (ii) who remains employed by the Employer
         but who has not performed services for the Employer during the
         Determination Year (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Absence).

         Includable Officer shall mean any officer of the Employer who, during
         the applicable year, receives Compensation in excess of 50% of the
         dollar limitations under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A)(as adjusted by the
         Secretary of the Treasury for cost of living increases).  The Employer
         shall be deemed to have a minimum of 3 officers or, if greater, a
         number equal to 10 percent of all Employees.  However, no more than 50
         officers shall be considered Includable Officers under this Article
         14.  If the Employer does not have any Includable Officers because no
         officer receives Compensation in excess of the dollar limitations of
         Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), the Employer's highest paid officer shall
         be considered an Includable Officer.

         Look Back Year shall mean the Plan Year preceding the Determination
         Year, or if the Employer elects, the calendar year ending with or 
         within the determination year.

         Separation Year shall mean any of the following years:

         (1)     An Employee who incurs a Termination of Employment shall have
                 a Separation Year in the Determination Year in which such
                 Termination of Employment occurs;

         (2)     An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but who
                 temporarily ceases to perform services for the Employer (e.g.,
                 an Employee on





                                     - 72 -
<PAGE>   78

                 Authorized Absence) shall have a Separation Year in the
                 calendar year in which he last performs services for the
                 Employer;

         (3)     An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but whose
                 Compensation for a calendar year is less than 50% of the
                 Employee's average annual Compensation for the immediately
                 preceding three calendar years (or the Employee's total years
                 of employment, if less) shall have a Separation Year in such
                 calendar year.  However, such Separation Year shall be ignored
                 if the Employee remains employed by the Employer and the
                 Employee's Compensation returns to a level comparable to the
                 Employee's Compensation immediately prior to such Separation
                 Year.

         Top Paid Group shall mean the top 20% of all Employees ranked on the
         basis of Compensation received from the Employer during the applicable
         year.  The number of Employees in the Top Paid Group shall be
         determined by ignoring Employees who are non-resident aliens and
         Employees who do not perform services for the Employer during the
         applicable year. The Employer elects to compute the Top Paid Group
         without the age and service exclusion provided in applicable Treasury
         Regulations.

14.06    Other Methods Permissible.

         To the extent permitted by the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury
         Regulations and IRS pronouncements, the Committee may (without further
         amendment to this Plan) take such other steps and actions or adopt
         such other methods or procedures (in addition to those methods and
         procedures described in this Article 14) to determine and identify
         Highly Compensated Employees (including adopting alternative
         definitions of Compensation which satisfy Code Section 414(q)(7) and
         are uniformly applied).

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be duly
executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but
effective as of January 1, 1989.

                             GENUINE PARTS COMPANY


                                        By: /s/ Frank W. Howard
                                            -------------------

                                        Title: Treasurer
                                               ----------------

                                        Date: December 1, 1995
                                              -----------------

Attest:

/s/ Brainard T. Webb, Jr.
- ------------------------------





                                     - 73 -
<PAGE>   79

                                   SCHEDULE A


             PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS DESIGNATED UNDER SECTION 9.04

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       
                                                 Extent of Credit for  
         Name and                                Service with a        
         Designation                             Participating Employer
             Date                                Prior to Designation Date
         -----------                             -------------------------
<S> <C>                                     <C>
1.  S.P. Richards                           Participants in the Plan who were employed
    Company                                 by S. P. Richards Company shall receive Credited
    January 1, 1984                         Service for all purposes of this Plan beginning with 
                                            their employment commencement date with S. P. Richards 
                                            Company but subject to all of the rules concerning 
                                            crediting of service set forth in this Plan.


2.  Balkamp, Inc.                           Participants in the Plan who were employed by
    and National                            Balkamp, Inc. or affiliates NAPA shall receive
    Automotive Parts                        Credited Service for all purposes of this Plan
    Association (NAPA)                      this Plan beginning with their employment
    January 1, 1984                         commencement date with Balkamp, Inc. or NAPA, Inc. 
                                            but subject to all of the rules concerning 
                                            crediting of service set forth in this plan.


3.  Motion                                  Eligibility:
    Industries,                             ----------- 
    Inc. ("Motion")                         Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire
    January 1, 1984                         is on or after January 1, 1984, shall automatically
                                            become Participants of this Plan on the date such 
                                            Employee satisfies the age and service requirements 
                                            of Section 3.02 (and for such purpose all employment 
                                            with Motion shall be counted as though it was employment 
                                            with the Company).

                                            Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire is prior 
                                            to January 1, 1984, and who have made an election in the 
                                            manner authorized by the committee not to participate in 
                                            the Motion Industries, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (the
                                            "Profit Sharing Plan") shall commence participation in 
                                            this Plan, effective as follows:
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   80


<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            1) Employees hired prior to January 1, 1984, who were 
                                            Participants in the Profit Sharing Plan as of 
                                            December 31, 1983, shall participate in this Plan
                                            effective as of January 1, 1984, and

                                            2) Employees hired prior to January 1, 1984, who were 
                                            not Participants in the Profit Sharing Plan shall become 
                                            Participants in this Plan on the date that they would 
                                            have been eligible to participate in the Profit Sharing 
                                            Plan if the Profit Sharing Plan as in effect on 
                                            December 31, 1983 had continued unchanged.

                                            Participants in this Plan employed by Motion who were 
                                            not participants in the Motion Profit Sharing Plan as of 
                                            December 31, 1983, shall receive Credited Service for 
                                            all purposes of this Plan beginning with their employment 
                                            commencement date with Motion but subject to all of the rules
                                            concerning crediting of service set forth in this Plan.

                                            Participants employed by Motion who were participants in 
                                            the Motion Profit Sharing Plan as of December 31, 1983 and 
                                            who elected to commence participation in this Plan effective 
                                            January 1, 1984, shall receive Credited Service for purposes 
                                            of determining an Employee's vested percentage under
                                            Section 4.05; for purposes of determining an Employee's 
                                            benefits under the Disability Retirement provisions of 
                                            Schedule D; for purposes of determining an Employee's 
                                            entitlement to Death Benefits under Article V; but service
                                            with Motion prior to January 1, 1984 shall not be credited 
                                            for purposes of determining the amount of such Employee's 
                                            Retirement Income.

                                            Effective January 1, 1990, the Profit Sharing Plan was 
                                            terminated.  Employees of Motion who participated in the 
                                            Profit Sharing Plan on December 31, 1989, and who are employed 
                                            by Motion on January 1, 1990, shall commence participation in 
                                            this Plan effective as of January 1, 1990.  Such Participants 
                                            shall receive Credited Service under this Plan beginning with
                                            their employment commencement date with Motion but only for the 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   81
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            purpose described in the following sentence and subject 
                                            to all of the rules concerning crediting of service set
                                            forth in this Plan.  The Participants discussed in this 
                                            paragraph shall receive Credited Service for purposes of
                                            determining an Employee's vested percentage under 
                                            Section 4.05; for purposes of determining an Employee's 
                                            benefits under the Disability Retirement provisions of 
                                            Schedule D; and for purposes of determining an Employee's
                                            entitlement to Death Benefits under Article V.  In no 
                                            event, shall such Participants receive Credited Service 
                                            prior to January 1, 1990 for purposes of determining the 
                                            amount of such Employee's Retirement Income (other than
                                            for the Disability Retirement described in Schedule D).
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   82

                                   SCHEDULE B

                 CREDIT FOR SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS


I.       Participants employed by a predecessor employer not listed in Sections
         II or III below shall be deemed to have as their date of Employment
         for all purposes of this Plan, the date the predecessor employer was
         acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company.

II.      Participants employed by the following predecessor employers shall
         receive Credited Service for all purposes of this Plan beginning with
         their employment commencement date with that predecessor employer but
         subject to all the rules concerning crediting of service set forth in
         this Plan.

         1.    Clark Siviter Co.
               St. Petersburg, FL

         2.    Standard Parts Company
               Columbia, SC

         3.    Standard Unit Parts Company
               Normal, IL

               Except that the benefits provided to Richard R. Mikulechy under
               this Plan shall be reduced by one hundred percent (100%) of the
               benefits provided under that certain Salary Continuation
               Agreement dated January 10, 1977 in the event of his retirement,
               death, disability or other termination of service; and

               Except that the benefits provided to Mark R. Larson under this
               Plan shall be reduced by one hundred percent (100%) of the
               benefits provided under that certain Salary Continuation
               Agreement dated January 10, 1977 in the event of his retirement,
               death, disability or other termination of service.

         4.    National Parts Service Inc.
               Hartford, CT

               Covering the following National Parts Service employees:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Name                                     S.S. No.             Employment Date
               ----------------                             ------------           ---------------
               <S>                                          <C>                    <C>
               Raymond Jensen                               ###-##-####            May 1, 1946
               Charles A. Veci                              ###-##-####            July 1, 1952
               Paul F. Baldi                                ###-##-####            August 27, 1960
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   83

<TABLE>
               <S>                                          <C>                    <C>
               Bernhardt E. Johnson                         ###-##-####            October 1, 1966
               Jean L. Veillette                            ###-##-####            July 1, 1972
               Paul R. Denis                                ###-##-####            July 26, 1974
               Mark P. Taylor                               ###-##-####            January 17, 1980
               Roy M. Robbins                               ###-##-####            June 16, 1980
</TABLE>

         5.    General Automotive Parts Company and its subsidiaries

         6.    NAPA Des Moines Warehouse

         7.    M&B, Inc. (Lesker Office Furniture), November 1, 1993

III.     Participants employed by the following predecessor employers shall be
         deemed to have as their date of Employment for all purposes of this
         Plan, the date the predecessor employer was acquired by or merged into
         Genuine Parts Company.  However, after an employee of such predecessor
         employer becomes a Participant in the Plan by satisfying the
         requirements of Section 3.02, such Participant shall receive Credited
         Service for all employment with such predecessor employer for purposes
         of (1) determining the Participant's vested percentage under Section
         4.05(c); (2) determining whether a Participant has completed five
         years of Credited Service for the Disability Retirement provisions of
         Schedule D; and (3) determining the Participant's entitlement to Death
         Benefits under Article V and related sections of the Plan.  Such
         Credited Service may be forfeited or disregarded in accordance with
         Section 2.18.  Furthermore, no Credited Service shall be granted for
         employment with a predecessor employer if the granting of such
         Credited Service will adversely impact the tax qualified status of the
         Plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     Name                                   Employment Date
               ----------------                             ---------------
         <S>                                                <C>
         Odell Hardware Company                             January 1, 1980
         Greensboro, NC

         Brooks-Noble Parts & Machine Co., Inc.             August 1, 1981
         Jackson, MS

         One Stop Auto Parts Inc.                           March 10, 1982
         Lathan, NY

         One Stop Auto Parts Inc.                           March 16, 1983
         Albany, NY

         E. E. Long Inc.                                    September 1, 1984
         Des Moines, IA

         Motor Parts & Supply                               April 1, 1986
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   84

<TABLE>
         <S>                                                <C>
         Baton Rouge, LA

         Chattanooga Service Auto Center                    May 1, 1986
         Chattanooga, TN

         Gerace Auto Parts                                  December 1, 1986
         Port Allen, LA

         Lawwill Auto Parts                                 September 1, 1987
         Chattanooga, TN

         Smith Automotive Corp.                             August 1, 1990
         (2 stores) Martinez, GA & Belvedere, SC

         Kings Parts Company, Inc.                          August 10, 1990
         Lake Oswego, OR

         W.K. NAPA on Kensington, Inc.                      August 10, 1990
         Elk Grove Village, IL

         Auto Parts, Inc. of Wilmington                     October 1, 1990
         Wilmington, NC

         Carolina Auto Parts of Thomasville, Inc.           October 1, 1990
         Thomasville, NC

         Stokes Auto Parts, Inc.                            October 1, 1990
         Thomasville, NC

         MGM Auto Parts, Inc.                               November 1, 1990
         Kenmore, NY

         Wholesale Sationers Corp.                          December 1, 1990
         Salt Lake City, UT (S.P. Richards)

         Santa Monica Auto Parts                            November 1, 1990
         Santa Monica, CA

         Precise Industries, Inc.                           December 1, 1990
         (2 Stores) Kingsport & Blountville, TN

         Automotive Service & Supply, Inc.                  December 1, 1990
         (3 Stores) Kingsport, TN, Bristol & Abingdon, VA

         NAPA Auto Parts of Lombard, Inc.                   December 1, 1990
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   85

<TABLE>
         <S>                                                <C>
         Lombard, IL

         Middleburg Parts and Hardware, Inc.                December 31, 1990
         Middleburg, FL

         Strap Industries, Inc.                             March 1, 1991
         Tempe, AZ

         Anderson's Parts                                   March 1, 1991
         Blue Springs, MO

         Evergreen Automotive Supply, Inc.                  May 1, 1991
         Chicago, IL

         Heath Motor Supply Co.                             July 1, 1991
         Panama City, FL

         Bryant Stooks - D.J.'s Auto Supply                 July 1, 1991
         (2 Stores) Chandler and Mesa, AZ

         NAPA Auto Parts Store of John Nall                 August 1, 1991
         South Milwaukee, WI

         Deer Park Automotive Parts, Inc.                   September 1, 1991
         Mt. Carmel, OH

         T & L Auto Parts Company, Inc.                     October 1, 1991
         (4 Stores) Fayetteville, NC

         B.W.P. Ltd.                                        October 1, 1991
         (2 Stores) Fayetteville, Roseboro, NC

         Auto Parts of Clinton                              October 1, 1991
         Clinton, NC

         Byrd-Wood Parts Group, Inc.                        October 1, 1991
         Fayetteville, NC

         Burien Auto Parts, Inc.                            October 1, 1991
         (2 Stores) Seattle, WA

         B.N. Auto Parts Co.                                December 1, 1991
         Marietta, GA

         Capital Automotive Parts, Inc.                     December 1, 1991
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   86

<TABLE>
         <S>                                                <C>
         Milwaukee, WI

         Bill's Auto Supply, Inc.                           January 1, 1992
         Milwaukee, WI

         Bill's Auto Supply, Inc.                           January 1, 1992
         Kansas City, MO

         Bald Hill Auto Parts, Inc.                         February 1, 1992
         Warwick, RI

         Manton Auto Prats, Inc.                            February 1, 1992
         Providence, RI

         Hudson Auto Parts                                  February 1, 1992
         Hudson, WI

         B&B Genuine Auto Parts, Inc.                       February 16, 1992
         Canton, OH

         Jimmy's Auto Parts, Inc.                           March 1, 1992
         Alpharetta, GA

         West Town Auto Parts, Inc.                         June 1, 1992
         Knoxville, TN

         Lakeland Motor Parts, Inc.                         June 1, 1992
         (2 Stores) Lakeland, FL

         Haas Auto Parts & Machine Co., Inc.                June 1, 1992
         Jeffersonville, IN

         Parts Dept. of Shakopee, Inc.                      June 1, 1992
         Shakopee, MN

         HMH Automotive Parts, Inc.                         June 1, 1992
         (2 Stores) Galesburg, Monmouth, IL

         Southern Parts & Electric, Inc.                    July 1, 1992
         (4 Stores) Durham, NC

         Service Supply Co. of Douglasville, Inc.           July 1, 1992
         Douglasville, GA

         Service Supply Company of Dallas, Inc.             July 1, 1992
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   87

<TABLE>
         <S>                                                <C>
         Dallas, GA

         NAPA of Lemon Grove, Inc.                          August 1, 1992
         La Mesa, CA

         Whitewater Auto Supply, Inc.                       September 1, 1992
         Janesville, WI

         Regalia Auto Parts, Inc.                           September 1, 1992
         Seattle, WA

         Drexel Auto Parts, Inc.                            October 1, 1992
         Huntsville, AL

         Warren Auto Supply, Inc.                           December 4, 1992
         (2 Stores) Warren, OH

         Cal's Service Parts, Inc.                          January 1, 1993
         (6 Stores) Boise, ID

         H & G Enterprises, Inc.                            January 1, 1993
         Louisville, KY

         Kernersville Auto Parts, Inc.                      February 1, 1993
         Kernersville, NC

         McCowen Enterprises, Inc.                          April 1, 1993
         (2 Stores) Champaign & Urbana, IL

         Breese Company, Inc.                               May 1, 1993
         (3 Stores, Iowa City, Muscatine & Coralville, IA)

         Young's Auto Supply Warehouse, Inc.                July 1, 1993
         Norfolk, VA

         Joliet Auto Supply, Inc.                           July 1, 1993
         Joliet, IL

         Bryan - Rogers, Inc.                               August 1, 1993
         (3 Stores) Tupelo, Baldwyn & Amory, MS

         Hyllberg Enterprises, Inc.                         August 1, 1993
         Virginia Beach, VA

         Hager Auto & Industrial Parts, Inc.                November 1, 1993
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   88

<TABLE>
         <S>                                                <C>
         (2 Stores) Burlington & South Burlington, VT

         Ballard Auto Parts, Inc.                           January 1, 1994
         Cornelius, NC

         Service Parts of Hendersonville, Inc.              January 1, 1994
         Hendersonville, NC

         Power's Auto Parts, Inc.                           March 1, 1994
         Williamsburg, VA

         Big J Auto Parts, Inc.                             March 14, 1994
         Johnson City, TN

         Economy Auto Supply Co., Inc.                      April 1, 1994
         Norfolk, VA

         Paul's Automotive, Inc.                            April 1, 1994
         Toledo, OH

         Sulphur Springs Parts Co., Inc.                    June 1, 1994
         Sulphur Springs, TX

         The Parts Place                                    August 1, 1994
         Gulfport, MS

         A & J Automotive Co.                               August 1, 1994
         Dalton, GA

         Clewiston Auto Parts, Inc.                         September 1, 1994
         Clewiston, FL

         Oregon City Auto Parts, Inc.                       October 1, 1994
         Oregon City and Clackamas, OR

         Kiema Car Part, Inc.                               November 1, 1994
         El Monte, CA

         Shoreline Auto Parts                               November 1, 1994
         Seattle, WA

         Lockport Automotive Supply, Inc.                   December 1, 1994
         Lockport, NY

         Mircon, Inc. Scardsdale Auto Parts                 December 1, 1994
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   89

<TABLE>
         <S>                                                <C>
         Scarsdale, NY

         Motor Parts Company                                December 1, 1994
         Booneville, MS

         Davis & Wilmar, Inc.                               July 1, 1992
                                                            (Eligible to Begin Participation 5/1/93)

         The Parts, Inc.                                    January 1, 1994
                                                            (Eligible to Begin Participation 1/1/95)

         Dade City Jobbing Group                            January 2, 1992
                                                            (Eligible to Begin Participation 1/1/94)

         Colorado Parts Company                             December 1, 1994
         (4 stores) Ft. Collins, Loveland,
         Longmont, CO

         Serene Plaza Auto Parts                            December 1, 1994
         Seattle, WA
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   90

                                   SCHEDULE C

                    TRUST FUND ESTABLISHED PURSUANT TO PLAN

               Under the Plan, the Employer may establish multiple trust funds
("sub-trusts") pursuant to one or more agreements of trust between the Employer
and one or more trustees to provide the benefits of the Plan.  The Plan also
provides that the term Trust Fund includes any group annuity or deposit
administration contract entered into between the Employer and an Insurer.  All
such sub-trusts in the aggregate shall comprise the Trust Fund as defined in
Section 2.51 of the Plan.  The Trust Fund (including all sub-trusts) shall be
available to provide all benefits under the Plan to any Plan Participant
irrespective of the division or unit which employs such Participant.

               As of January 1, 1989, the following sub-trusts comprise the
Trust Fund under the Plan:

               1.       Agreement of Trust Entered Into Between Genuine Parts
Company and Trust Company Bank Effective as of January 1, 1975.

               2.       Agreement of Trust Entered Into By and Between Genuine
Parts Company and the Safekeeping Trustees adopted effective November 1, 1982.

               3.       Group Annuity Contract Number DA710 Issued by
Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company to Standard Unit Parts Corporation.

               4.       Group Annuity Contract Number GA1466 Issued by Aetna
Life Insurance Company to Balkamp Inc.





<PAGE>   91

                                   SCHEDULE D

          DISABILITY RETIREMENT FOR PARTICIPANTS WHO TERMINATE ACTIVE
                      EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO JANUARY 1, 1993



(a)      This Schedule D shall apply to any Participant who is not in active
         Employment on or after January 1, 1993.  Any Participant who is in
         active Employment with an Employer on or after January 1, 1993 will
         not be eligible for a Disability Retirement under this Schedule D.
         Instead, such Participant's Disability Retirement benefit, if any,
         will be determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.03.

(b)      Each Participant who prior to his cessation of active Employment
         completes five years of Credited Service and becomes Permanently
         Disabled shall be entitled to elect disability retirement.  A
         Participant who elects disability retirement shall receive a monthly
         Retirement Income in the form of a Life Annuity Option (see Section
         6.01(a)) for the life of the Participant beginning on his Disability
         Retirement Date.

(c)      The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who is
         Permanently Disabled shall be determined in the same manner as his
         monthly Retirement Income would be determined under Section 4.01
         except as modified below:

         (i)     The Participant's disability Retirement Income shall be
                 determined using the Participant's Credited Service as of the
                 Participant's Disability Retirement Date (ignoring Credited
                 Service beyond such Disability Retirement Date).

         (ii)    The Participant's Average Earnings shall be the greater of the
                 following two amounts:

                  (A)     The Participant's current monthly Earnings, or

                  (B)     1/l2th of the Participant's previous calendar year
                          Earnings.

         (iii)   If a Participant has less than 15 years of Credited Service on
                 his Disability Retirement Date, the Participant's disability
                 Retirement Income shall equal 30% of the Participant's Average
                 Earnings (as modified in paragraph (ii) above) without the
                 reduction provided in Section 4.01(c).

         (iv)    In computing the Participant's disability Retirement Income
                 under Section 4.01(b) (for Participants with 15 or more years
                 of Credited Service), the offset of 50% of the Participant's
                 monthly Anticipated Social Security





<PAGE>   92

                 Benefit shall not exceed 64% of the Participant's actual
                 Social Security disability retirement benefit.

(c)      A married Participant's election to receive a disability retirement
         shall be valid only if the Participant's Spouse consents in writing to
         the disability retirement on a form provided by the Committee for such
         purpose in the presence of a Notary Public or Plan representative.
         The Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of such consent.
         However, if the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the
         Committee that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because he has
         no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or because of other
         circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury Regulations, the
         Committee may treat the Participant's election as an election for
         which spousal consent was obtained.  A Spouse's consent pursuant to
         this paragraph shall be irrevocable.

(d)      Prior to electing or consenting to the disability retirement, the
         Participant and the Participant's Spouse (if married) shall receive a
         written explanation of the disability retirement and of the option of
         receiving normal or early retirement benefits in accordance with
         Sections 4.01 and 4.02.  The explanation shall also describe the
         impact of electing disability retirement benefits including waiver of
         the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity and Pre-Retirement Survivor
         Annuity. Such explanation shall also provide all other relevant
         information described in Section 6.02(d).

(e)      By electing and consenting to the disability retirement, Participant
         and Spouse waive all rights to benefits under all other sections of
         Article IV, including normal retirement (Section 4.01), early
         retirement (Section 4.02), delayed retirement (Section 4.04) and
         termination of employment benefits (Section 4.05).  In addition, all
         death benefits under Article V shall be waived and the death benefit,
         if any, provided to the Participant's Beneficiary shall be limited to
         the death benefits described in paragraph (f) below.  If the
         Participant fails to elect to receive disability retirement or the
         Participant's Spouse fails to consent to the Participant's election,
         the Participant shall not be entitled to elect a Retirement Income
         under this Schedule D but shall instead be entitled to a Retirement
         Income pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.04 or
         4.05, as the case may be.

(f)      If a Participant is Permanently Disabled and dies while he is entitled
         to benefits under this Schedule D, the Participant's Beneficiary shall
         be entitled to receive a monthly Retirement Income to the extent the
         total months of Retirement Income paid to the Participant under
         Schedule D is less than the number of months determined pursuant to
         the following table:





<PAGE>   93

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Complete Years of Credited               Number of
              --------------------------               ---------
            Service at Disability Retirement            Months
           ---------------------------------            ------
                          Date                          Payable
                         -----                          -------
         <S>                                             <C>
         5 but less than 10                              12.5
         10 but less than 15                              25
         15 or more                                       50
</TABLE>

         In such event, the Participant's Beneficiary shall receive a
         Retirement Income in the same amount as the Participant was receiving
         under this Schedule D immediately prior to his death beginning on the
         first day of the month following the Participant's death and
         continuing only until the total months of Retirement Income paid to
         the Participant and the total months of Retirement Income paid to the
         Participant's Beneficiary equal the appropriate number of months as
         determined by the above table.  The Beneficiary may, prior to the
         receipt of benefits, request that the death benefit be paid in a lump
         sum.  Such lump sum payment shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the
         benefits payable to the Beneficiary.

(g)      Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, any Participant
         who remains in the employ of the Employer after his Normal Retirement
         Date and who thereafter becomes Permanently Disabled while employed by
         the Employer, shall have his Retirement Income determined under
         Section 4.04 instead of this Schedule D.

(h)      If the Participant's Permanent Disability ceases prior to his Normal
         Retirement Date, the following shall apply:

         (i)     All payments under this Schedule D shall cease.  In addition,
                 the Participant's and Spouse's, if married, election to waive
                 the Automatic Form of Payment (Section 6.01) shall be void.
                 Thereafter, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be
                 determined under the terms of Sections 4.01, 4.02, 4.04 or
                 4.05, whichever is applicable.

         (ii)    If the Participant recommences Employment within 90 days after
                 he recovers from his Permanent Disability, the Participant
                 shall receive Credited Service for the period of his Permanent
                 Disability (starting as of his Disability Retirement Date and
                 ending on the date of his recovery from Permanent Disability).
                 In addition, the Participant's Average Earnings will be
                 determined assuming the Participant received monthly Earnings
                 during his period of Permanent Disability equal to his Average
                 Earnings received immediately prior to his Permanent
                 Disability.  Any Retirement Income subsequently paid to the
                 Participant will be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of
                 benefits previously paid to the Participant under this
                 Schedule D.

         (iii)   If the Participant does not recommence Employment within 90
                 days after he recovers from his Permanent Disability, the
                 Participant's subsequent





<PAGE>   94

                 Retirement Income shall be based on the Participant's Average
                 Earnings and Credited Service as of his Disability Retirement
                 Date.

(i)      If a Participant has not completed five years of Credited Service
         prior to his cessation of active Employment or if the Participant
         becomes Permanently Disabled after his cessation of active Employment,
         the Participant shall not be entitled to a monthly Retirement Income
         under this Schedule D.

(j)      Disability Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month
         coincident with or immediately following the later of (i) the date the
         Permanent Disability as defined in Section 2.38 has existed for five
         consecutive months or (ii) the date the Committee determines that the
         Participant is Permanently Disabled.

(k)      In each case, the Disability Retirement Benefit described in this
         Schedule D remains subject to all limitations, reductions, adjustments
         of this Plan, including but not limited to adjustments under Code
         Section 401(a)(17) (limit on Earnings), Code Section 415 (see Article
         XIII) and Section 4.07 of the Plan (reduction of benefit in certain
         cases).





<PAGE>   95

                                   SCHEDULE E

               SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO RETIREMENT WINDOWS
                             (SEE SECTION 4.02(C))


         1.      Retirement Window for Certain Employees of the Mid-South Data
         Processing and D.C. Accounting to Normal, Illinois.  Employees who
         have attained age 55 and earned 15 or more years of Credited Service
         as of December 31, 1989 and who are employed on October 31, 1989 by
         (1) Mid-South Data Processing, (2) Mid-South Distribution Center
         Accounting, or (3) Memphis-area Locals may elect early retirement
         without the early retirement reduction factor described in Section
         4.02(b) of the Plan.  Such eligible Employees must notify the Company
         of their desire to elect early retirement between September 19, 1989
         and October 31, 1989 (inclusive) and must actually retire from the
         Company between December 31, 1989 and February 1, 1990 (inclusive).
         The term "Memphis-area Locals" refers to Company-owned (NAPA) stores
         located in the Memphis area served by the Memphis Distribution Center.
         All eligible Employees will be notified of this special early
         retirement on or about September 19, 1989.

         2.      Retirement Window for Certain Employees Employed by Rayloc
         Atlanta.  Employees who (1) were actively employed on October 21,
         1994, by Rayloc and continuously employed thereafter by Rayloc through
         December 31, 1994, at its Atlanta facility; and, (2) have attained age
         59-1/2 but are younger than age 65 (i.e., born after January 1, 1930
         and before July 1, 1935); and, (3) have earned 15 or more years of
         Credited Service may elect early retirement without the early
         retirement reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan.
         Such eligible Employees must notify the Company of their desire to
         elect early retirement between October 21, 1994, and December 9, 1994
         (inclusive) and must actually terminate employment from Rayloc on
         December 31, 1994 (with early retirement effective January 1, 1995).





<PAGE>   96

<TABLE>
               <S>                                          <C>
               NAPA Auto Parts                              March 1, 1984
                 Pella, IA

               Motor Parts & Supply                         August 1, 1988
                 Hattiesburg, MS

               Motor Parts & Supply                         August 1, 1988
                 Petal, MS

               W. C. Hendrie & Co.                          August 1, 1988
                 Long Beach, CA (Motion Ind.)

               Auto Parts of Fairfield                      August 1, 1989
                 Fairfield, IA

               M & J Auto Parts                             November 1, 1989
                 Toledo, OH

               Strong Auto Parts                            January 1, 1990
                 Deer Park, WA                              
                                                            
               Loeb Auto Parts                              February 1, 1990
                 Washington, IL                              
                                                            
               Central City Auto Parts                      March 1, 1990
                 Central City, KY                           
                                                            
               Beaver Dam Auto Parts                        March 1, 1990
                 Beaver Dam, KY                             

               Les Hite Inc.                                June 1, 1990
                 Leesburg, SC

               Sheppard Auto Supply Inc.                    July 1, 1990
                 Montgomery, WV
                 Ansted, WV
                 Belle, WV
                 Clay, WV
                 Gauley Bridge, WV
                 Oak Hill, WV

               Neilson Auto Parts                           July 1, 1990
                 Idaho Falls, ID
               Rigby Auto Parts                             July 1, 1990
                 Idaho Falls, ID
</TABLE>





                                     - i -
<PAGE>   97


<TABLE>
               <S>                                          <C>
               BMP Inc.                                     August 1, 1990
                 Schofield, WI
                 Wausau, WI

               Milligan Parts Company                       October 1, 1990
                 Georgetown, OH
                 Bethel, OH
                 Pebbles, OH
                 Ripley, OH
                 W. Union, OH

               Lovell Bros, Inc.                            November 1, 1990
                 Ocala, FL
                 Bolleview, FL
                 Crystal River, FL
                 Inverness, FL
                 Lynn, FL
                 Williston, FL

               A&J Automotive Parts, Inc.                   December 1, 1990
                 Commerce, GA
</TABLE>





                                    - ii -

<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 13

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                     Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

                                    [LOGO]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(restated to give effect to pooling of interests)                    Year Ended December 31
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1994         1993         1992         1991         1990
================================================================================================================
                                                              (in thousands except per share data)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales ....................................   $4,858,415   $4,384,294   $4,016,751   $3,763,736   $3,660,443
Cost of goods sold ...........................    3,343,699    3,023,038    2,781,731    2,612,059    2,543,951
Selling, administrative and other expenses ...    1,039,848      935,427      852,610      790,559      755,051
Income before income taxes ...................      474,868      425,829      382,410      361,118      361,441
Income taxes .................................      186,320      166,961      145,440      137,154      137,718
Net income** .................................   $  288,548   $  257,813   $  236,970   $  223,964   $  223,723
Average common shares outstanding during year*      124,041      124,217      124,085      123,980      125,262
Per common share*:
        Net income** .........................   $     2.33   $     2.08   $     1.91   $     1.81   $     1.79
        Dividends declared ...................         1.15         1.06         1.00          .97          .92
        December 31 closing stock price ......        36.00        37.63        34.00        32.50        25.33
Long-term debt, less current maturities ......       11,431       12,265       13,043       12,658       16,369
Shareholders' equity .........................    1,526,165    1,445,263    1,316,372    1,211,716    1,122,182
Total assets .................................   $2,029,471   $1,870,756   $1,707,303   $1,577,516   $1,488,412
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 *Adjusted to reflect the three-for-two split in 1992.
**Net of cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles of $1,055 in 
  1993.

                            SELECTED RATIO ANALYSIS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(restated to give effect to pooling of interests)                          Year Ended December 31
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              1994       1993       1992       1991       1990
================================================================================================================
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>    
(In % of net sales)                                                                                             
  Cost of goods sold ..............................          68.82%     68.95%     69.25%     69.40%     69.50% 
  Selling, administrative and other expenses ......          21.40      21.34      21.23      21.00      20.63  
  Income before income taxes ......................           9.77       9.71       9.52       9.60       9.87  
  Net income ......................................           5.94       5.88       5.90       5.95       6.11  
Rate earned on shareholders' equity at the beginning                                                             
  of each year ....................................          19.97%     19.59%     19.56%     19.96%     21.14% 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                        MARKET AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION

High and Low Sales Price and Dividends Declared per Share of Common Shares
Traded on the New York Stock Exchange.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Sales Price of Common Shares
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quarter                                                      1994                            1993
================================================================================================================
                                                        High        Low                High         Low
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>                <C>         <C>     
First..............................................    $39.38      $33.75             $37.25      $32.88         
Second.............................................     36.88       33.63              37.38       33.50        
Third..............................................     37.38       34.13              38.25       34.50        
Fourth.............................................     37.00       33.88              39.00       34.88      
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Dividends Declared per Share
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1994                            1993
================================================================================================================
<S>                                                          <C>                              <C>         
First .............................................          $.2875                           $.265     
Second ............................................           .2875                            .265      
Third .............................................           .2875                            .265      
Fourth ............................................           .2875                            .265      
                                                                                               
Number of Record Holders of Common Stock...........      7,917                                                 
</TABLE>

                                   eighteen
<PAGE>   2


                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
                     Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

                           [LOGO] ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Board of Directors
Genuine Parts Company

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Genuine Parts
Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994.  These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
based on our audits.
        We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.  
        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present 
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.  
        As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, in 1993 the 
Company changed its method of accounting for postretirement benefits and 
income taxes.


/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP


Atlanta, Georgia
February 6, 1995


                                   nineteen
<PAGE>   3
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                     Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

                                    [LOGO]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           December 31
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        1994         1993
============================================================================================
                                                                     (dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents .......................................   $   82,410   $  123,231
Short-term investments, at cost, which
  approximates market value .....................................          ---       64,599
Trade accounts receivable .......................................      487,395      428,911
Merchandise inventories .........................................    1,004,580      879,154
Prepaid expenses and other current accounts .....................       21,396       10,299
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS    1,595,781    1,506,194
INVESTMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS (Notes 1 and 8) ....................      175,658      133,364
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Land ............................................................       32,152       28,109
Buildings, less allowance for depreciation
  (1994 - $60,176; 1993 - $56,839)...............................      106,608      103,146
Machinery and equipment, less allowance for
  depreciation (1994 - $131,905; 1993 - $128,262) ...............      119,272       99,943
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                NET PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT      258,032      231,198
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    $2,029,471   $1,870,756
============================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Trade accounts payable ..........................................   $  316,589   $  258,949
Current maturities on long-term debt ............................          933          797
Accrued compensation ............................................       37,790       30,883
Accrued expenses ................................................       20,368       18,222
Dividends payable ...............................................       35,246       32,933
Income taxes payable ............................................       11,482       10,167
Deferred income taxes ...........................................          ---        1,521
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES      422,408      353,472
LONG-TERM DEBT, less current maturities .........................       11,431       12,265
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES ...........................................       44,540       37,980
MINORITY INTERESTS IN SUBSIDIARIES ..............................       24,927       21,776
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY (Notes 2, 3, 4 and 6):
Preferred Stock, par value $1 a share-authorized
  10,000,000 shares; none issued
Common Stock, par value $1 a share-authorized
  450,000,000 shares; issued 122,627,303 shares
  in 1994; 124,282,289 shares in 1993 ...........................      122,627      124,282
Additional paid-in capital ......................................          ---        2,566
Retained earnings ...............................................    1,403,538    1,318,415
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY   1,526,165    1,445,263
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    $2,029,471   $1,870,756
============================================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.

                                    twenty
        
<PAGE>   4
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                     Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
                                    (LOGO)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Year Ended December 31
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1994         1993         1992
=================================================================================================
                                                     (dollars in thousands except per share data)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
Net sales ............................................   $4,858,415   $4,384,294   $4,016,751
Cost of goods sold ...................................    3,343,699    3,023,038    2,781,731
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1,514,716    1,361,256    1,235,020
Selling, administrative and other expenses ...........    1,039,848      935,427      852,610
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of
  changes in accounting principles ...................      474,868      425,829      382,410
Income taxes (Note 7) ................................      186,320      166,961      145,440
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before cumulative effect of changes in
  accounting principles ..............................      288,548      258,868      236,970

Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles,
  net of tax (Note 1) ................................         --          1,055         --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME ...........................................   $  288,548   $  257,813   $  236,970
=================================================================================================
Net income per common share ..........................   $     2.33   $     2.08   $     1.91
=================================================================================================
Average common shares outstanding during the year ....      124,041      124,217      124,085
=================================================================================================
See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>



                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
                     Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
                                    (LOGO)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Common Stock       Additional                   Total
                                             ------------        Paid-In      Retained    Shareholders
                                          Shares       Amount    Capital      Earnings       Equity
=========================================================================================================
                                                           (dollars in thousands)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>
Balance at January 1, 1992 ........     82,670,204    $ 82,670    $  --      $1,129,046    $1,211,716
  Net income ......................           --          --         --         236,970       236,970
  Cash dividends declared .........           --          --         --        (114,508)     (114,508)
  Three-for-two stock split .......     41,350,036      41,350       --         (41,395)          (45)
  Stock options exercised .........        142,849         143       --           3,270         3,413
  Repurchase of shares by pooled                                                            
    companies prior to merger .....           --          --         --          (4,895)       (4,895)
  Cash dividends declared by pooled                                                         
    companies prior to merger .....           --          --         --         (16,279)      (16,279)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1992 ......    124,163,089     124,163       --       1,192,209     1,316,372
  Net income ......................           --          --         --         257,813       257,813
  Cash dividends declared .........           --          --         --        (131,681)     (131,681)
  Stock options exercised .........        119,200         119      2,566            74         2,759
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1993 ......    124,282,289     124,282      2,566     1,318,415     1,445,263
  Net income ......................           --          --         --         288,548       288,548
  Cash dividends declared .........           --          --         --        (142,602)     (142,602)
  Stock options exercised .........        192,613         193      4,175          --           4,368
  Purchase of stock ...............     (2,011,000)     (2,011)    (6,741)      (61,593)      (70,345)
  Other ...........................        163,401         163       --             770           933
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 ......    122,627,303    $122,627    $  --      $1,403,538    $1,526,165
=========================================================================================================
See accompanying notes.
</TABLE>

                                  twenty-one
<PAGE>   5
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                     Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

                                    [LOGO]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        
                                                                                     Year Ended December 31
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        
                                                                                 1994         1993         1992
================================================================================================================
                                                                                     (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                         <C>          <C>          <C>
Operating Activities
  Net income ............................................................   $ 288,548    $ 257,813    $ 236,970
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
    operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization .....................................      37,374       34,420       31,687
      Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment .....................        (158)      (1,342)        (895)
      Provision for deferred taxes ......................................       6,699        5,990        3,896
      Equity in income from investees ...................................      (7,224)      (4,452)      (2,513)
      Income applicable to minority interests ...........................       2,373        2,090        1,537
      Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        Trade accounts receivable .......................................     (58,484)     (25,759)     (33,455)
        Merchandise inventories .........................................    (125,426)     (91,462)     (60,614)
        Prepaid expenses and other current accounts .....................     (11,097)      (1,413)         488
        Trade accounts payable ..........................................      57,641       18,319       22,090
        Income taxes payable and other current liabilities ..............       8,708        6,367      (12,987)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        
                                                                              (89,594)     (57,242)     (50,766)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        
                                NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES     198,954      200,571      186,204
Investing Activities
  Acquisition of Davis & Wilmar, Inc., net of cash acquired of $3,556 ...        --           --        (28,444)
  Investment in Grupo Auto Todo .........................................     (26,009)        --           --
  Purchase of property, plant and equipment .............................     (66,002)     (57,513)     (31,585)
  Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment ...................       2,885        4,831        3,862
  Purchase of short-term investments ....................................        --        (64,599)     (12,010)
  Proceeds from sale and maturity of short-term investments .............      64,599       12,010       17,698
  Other investing activities ............................................      (9,062)     (12,962)      (9,696)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        
                                    NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES     (33,589)    (118,233)     (60,175)
Financing Activities
  Payments on long-term debt ............................................        (698)        (804)      (5,954)
  Stock options exercised ...............................................       4,368        2,759        3,368
  Dividends paid ........................................................    (140,289)    (129,846)    (127,338)
  Purchase of stock .....................................................     (70,345)        --         (4,896)
  Contributions from minority interests .................................         778          765          822
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        
                                    NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES    (206,186)    (127,126)    (133,998)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        
                                NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     (40,821)     (44,788)      (7,969)
                           CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR     123,231      168,019      175,988
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------        
                                 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR   $  82,410    $ 123,231    $ 168,019
================================================================================================================
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
  Cash paid during the year for:
    Income taxes ........................................................   $ 178,307    $ 160,944    $ 154,498
================================================================================================================
    Interest ............................................................   $   1,333    $   1,587    $   1,890
================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.


                                 twenty-two
<PAGE>   6

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                     Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
December 31, 1994                   GPC(LOGO)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION: The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Genuine Parts Company and all of its subsidiaries (the "Company").
Income applicable to minority interests is included in other expenses.
Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.

CASH EQUIVALENTS: The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a
maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

INVESTMENTS: On August 27, 1992, the Company paid approximately $5.5 million to
increase its ownership in UAP Inc., a Canadian automotive parts distributor,
from 20% to 24%. The Company also has a 49% interest in a partnership formed by
the Company and UAP Inc.
     On October 1, 1994, the Company paid approximately $26 million to acquire
a 49% interest in Grupo Auto Todo, a partnership formed by the Company and Auto
Todo, a Mexican automotive parts distributor.
     These investments are accounted for by the equity method of accounting.

INVENTORIES: Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is
determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for substantially all
automotive parts, and certain industrial parts, and by the first-in, first-out
(FIFO) method for all other inventories. If the FIFO method had been used for
all inventories, cost would have been $102,077,000 and $100,772,000 higher than
reported at December 31, 1994 and December 31, 1993, respectively.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT: Property, plant and equipment is stated on the
basis of cost. Depreciation is determined principally on a straight-line basis
over the estimated useful life of each asset.

STOCK OPTIONS: Proceeds from the sale of stock under options are credited to
common stock at par value and the excess of the option price over par value is
credited to additional paid-in capital.

INTEREST INCOME: Interest income (1994 - $6,765,000; 1993 - $6,273,000; 1992 -
$7,538,000) has been deducted from selling, administrative and other expenses.

FOREIGN OPERATIONS: Foreign operations represent less than five percent of
consolidated amounts. Translation adjustments are not significant.

ACCOUNTING CHANGES: Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" which requires the projected
future costs of providing postretirement benefits, such as health care and
life insurance, be recognized as an expense as employees render service instead
of when benefits are paid. The Company applied the new rules using the
cumulative effect method, resulting in a charge of $5,055,000 (net of income
taxes of $3,095,000) in 1993.
     Also effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes". The cumulative
effect as of January 1, 1993, of adopting Statement 109 increased 1993 net
income by $4,000,000.
     The adoption of Statements 106 and 109 did not have a material impact on
the Company's financial statements or results of operations.

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE: Net income per common share is based on the
weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each year.
Options outstanding under the Company's stock option plan would not materially
dilute net income per share and, therefore, have not been included in the
computation.

2. ACQUISITIONS
On June 30, 1992, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
Davis & Wilmar, Inc., an automotive parts distributor, for $32 million. The
acquisition has been recorded using the purchase method of accounting.
     On January 29, 1993, the Company completed its merger of Berry Bearing
Company and certain affiliated companies into the Company. The Berry Companies
distribute industrial replacement parts and related supplies throughout the
Midwestern United States. The Company issued 9,586,531 shares of common stock
for all of the outstanding common stock of the Berry Companies. This
transaction has been accounted for as a pooling of interests and, accordingly,
the accompanying financial statements have been retroactively combined to
include the accounts of the pooled companies.

3. STOCK SPLIT
On February 17, 1992, the Board of Directors approved a three-for-two stock
split, effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend, payable to shareholders of
record on March 16, 1992. The par value of the shares issued was charged to
retained earnings.



                                 twenty-three
<PAGE>   7

4. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
The Company has a Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement which includes the
distribution of Rights to common shareholders. The Rights entitle the holder,
upon occurrence of certain events, to purchase additional stock of the Company.
The Rights will be exercisable only if a person, group or company acquires 20%
or more of the Company's common stock or commences a tender offer that would
result in ownership of 30% or more of the common stock. The Company is entitled
to redeem each Right for one cent.

5. LEASED PROPERTIES
The Company leases land, buildings and equipment. Certain land and building
leases have renewal options generally for periods ranging from two to ten
years. Future minimum payments, by year and in the aggregate, under the
noncancellable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or
more consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
1995..........................      $ 48,238
1996..........................        35,159
1997..........................        24,534
1998..........................        17,755
1999..........................        12,031
Subsequent to 1999............        24,725
- --------------------------------------------
                                    $162,442
============================================
</TABLE>

     Rental expense for operating leases was $53,913,000 in 1994; $48,935,000
in 1993; and $47,033,000 in 1992.

6. STOCK OPTIONS
In accordance with stock option plans approved by the shareholders, options are
granted to key personnel for the purchase of the Company's common stock at
prices not less than the fair market value of the shares on the dates of grant.
Most options may be exercised not earlier than twelve months nor later than ten
years from the date of grant. On April 20, 1992, the shareholders approved the
1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan which provides for 4,500,000 shares of
common stock to be available for granting of incentive and nonqualified stock
options to key employees. Further information relating to the options is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Shares
                      Option Price         --------------------------------------
                        Per Share               1994          1993          1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>                    <C>           <C>           <C>
Outstanding at
  January 1 ........ $22.58 to $37.06      1,496,301     1,432,850       798,556
  Granted ..........  30.31 to  37.06        693,000       235,700       858,900
  Exercised ........  22.58 to  31.92       (272,887)     (150,749)     (206,481)
  Cancelled ........  22.79 to  35.69        (16,337)      (21,500)      (18,125)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding at
  December 31 ......  23.21 to  37.06      1,900,077     1,496,301     1,432,850
=================================================================================
Exercisable at
  December 31 ......  23.21 to  37.06        770,774     1,014,843       520,316
=================================================================================
Shares available for
  future grants ....                       2,694,193     3,520,856     3,735,056
=================================================================================
</TABLE>

     On March 31, 1994, the Company entered into restricted stock agreements
with two officers which provide for the award of up to 100,000 and 50,000
shares, respectively, during the period 1994 - 1998 based on the Company
achieving certain increases in earnings per share and stock price levels, as
defined in the agreements. For the year ended December 31, 1994, the officers
earned 10,000 and 5,000 shares, respectively. The Company recognizes
compensation expense equal to the fair market value of the stock on the award
date over the remaining vesting period which expires on March 31, 2004.

7. INCOME TAXES
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences
between the carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant
components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     1994      1993
- ----------------------------------------------------
                                    (in thousands)
<S>                               <C>       <C>
Employee and retiree benefits..   $17,301   $15,793
Property, plant and equipment..    17,231    15,944
Merchandise inventories .......     6,855     6,243
Other .........................     3,153     1,521
- ----------------------------------------------------
                                  $44,540   $39,501
====================================================
</TABLE>

     The components of income tax expense are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       1994       1993       1992
- --------------------------------------------------
                            (in thousands)
<S>                <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal:
   Current.....    $148,282   $132,298   $116,772
   Deferred....       6,699      5,990      3,896
State .........      31,339     28,673     24,772
- --------------------------------------------------
                   $186,320   $166,961   $145,440
==================================================
</TABLE>

     The reasons for the difference between total tax expense and the amount
computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to income before
income taxes were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      1994         1993         1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (in thousands)
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>
Statutory rate  applied to
  pre-tax income .............   $ 166,204    $ 149,040    $ 130,019
Plus state income taxes,
  net of Federal tax benefit..      20,370       18,637       16,350
Other ........................        (254)        (716)        (929)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 $ 186,320    $ 166,961    $ 145,440
=====================================================================
</TABLE>

8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company's noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covers substantially
all of its employees. The benefits are based on an average of the employees'
compensation during five of their last ten years of credited service. The
Company's funding policy is to contribute amounts





                                  twenty-four
<PAGE>   8

deductible for income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not
only for benefits attributed for service to date but also for those expected to
be earned in the future.
     The following table sets forth the plan's funded status and amounts
recognized in the Company's financial statements at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1994         1993
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  (in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>
Actuarial present value of
  benefit obligations:
  Accumulated benefit obligation,
    including vested benefits of $201,029
    in 1994 and $202,994 in 1993 ........   $(205,808)   $(207,707)
===================================================================
Projected benefit obligation for service
  rendered to date ......................   $(315,368)   $(339,271)
Plan assets at fair value, primarily
  insurance contracts, U.S. Government
  securities and equity securities ......     346,303      344,217
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Plan assets in excess of projected
  benefit obligation ....................      30,935        4,946
Unrecognized prior service cost .........     (26,520)     (24,365)
Unrecognized net loss from past
  experience different from that
  assumed and effects of changes
  in assumptions ........................      51,926       61,307
Unrecognized net transition obligation ..       1,822        2,083
- -------------------------------------------------------------------
Net prepaid pension cost ................   $  58,163    $  43,971
===================================================================
</TABLE>

     Net pension cost (income) included the following components at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            1994        1993        1992
- ---------------------------------------------------------
                                  (in thousands)
<S>                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Service cost ........   $ 12,247    $  9,498    $ 10,775
Interest cost .......     25,002      23,192      23,909
Actual return on plan
  assets ............      3,578     (35,190)    (21,080)
Net amortization and
  deferral ..........    (36,606)      2,353      (5,870)
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Net periodic pension
  cost (income) .....   $  4,221    $   (147)   $  7,734
=========================================================
</TABLE>

     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company began insuring new long-term
disability claims under a policy separate from the pension plan, resulting in a
decrease in net pension cost of approximately $7,000,000 during 1993.
     Assumptions used in the accounting for the defined benefit plan as of
December 31 were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 1994       1993       1992
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>       <C>        <C>
Weighted-average
  discount rate .............   8.40%      7.50%      8.75%
Rate of increase in
  future compensation
  levels ....................   5.00%      5.75%      5.75%
Expected long-term rate
        of return on assets..   9.50%     10.00%     10.00%
</TABLE>

The changes in the above assumptions resulted in a net $37,400,000 decrease
in the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 1994.
     At December 31, 1994, the plan held 534,997 shares of common stock of the
Company with a market value of $19,259,892.
     The Company has a defined contribution plan which covers substantially all
of its employees. The Company's contributions are determined based on 20% of
the first 6% of the covered employee's salary. Total plan expense was
approximately $3,364,000 in 1994, $2,712,000 in 1993, and $2,212,000 in 1992,
respectively.

9. INDUSTRY DATA
The industry data for the past five years presented in the Exhibit on page 27
is an integral part of these financial statements.
     The Company is primarily engaged in the distribution of merchandise,
principally automotive and industrial replacement parts, and office supplies.
In the automotive industry, the Company distributes replacement parts (other
than body parts) for substantially all makes and models of domestically
manufactured automobiles, most domestically manufactured trucks and buses, and
most vehicles manufactured outside the United States. In addition, this segment
of the business includes the rebuilding of some automotive parts and the
distribution of replacement parts for certain types of farm equipment,
motorcycles, motorboats and small engines.
     The Company's industrial segment distributes a wide variety of industrial
bearings, mechanical and fluid power transmission equipment, including
hydraulic and pneumatic products, material handling components, and related
parts and supplies.
     The Company's office products segment distributes a wide variety of office
products, computer supplies, office furniture and business electronics.
     Intersegment sales are not significant. Operating profit for each industry
segment is calculated as net sales less operating expenses excluding general
corporate expenses, interest expense, equity in income from investees and
minority interests. Identifiable assets by industry are those assets that are
used in the Company's operations in each industry. Corporate assets are
principally cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and headquarters'
facilities and equipment.



                                 twenty-five
<PAGE>   9
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYIS
                    Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
                                    (LOGO)

December, 31, 1994

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
Net sales in 1994 increased for the 45th consecutive year to a record high of
$4.9 billion.  This was an increase of 11% over the prior year and compares
with increases of 9% in 1993, and 7% in 1992.  Sales for the Automotive Parts
Group increased 8% in 1994 versus 7% in 1993, reflecting an improved economic
climate and enhanced marketing programs for all segments of the automotive
aftermarket.  Sales for the Industrial Parts Group increased 14% in 1994 versus
7% in 1993 as industrial production continues to increase and factory
utilization remains high.  Sales for the Office Products Group increased 14% in
1994 compared with 21% in 1993 reflecting geographic expansion, increased
market share and improved service level.
     Costs of goods sold remained approximately the same as a percentage of net
sales in each of the past two years.  Selling, administrative and other
expenses increased each year, and the percentage to net sales remained
approximately the same.  The effective income tax rate was 39.2% in 1994 and in
1993 and 38.0% in 1992.  The effective tax rate in 1993 reflects the increase
in the federal tax rate from 34% to 35% effective January 1, 1993. 
Consolidated net income in 1994 increased 12% over 1993 net income.  Net income
in 1993 increased 9% over 1992.
     Effective December 31, 1994, the Company changed the assumptions in the 
Pension Plan as follows: weighted average discount rate from 7.50% to 8.40%,
rate of increase in future compensation levels from 5.75% to 5.00%, and the
expected long-term rate of return on assets from 10.00% to 9.50%.  The changes
in these assumptions resulted in a net $37,400,000 decrease in the projected
benefit obligation at December 31, 1994.
     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for Postretirement
Benefits Other Than Pensions" which requires the projected future costs of
providing postretirement benefits, such as health care and life insurance, be
recognized as an expense as employees render service instead of when benefits
are paid.  The Company has applied the new rules using the cumulative effect
method, resulting in a charge of $5,055,000 (net of income taxes of
$3,095,000).
     Also effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes".  The cumulative
effect as of January 1, 1993, of adopting Statement 109 increased net income by
$4,000,000.  As permitted by the Statement, prior year financial statements
have not been restated to reflect the change in accounting method.
     The adoption of Statements 106 and 109 did not have a material impact on 
the Company's financial statements or results of operations.

LIQUIDITY AND SOURCES OF CAPITAL:
The ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 3.8 at the close of 1994
with current assets amounting to 79% of total assets.  Trade accounts
receivable and inventories increased 13.6% and 14.3% respectively, while
working capital increased 2%.  The increase in working capital has been
financed principally from the Company's cash flow generated by operations. 
Working capital only increased a small percentage due to the Company's stock
repurchase program for 1994.  At its August 16, 1994 meeting, the Genuine Parts
Company Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program which authorizes
the Company to reacquire up to 10 million shares of its Common Stock.  To date,
approximately 2 million shares have been repurchased.  Current financial
resources and anticipated funds from operations are expected to meet
requirements for working capital in 1995.  Capital expenditures during 1994
amounted to $66 million compared with $58 million in 1993 and $32 million in
1992. The increase in 1994 and 1993 reflects the Company's continuing
geographic expansion as well as the upgrading of its existing facilities. 
Additionally, capital expenditures in 1992 reflected the Company's response to
the difficult business environment and the overall economy.  It is anticipated
that capital expenditures in 1995 will be approximately the same as 1994.
     On January 29, 1993, 9,586,531 shares of common stock were issued for all 
of the outstanding common stock of Berry Bearing Company and certain affiliated
companies.  This transaction has been accounted for as a pooling of interests;
and accordingly, the financial statements prior to that date have been
retroactively combined to include the accounts of the pooled companies.

INFLATION:
There were no price increases in the Automotive Parts Group in 1994 as sales
increased 8%.  The Industrial Parts Group had a sales increase of 14% and price
increases of approximately 2.9%.  The Office Products Group had a sales
increase of 14% and price increases of less than 1%.
     Price increases in the Automotive Group were approximately 1% in 1993 as
sales increased 7%.  The Industrial Parts Group had a sales increase of 7% and
price increases of approximately 3%.  The Office Products Group had a sales
increase of 21% and price increases of less than 1%.
     The charges to operations for depreciation represent the allocation of
historical costs incurred over past years and are significantly less than if
they were based on the current cost of productive capacity being consumed.




                                  twenty-six
<PAGE>   10

                                 Industry Data
                     Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries
                                  GPC(LOGO)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 1994          1993          1992          1991          1990
==============================================================================================================
                                                                      (dollars in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales
  Automotive ...........................   $2,693,961    $2,485,267    $2,318,761    $2,188,698    $2,117,464
  Industrial ...........................    1,317,495     1,153,371     1,082,428     1,021,019     1,019,227
  Office products ......................      846,959       745,656       615,562       554,019       523,752
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total net sales ...................   $4,858,415    $4,384,294    $4,016,751    $3,763,736    $3,660,443
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating profit                                                                                    
  Automotive ...........................   $  304,164    $  282,791    $  262,422    $  260,818    $  252,862
  Industrial ...........................      111,822        96,727        87,493        76,922        80,578
  Office products ......................       78,206        65,938        50,967        45,112        45,606
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total operating profit ............      494,192       445,456       400,882       382,852       379,046
Interest expense .......................       (1,321)       (1,584)       (1,871)       (5,434)       (5,411)
Corporate expense ......................      (22,854)      (20,405)      (17,577)      (18,662)      (14,448)
Equity in income .......................        7,224         4,452         2,513         4,000         3,814
Minority interests .....................       (2,373)       (2,090)       (1,537)       (1,638)       (1,560)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Income before income taxes ........   $  474,868    $  425,829    $  382,410    $  361,118    $  361,441
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Identifiable assets                                                                                 
  Automotive ...........................   $1,223,416    $1,152,148    $1,040,191    $  926,617    $  875,324
  Industrial ...........................      404,647       370,633       354,547       338,054       337,418
  Office products ......................      308,817       283,479       228,802       201,036       186,815
  Corporate ............................        5,950         6,731        27,333        57,197        43,881
  Equity investments ...................       86,641        57,765        56,430        54,612        44,974
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total assets ......................   $2,029,471    $1,870,756    $1,707,303    $1,577,516    $1,488,412
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Depreciation and amortization                                                                       
  Automotive ...........................   $   26,588    $   24,056    $   21,905    $   20,301    $   19,436
  Industrial ...........................        4,640         5,410         5,286         5,732         5,450
  Office products ......................        5,257         4,246         3,752         3,794         3,727
  Corporate ............................          889           708           744           768           964
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total depreciation and amortization   $   37,374    $   34,420    $   31,687    $   30,595    $   29,577
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital expenditures                                                                                
  Automotive ...........................   $   45,921    $   39,502    $   24,272    $   22,381    $   33,190
  Industrial ...........................        4,164         2,779         2,553         2,479         8,586
  Office products ......................       13,547        12,378         3,395         3,055         3,488
  Corporate ............................        2,370         2,854         1,365           358           845
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total capital expenditures ........   $   66,002    $   57,513    $   31,585    $   28,273    $   46,109
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Assets acquired in prior years will, of course, be replaced at higher costs, but
this will take place over many years.
     Present tax laws do not allow deductions for adjustments for the impact of
inflation.  Thus, taxes are levied on the Company at rates which, in real terms,
exceed established statutory rates.  In general, during periods of inflation,
this tax policy results in a tax on shareholders' investment in the Company.

QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:
Miscellaneous year-end adjustments resulted in increasing net income during the
fourth quarter of 1994 and 1993 by approximately $18,353,000 ($.15 per share)
and $16,206,000 ($.13 per share), respectively.

     The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the
years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Three Months Ended
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             March 31,       June 30,      Sept. 30,        Dec.31,
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
1994
- ----
Net Sales...............    $1,162,075     $1,219,801     $1,268,417     $1,208,122
Gross Profit............       346,457        362,817        382,280        423,162
Net Income..............        62,891         71,011         72,924         81,722
Net Income per
  Common Share..........           .51            .57            .59            .66

1993
- ----
Net Sales...............    $1,037,914     $1,106,176     $1,144,839     $1,095,365
Gross Profit............       310,421        326,282        347,399        377,154
Net Income..............        55,336         65,905         63,019         73,553
Net Income per
  Common Share..........           .45            .53            .51            .59
</TABLE>





                                 twenty-seven

<PAGE>   1


                                                                      EXHIBIT 21



                          SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Jurisdiction of
  Name                                       % Owned             Incorporation
  ----                                       -------             -------------
  <S>                                        <C>                 <C>
  Balkamp, Inc.                               89.61              Indiana

  Berry Bearing Company                      100.0               Illinois

  Genuine Parts Holdings, Ltd.               100.0               Province of
                                                                 Alberta, Canada

  Motion Industries, Inc.                    100.0               Delaware

  S. P. Richards Company                     100.0               Georgia

  Alamogordo Parts & Supply, Inc.             51.0               Georgia

  Auto Paint and Supply Company
       of Lexington, Inc.                     51.0               Georgia

  Best Auto Parts, Inc.                       51.0               Georgia

  Brigham Automotive Supply, Inc.             51.0               Georgia

  Bulldog Auto Parts, Inc.                    51.0               Georgia

  Calcutta Auto Supply, Inc.                  51.0               Georgia

  Central Motor Parts, Inc.                   51.0               Georgia

  CKT Motive Parts, Inc.                      51.0               Georgia

  Clermont-Brown Automotive Supply, Inc.      51.0               Georgia

  C & O Auto Parts, Inc.                      51.0               Georgia

  First Choice Automotive, Inc.               51.0               Georgia

  First Settlement Automotive, Inc.           51.0               Georgia

  1st Choice Auto Parts, Inc.                 51.0               Georgia

  Franklin County Supply, Inc.                51.0               Georgia

  Gila Automotive Supply, Inc.                51.0               Georgia

  Hansens Automotive Supply, Inc.             51.0               Georgia

  Hastings Auto Supply, Inc.                  51.0               Georgia

  J.B.H. Auto Supply Incorporated             51.0               Georgia
</TABLE>






<PAGE>   2

                                                              Exhibit 21 (cont.)
<TABLE>
  <S>                                         <C>                <C>
  L & P Automotive Supply, Inc.               51.0               Georgia

  Lana Lou Auto Parts, Inc.                   51.0               Georgia

  Landry Supply, Inc.                         51.0               Georgia

  Luke's Auto Supply, Inc.                    51.0               Georgia

  Mid-town Auto & Machine Shop, Inc.          51.0               Georgia

  McMinn County Automotive, Inc.              51.0               Georgia

  Middletown Parts Unlimited, Inc.            51.0               Georgia

  Nelson Enterprises, Inc.                    51.0               Georgia

  North Shore Automotive, Inc.                51.0               Georgia

  Oberlin Auto Parts, Inc.                    51.0               Georgia

  Parts & Company of Selma, Inc.              51.0               Georgia

  Petoskey Automotive Center, Incorporated    51.0               Georgia

  P.M.A. Associates, Inc.                     51.0               Georgia

  Port Charlotte Auto Supply, Inc.            51.0               Georgia

  Price Automotive Enterprises, Inc.          75.5               Georgia

  Pride City Auto Parts, Inc.                 51.0               Georgia

  Quality Auto Parts & Paint Supply, Inc.     51.0               Georgia

  R.K.R., Inc.                                51.0               Georgia

  Rasmussen Auto Supply, Inc.                 51.0               Georgia

  River Valley Auto Parts, Inc.               51.0               Georgia

  Rome Auto Parts, Inc.                       51.0               Georgia

  Rutherford Automotive, Inc.                 51.0               Georgia

  Sanchez Truck & Auto Parts, Inc.            51.0               Georgia

  Sevier County Auto Parts, Inc.              51.0               Georgia

  Slidell Parts Warehouse, Inc.               51.0               Georgia

  Sumner Auto & Truck, Inc.                   51.0               Georgia

  TAG Automotive, Inc.                        51.0               Georgia

  TNT Supply, Inc.                            51.0               Georgia

  Uptergrove Auto Supply, Inc.                51.0               Georgia

  Warren County Automotive, Inc.              51.0               Georgia

  Wisota Auto Parts, Inc.                     51.0               Georgia
</TABLE>







<PAGE>   1

Exhibit 23 - Consent of Independent Auditors


We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K)
of Genuine Parts Company of our report dated February 6, 1995, included in the
1994 Annual Report to Shareholders of Genuine Parts Company.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement
(Form S-8 Number 33-30982) pertaining to the Genuine Parts Company 1988 Stock
Option Plan and in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 Number 33-62512)
pertaining to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan of
our report dated February 6, 1995, with respect to the consolidated financial 
statements of Genuine Parts Company incorporated by reference in the Annual
Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1994.


                                        ERNST & YOUNG LLP



Atlanta, Georgia
March 22, 1995

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF GENUINE PARTS COMPANY FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
1994, AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1994
<CASH>                                          82,410
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  487,395
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                  1,004,580
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                             1,595,781
<PP&E>                                         258,032
<DEPRECIATION>                                 192,081
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               2,029,471
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          422,408
<BONDS>                                         11,431
<COMMON>                                       122,627
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                   1,403,538
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 2,029,471
<SALES>                                      4,858,415
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                             4,858,415
<CGS>                                        3,343,699
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                3,343,699
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                474,868
<INCOME-TAX>                                   186,320
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            288,548
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   288,548
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     2.33
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     2.33
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission